-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, FxnORrbQt/X7+jIKkZW7DRLAPc+o3+rw6rmMLEUYQPB4PkLwEx3Ehq8Fkmqfw5Vf lLsSyjUdF9Bdo7CJ7fS5pA== 0001047469-04-003665.txt : 20040209 0001047469-04-003665.hdr.sgml : 20040209 20040209155516 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001047469-04-003665 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-Q PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 9 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20031231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20040209 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: ADAPTEC INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000709804 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: COMPUTER COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT [3576] IRS NUMBER: 942748530 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 0331 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-Q SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-15071 FILM NUMBER: 04578069 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 691 S MILPITAS BLVD STREET 2: M/S25 CITY: MILPITAS STATE: CA ZIP: 95035 BUSINESS PHONE: 4089458600 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 691 SOUTH MILPITAS BLVD STREET 2: M/S25 CITY: MILPITAS STATE: CA ZIP: 95035 10-Q 1 a2128003z10-q.htm 10-Q
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)  

ý

Quarterly report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the quarterly period ended December 31, 2003 or

o

Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from                             to                              

Commission file number 0-15071


ADAPTEC, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  94-2748530
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

691 S. MILPITAS BLVD.,
MILPITAS, CALIFORNIA

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

95035
(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code
(408) 945-8600

N/A
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes ý    No o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act)

Yes ý    No o

        The number of shares of Adaptec's common stock outstanding as of January 26, 2004 was 109,090,565.





TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
   
  Page
Part I.   Financial Information    

 

 

Item 1.

 

Financial Statements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

3

 

 

 

 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

4

 

 

 

 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

5

 

 

 

 

Unaudited Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

6

 

 

Item 2.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

31

 

 

Item 3.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

58

 

 

Item 4.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

58

Part II.

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

Item 2.

 

Changes in Securities, Use of Proceeds and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

59

 

 

Item 6.

 

Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

 

59

 

 

Signatures

 

61

2



PART I.    FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1.    Financial Statements


ADAPTEC, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(unaudited)

 
  Three-Month Period Ended
  Nine-Month Period Ended
 
 
  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

 
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
Net revenues   $ 115,143   $ 108,964   $ 331,628   $ 302,519  
Cost of revenues     68,539     60,929     192,716     147,732  
   
 
 
 
 
  Gross profit     46,604     48,035     138,912     154,787  
   
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses:                          
  Research and development     24,899     28,542     75,831     89,161  
  Selling, marketing and administrative     19,653     22,747     59,229     70,038  
  Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets     4,530     3,742     14,067     11,229  
  Write-off of acquired in-process technology             3,649      
  Restructuring charges     878         2,704     7,139  
  Other charges                 528  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     49,960     55,031     155,480     178,095  
   
 
 
 
 
Loss from operations     (3,356 )   (6,996 )   (16,568 )   (23,308 )
Interest and other income     3,037     7,304     63,348     25,772  
Interest expense     (2,322 )   (3,653 )   (8,010 )   (12,838 )
   
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes     (2,641 )   (3,345 )   38,770     (10,374 )
Provision for income taxes     372     110     720     1,347  
   
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ (3,013 ) $ (3,455 ) $ 38,050   $ (11,721 )
   
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) per share:                          
  Basic   $ (0.03 ) $ (0.03 ) $ 0.35   $ (0.11 )
  Diluted   $ (0.03 ) $ (0.03 ) $ 0.33   $ (0.11 )

Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic     108,858     107,059     108,408     106,529  
  Diluted     108,858     107,059     126,578     106,529  

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

3



ADAPTEC, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(unaudited)

 
  December 31,
2003

  March 31,
2003

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Assets  
Current assets:              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 160,242   $ 149,373  
  Marketable securities     584,531     592,929  
  Restricted marketable securities     5,543     7,429  
  Accounts receivable, net     51,625     50,137  
  Inventories     50,772     23,496  
  Deferred income taxes     31,353     29,947  
  Prepaid expenses     17,036     15,012  
  Other current assets     10,083     24,603  
   
 
 
    Total current assets     911,185     892,926  
Property and equipment, net     73,243     79,316  
Restricted marketable securities, less current portion     8,101     7,360  
Goodwill     64,209     53,854  
Other intangible assets, net     40,698     47,395  
Other long-term assets     16,142     22,128  
   
 
 
Total assets   $ 1,113,578   $ 1,102,979  
   
 
 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 
Current liabilities:              
  Accounts payable   $ 32,020   $ 29,136  
  Accrued liabilities     113,996     136,025  
  43/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes         82,445  
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     146,016     247,606  
 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes     225,000      
3% Convertible Subordinated Notes     125,821     250,000  
Other long-term liabilities     1,712     2,596  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)              

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Common stock     109     108  
  Additional paid-in capital     149,203     178,580  
  Deferred stock-based compensation     (3,532 )   (8,114 )
  Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes     2,786     3,790  
  Retained earnings     466,463     428,413  
   
 
 
    Total stockholders' equity     615,029     602,777  
   
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 1,113,578   $ 1,102,979  
   
 
 

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

4



ADAPTEC, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(unaudited)

 
  Nine-Month Period Ended
 
 
  December 31, 2003
  December 31, 2002
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:              
Net income (loss)   $ 38,050   $ (11,721 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:              
  Non-cash restructuring charges     105     1,851  
  Write-off of acquired in-process technology     3,649      
  Stock-based compensation     3,259     8,343  
  Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt     3,734     (3,297 )
  Non-cash portion of DPT settlement gain     (18,256 )    
  Depreciation and amortization     40,743     34,648  
  Deferred income taxes     (5,895 )   1,221  
  Other items     239     688  
  Changes in assets and liabilities     3,006     8,203  
   
 
 
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities   $ 68,634   $ 39,936  
   
 
 
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:              
Payments for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired     (29,884 )    
Payment of general holdback in connection with acquisition of Platys     (195 )   (10,640 )
Purchases of other investments         (1,000 )
Purchases of property and equipment     (5,859 )   (6,177 )
Purchases of restricted marketable securities     (7,915 )    
Maturities of restricted marketable securities     3,750     3,750  
Purchases of marketable securities     (530,390 )   (653,094 )
Sales of marketable securities     455,145     444,155  
Maturities of marketable securities     78,918     108,936  
   
 
 
Net Cash Used for Investing Activities     (36,430 )   (114,070 )
   
 
 
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:              
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes, net of issuance costs of $6,750.     218,250      
Repurchases and redemption of convertible notes     (207,243 )   (116,313 )
Purchase of convertible bond hedge     (64,140 )    
Proceeds from issuance of warrant     30,390      
Proceeds from issuance of common stock     4,130     4,466  
Installment payments on acquisition of software licenses     (3,633 )   (1,211 )
   
 
 
Net Cash Used for Financing Activities     (22,246 )   (113,058 )
   
 
 
Effect of Foreign Currency Translation on Cash and Cash Equivalents     911     457  
   
 
 
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents     10,869     (186,735 )
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period     149,373     331,324  
   
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period   $ 160,242   $ 144,589  
   
 
 

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

5



ADAPTEC, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

1. Basis of Presentation

        In the opinion of management, the accompanying Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements ("financial statements") of Adaptec, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively the "Company") have been prepared on a consistent basis with the March 31, 2003 audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly present the information set forth therein. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the regulations of the SEC, and, therefore, omit certain information and footnote disclosure necessary to present the statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003, which was filed with the SEC on June 26, 2003. The third quarters of fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003 ended December 26, 2003 and December 27, 2002, respectively. For presentation purposes, the accompanying financial statements have been shown as ending on the last day of the calendar month. Certain amounts reported in previous periods have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The results of operations for the third quarter and first nine months of fiscal 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire fiscal year.

        The glossary of acronyms commonly used in the Company's industry and accounting rules and regulations referred to within this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q is listed in alphabetical order in Note 21.

2. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In November 2003, the EITF reached a consensus on EITF 03-1. EITF 03-1 provides guidance on the new requirements for other-than-temporary impairment and its application to debt and marketable equity investments that are accounted for under SFAS No. 115. The new requirements are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003. The implementation of EITF 03-1 is not anticipated to have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

        In May 2003, a consensus was reached on EITF No. 03-5, which was ratified by the FASB in August 2003. EITF No. 03-5 affirms that AICPA SOP 97-2 applies to non-software deliverables, such as hardware, in an arrangement if the software is essential to the functionality of the non-software deliverables. This statement is effective for new revenue arrangements entered into for reporting periods commencing after August 13, 2003. The adoption of EITF No. 03-5 did not materially affect the Company's financial position or results of operations.

        In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, which establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. The financial instruments affected include mandatorily redeemable stock, certain financial instruments that require or may require the issuer to buy back some of its shares in exchange for cash or other assets and certain obligations that can be settled with shares of stock. This statement was effective immediately for all financial instruments created or modified after May 31, 2003 and by the first interim period commencing after June 15, 2003 for existing financial instruments. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 does not currently affect the Company's financial position or results of operations.

6



        In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46—an interpretation of ARB No. 51, which provides guidance on the identification of and reporting for variable interest entities. In December 2003, the FASB issued a revised Interpretation No. 46, which expands the criteria for consideration in determining whether a variable interest entity should be consolidated. Interpretation No. 46 is effective for the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004. The Company does not expect adoption of Interpretation No. 46 to have a significant impact on its future financial position or results of operations.

        In November 2002, the EITF reached a consensus on EITF No. 00-21 which provides guidance on how to account for arrangements that involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and/or rights to use assets. The provisions of EITF No. 00-21 apply to revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of EITF No. 00-21 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial position and results of operations.

3. Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25 as interpreted by FIN 44 and complies with the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148, an amendment of SFAS No. 123. The following table illustrates the effect on net income (loss) and earnings per share as if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to employee and director stock option plans, including shares issued under the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"), collectively called "options" for all periods presented:

 
  Three-Month Period Ended
  Nine-Month Period Ended
 
 
  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

 
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
Net income (loss), as reported   $ (3,013 ) $ (3,455 ) $ 38,050   $ (11,721 )
Add: Deferred stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income (loss), net of taxes     892     1,219     2,991     3,726  
Deduct: Total stock-based compensation expense determined under the fair value-based method, net of taxes     (6,025 )   (8,826 )   (21,186 )   (27,249 )
   
 
 
 
 
Pro forma net income (loss)   $ (8,146 ) $ (11,062 ) $ 19,855   $ (35,244 )
   
 
 
 
 
Basic net income (loss) per share:                          
As reported   $ (0.03 ) $ (0.03 ) $ 0.35   $ (0.11 )
Pro forma   $ (0.07 ) $ (0.10 ) $ 0.18   $ (0.33 )
Diluted net income (loss) per share:                          
As reported   $ (0.03 ) $ (0.03 ) $ 0.33   $ (0.11 )
Pro forma   $ (0.07 ) $ (0.10 ) $ 0.18   $ (0.33 )

        SFAS No. 123 requires the use of option pricing models that were not developed for use in valuing employee stock options. The Black-Scholes option pricing model, used by the Company, was developed for use in estimating the fair value of short-lived exchange traded options that have no vesting

7



restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the option's expected life and the price volatility of the underlying stock. Because the Company's options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in the opinion of management, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable measure of the fair value of options.

        The fair value of options granted in the third quarter and first nine months of fiscal 2004 and 2003, as reported were estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  Three-Month Period Ended
  Nine-Month Period Ended
 
 
  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

 
Employee Stock Option Plans:                  
Expected life (in years)   2.9   4.0   2.3 - 3.0   4.0  
Risk-free interest rates   2.3 % 2.4 % 1.5% - 2.3 % 2.4 %
Expected volatility   61 % 76 % 61% - 66 % 76 %
Dividend yield          
Director Option Plans:                  
Expected life (in years)   2.5   5.0   2.5   5.0  
Risk-free interest rates   2.1 % 2.8 % 2.1 % 2.8 %
Expected volatility   62 % 78 % 62 % 78 %
Dividend yield          
ESPP:                  
Expected life (in years)       0.5 - 2.0   0.5  
Risk-free interest rates       1.1% - 1.8 % 1.1 %
Expected volatility       39% - 66 % 76 %
Dividend yield          

4. Business Acquisitions

        During the first quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company purchased Eurologic Systems Group Limited ("Eurologic") and ICP vortex Computersysteme GmbH ("ICP vortex"). The acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141. Accordingly, the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisitions and the results of operations of the acquired entities were included in the Company's consolidated financial statements as of the respective effective dates of the acquisitions. There were no significant differences between the Company's accounting policies and those of Eurologic and ICP vortex.

        Eurologic:    On April 2, 2003, the Company completed the acquisition of Eurologic, a provider of external and networked storage solutions. The Company acquired Eurologic to further enhance its direct-attached and fibre-attached server storage capabilities by allowing it to provide end-to-end block- and file-based networked storage solutions. As consideration for the acquisition of all of the outstanding capital stock of Eurologic, the Company paid $25.6 million in cash (subject to the

8



Holdback as described below) and assumed stock options to purchase 0.5 million shares of the Company's common stock, with a fair value of $1.6 million. The Company also incurred $1.1 million in transaction fees, including legal, valuation and accounting fees. The assumed stock options were valued using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions: volatility rate ranging from 57%-81%; a risk-free interest rate ranging from 1.1%-2.5%; and an estimated life ranging from 0.08-4 years. Eurologic is being integrated into the Company's SSG segment.

        Holdback:    As part of the Eurologic purchase agreement, $3.8 million of the cash payment was held back (the "Holdback") for unknown liabilities that may have existed as of the acquisition date. The Holdback, which was included as part of the purchase price, is included in "Accrued liabilities" in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2003 and will be paid to the former Eurologic stockholders 18 months after the acquisition closing date, except for funds necessary to provide for any unknown liabilities.

        Earn-out Payments:    The Company also committed to pay the stockholders of Eurologic contingent consideration of up to $10.0 million in cash, also referred to as earn-out payments. The earn-out payments become payable if certain revenue levels are achieved by the acquired Eurologic business, in the period from July 1, 2003 through June 30, 2004. The earn-out payments, if any, will be recorded as purchase price adjustments in the period in which the attainment of the milestones become probable and the contingent consideration becomes determinable. Based on the Company's current projections, attainment of the milestones is not probable and accordingly, there has been no accrual for the earn-out payment at December 31, 2003.

        The preliminary allocation of the Eurologic purchase price to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed is summarized below (in thousands). The preliminary allocation was based on an independent appraisal and management's estimates of fair value. The allocation of the purchase price may be subject to change based on final estimates of fair value.

Cash   $ 3,321  
Accounts receivable     10,624  
Inventory     4,066  
Other current assets     2,107  
Property and equipment     2,835  
   
 
Total assets acquired     22,953  
Accounts payable     (7,292 )
Current liabilities     (8,366 )
   
 
Total liabilities assumed     (15,658 )
   
 
Net tangible assets acquired   $ 7,295  
   
 

9


        The allocation of the purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed is as follows (in thousands):

Net tangible assets acquired   $ 7,295
Acquired in-process technology     3,649
Goodwill     9,398
Other intangible assets:      
  Core technology     5,046
  Covenants-not-to-compete     148
  Customer relationships     880
  Trade name     1,476
  Current backlog     395
   
      7,945
   
Net assets acquired   $ 28,287
   

        The other intangible assets are being amortized over periods which reflect the pattern in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected to be realized. The core technology and customer relationships are being amortized over an estimated useful life of four years, the trade name and covenants-not-to-compete are being amortized over two years and the current backlog was fully amortized in the first quarter of fiscal 2004. The estimated weighted average useful life of other intangible assets, created as a result of the acquisition of Eurologic, is approximately three years. No residual value is estimated for the other intangible assets. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Company will not amortize the goodwill, but will evaluate it at least annually for impairment. Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

        In-process Technology:    The amount allocated to acquired in-process technology was determined through established valuation techniques in the high-technology computer industry. Approximately $3.6 million was written off in the first quarter of fiscal 2004 because technological feasibility had not been established and no alternative future uses existed. The Company acquired various external and networked storage products that enable organizations to install, manage and scale multiterabyte storage solutions. The identified projects focus on increased performance while reducing the storage controller form factor. The value was determined by estimating the net cash flows from the products once commercially viable and discounting the estimated net cash flows to their present value.

        Net Cash Flows.    The net cash flows from the identified projects were based on estimates of revenues, cost of revenues, research and development expenses, including costs to complete the projects, selling, marketing and administrative expenses, royalty expenses and income taxes from the projects. The Company believes the assumptions used in the valuation as described below were reasonable at the time of the acquisition.

        Net Revenues.    The estimated net revenues were based on management's projections of the projects. The business projections were compared with and found to be in line with industry analysts' forecasts of growth in substantially all of the relevant markets. Estimated total net revenues from the projects were expected to grow through fiscal 2008, and decline thereafter as other new products are

10



expected to become available. These projections were based on estimates of market size and growth, expected trends in technology, and the nature and expected timing of new product introductions by the Company and those of its competitors.

        Gross Margins.    Projected gross margins were based on Eurologic's historical margins, which were in line with industry averages.

        Operating Expenses.    Estimated operating expenses used in the valuation analysis of Eurologic included research and development expenses and selling, marketing and administrative expenses. In developing future expense estimates and evaluation of Eurologic's overall business model, an assessment of specific product results, including both historical and expected direct expense levels and general industry metrics, was conducted.

        Research and Development Expenses.    Estimated research and development expenses include costs to bring the projects to technological feasibility and costs associated with activities undertaken to correct errors or keep products updated with current information (also referred to as "maintenance" research and development) after a product is available for general release to customers. These activities include routine changes and additions. The estimated maintenance research and development expense was 5.0% of net revenues for the in-process technologies throughout the estimation period.

        Selling, Marketing and Administrative Expenses.    Estimated selling, marketing and administrative expenses were consistent with the general industry cost structure in the first year net revenues were generated and increased in later years.

        Effective Tax Rate.    The effective tax rate utilized in the analysis of the in-process technologies reflects a combined historical industry specific average for the United States Federal and state statutory income tax rates.

        Royalty Rate.    The Company applied a royalty charge of approximately 2% of the estimated net revenues for each in-process project to attribute value for dependency on existing technology.

        Discount Rate.    The cost of capital reflects the estimated time to complete the projects and the level of risk involved. The discount rate used in computing the present value of net cash flows was approximately 27% for each of the projects.

        Percentage of Completion.    The percentage of completion was determined using costs incurred by Eurologic prior to the acquisition date compared to the estimated remaining research and development to be completed to bring the projects to technological feasibility. The Company estimated, as of the acquisition date, the projects were approximately 60% complete. The Company expects remaining costs of approximately $0.4 million to bring the planned in-process projects to completion. Development of these projects remains a significant risk to the Company due to rapidly changing customer markets and significant competition. Failure to bring these products to market in a timely manner could adversely impact the Company's future sales, results of operations and growth. Additionally, the value of the intangible assets acquired may become impaired.

        Acquisition-Related Restructuring:    During the third quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company refined its plans to integrate the Eurologic operations. The current integration plan includes the involuntary

11



termination or relocation of approximately 110 employees through March 31, 2004, exiting duplicative facilities and the transition of all manufacturing operations from Dublin, Ireland to the Company's manufacturing facility in Singapore. The Company had recorded a preliminary estimate of $3.1 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2004 for these activities. The acquisition-related restructuring liabilities were accounted for under EITF No. 95-3 and therefore were included in the purchase price allocation of the cost to acquire Eurologic. In the second quarter and third quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company recorded adjustments of approximately $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, to the accrued restructuring charges with a corresponding change to goodwill as its plans were further refined. The Company expects to execute the integration plan as currently designed; however, actual results and costs may differ as the plan is executed. Any further changes to the Company's estimate of executing the currently approved plans of integration will be recorded as an increase or decrease to goodwill. As of December 31, 2003, the Company had utilized approximately $1.3 million of these charges. The Company expects the consolidation of the manufacturing operations discussed above as well as involuntary employee terminations to be substantially completed by the first quarter of fiscal 2005.

        The activity in the accrued restructuring reserve related to the acquisition-related restructuring plan was as follows for the first nine months of fiscal 2004:

 
  Severance And
Benefits

  Other Charges
  Total
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Eurologic Acquisition-Related Restructuring Plan:                    
Restructuring Provision:                    
  Severance and benefits   $ 2,813   $   $ 2,813  
  Accrued lease costs         297     297  
   
 
 
 
    Total     2,813     297     3,110  
  Cash Paid     (252 )   (28 )   (280 )
   
 
 
 
    Reserve balance at June 30, 2003     2,561     269     2,830  
  Adjustments     (89 )   11     (78 )
  Cash paid     (280 )   (30 )   (310 )
   
 
 
 
    Reserve balance at September 30, 2003     2,192     250     2,442  
  Adjustments     260     74     334  
  Cash paid     (695 )   (32 )   (727 )
  Non-cash charges         (26 )   (26 )
   
 
 
 
    Reserve balance at December 31, 2003   $ 1,757   $ 266   $ 2,023  
   
 
 
 

        Pro forma financials have not been presented for the third quarter and first nine months of fiscal 2004 as the results of Eurologic have been included in our financial statements from April 2, 2003. Pro forma financial results for the third quarter and first nine months of fiscal 2003, as if the Company had

12



acquired Eurologic at the beginning of the periods, after applying certain adjustments, including amortization of acquired other intangible assets, would have been as follows:

 
  Three-Month Period Ended
  Nine-Month Period Ended
 
 
  December 31, 2002
  December 31, 2002
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
Net revenues   $ 122,167   $ 340,881  
Net loss     (7,603 )   (26,698 )
Net loss per share:              
  Basic   $ (0.07 ) $ (0.25 )
  Diluted   $ (0.07 ) $ (0.25 )

        The pro forma financial information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have occurred had the Company and Eurologic constituted a consolidated entity during such periods.

        ICP Vortex:    On June 5, 2003, the Company completed the acquisition of ICP vortex. ICP vortex was an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Intel Corporation and provided a broad range of hardware and software RAID data protection solutions, including SCSI, Serial ATA and fibre channel products. The Company paid $14.2 million in cash to acquire ICP vortex. The Company also incurred $0.3 million in transaction fees, including legal, valuation and accounting fees. ICP vortex is being integrated into the Company's SSG segment.

        The preliminary allocation of the ICP vortex purchase price to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed is summarized below (in thousands). The preliminary allocation was based on an independent appraisal and management's estimate of fair value. The allocation of the purchase price may be subject to change based on the final estimates of fair value.

Cash   $ 2,850  
Accounts receivable     2,961  
Inventory     2,015  
Other current assets     3,087  
Property and equipment     1,458  
   
 
Total assets acquired     12,371  
Accounts payable     (722 )
Current liabilities     (2,573 )
Long-term liabilities     (400 )
   
 
Total liabilities assumed     (3,695 )
   
 
Net tangible assets acquired   $ 8,676  
   
 

13


        The allocation of the purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed is as follows (in thousands):

Net tangible assets acquired   $ 8,676
Goodwill     957
Other intangible assets:      
  Core technology     3,630
  Customer relationships     410
  Trade name     830
  Royalties     60
   
      4,930
   
Net assets acquired   $ 14,563
   

        The other intangible assets are being amortized over periods which reflect the pattern in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected to be realized. The core technology and trade name are being amortized over an estimated useful life of three years, the customer relationships are being amortized over four years and the royalties were amortized through the end of the third quarter of 2004. The estimated weighted average useful life of other intangible assets, created as a result of the acquisition of ICP vortex, is approximately three years. No residual value is estimated for the other intangible assets. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Company will not amortize the goodwill, but will evaluate it at least annually for impairment. Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

        In connection with the acquisition, the Company initiated a plan to integrate the ICP vortex operations. The plan includes the transfer of manufacturing operations to Singapore and the integration of certain duplicative resources. The Company substantially finalized its plans in the second quarter of fiscal 2004 and accordingly, recorded $0.4 million of severance and benefits related to the involuntary termination of 19 employees through the end of fiscal 2004. The acquisition-related restructuring liabilities will be accounted for under EITF No. 95-3 and therefore were included in the purchase price allocation of the cost to acquire ICP vortex. Any changes to the Company's estimate will result in an increase or decrease to the accrued restructuring charges and a corresponding increase or decrease to goodwill. The Company utilized accrued severance charges of $0.2 million through December 31, 2003.

        Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the results of operations for ICP vortex during the periods prior to the acquisition were not material to the Company's consolidated results of operations.

        Platys:    In connection with our acquisition of Platys Communications, Inc. ("Platys") in the second quarter of fiscal 2002, approximately $53.4 million of the purchase price was allocated to acquired in-process technology and written off in fiscal 2002 because technological feasibility had not been established and no alternative future uses existed. The Company acquired certain ASIC-based iSCSI technology for IP storage solutions. The value was determined by estimating the expected cash flows from the products once commercially viable, discounting the net cash flows to their present value, and then applying a percentage of completion to the calculated value.

14



        The Company completed certain in-process projects and began shipping product in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 with additional in-process products expected to be completed by the end of fiscal 2004. The Company believes market acceptance of iSCSI technology will accelerate when leading storage OEMs complete development of their external storage arrays incorporating iSCSI technology. The Company expects remaining costs of approximately $1 million to bring the planned in-process projects to completion. Development of these projects remains a significant risk to the Company due to the remaining effort to achieve technological feasibility and rapidly changing customer markets. Failure to bring these products to market in a timely manner, in a competitive market, could adversely impact the Company's future sales, profitability and growth. Additionally, the value of the intangible assets acquired may become impaired.

        As part of the purchase agreement, $15.0 million of the cash payment was held back (the "General Holdback") for unknown liabilities that may have existed as of the acquisition date. In fiscal 2003, the Company was notified of certain claims submitted by former Platys employees and consultants related to activities prior to the acquisition of Platys by the Company. During fiscal 2003 and the first nine months of fiscal 2004, the Company paid $10.7 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of the General Holdback to the former Platys shareholders or for the settlement of certain claims on their behalf. In December 2003, the Company also committed to pay an additional $3.4 million of the General Holdback to settle certain claims. The remaining $0.7 million of the General Holdback will be paid to the Platys shareholders upon resolution of the outstanding claims, except for funds necessary to provide for liabilities with respect to the claims submitted by the former Platys employees and consultants.

5. Balance Sheets Details

    Inventories:

 
  December 31, 2003
  March 31, 2003
 
  (in thousands)

Raw materials   $ 19,125   $ 6,034
Work-in-process     5,856     5,458
Finished goods     25,791     12,004
   
 
  Total   $ 50,772   $ 23,496
   
 

    Accrued Liabilities:

 
  December 31, 2003
  March 31, 2003
 
  (in thousands)

Tax related   $ 67,110   $ 72,687
Acquisition related     10,842     25,744
Accrued compensation and related taxes     19,524     21,991
Other     16,520     15,603
   
 
  Total   $ 113,996   $ 136,025
   
 

15


6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

    Goodwill:

        Goodwill allocated to the Company's reportable segments and changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the first nine months of fiscal 2004 was as follows:

 
  SSG
  SNG
  Total
 
  (in thousands)

Balance at March 31, 2003   $ 8,187   $ 45,667   $ 53,854
Goodwill acquired     9,824         9,824
Goodwill adjustments     531         531
   
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2003   $ 18,542   $ 45,667   $ 64,209
   
 
 

        Goodwill increased by approximately $9.8 million as a result of our acquisitions of Eurologic and ICP vortex in the first quarter of fiscal 2004 (Note 4). In the second quarter and third quarters of fiscal 2004, adjustments were made to goodwill for changes to the acquisition-related restructuring reserves and other purchase price adjustments for both Eurologic and ICP vortex.

    Other Intangible Assets:

 
  December 31, 2003
  March 31, 2003
 
 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Gross
Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Acquisition-related intangible assets:                          
  Patents and core technology   $ 62,330   $ (49,025 ) $ 53,654   $ (37,514 )
  Covenants-not-to-compete     4,818     (3,688 )   4,670     (2,464 )
  Customer relationships     1,290     (228 )        
  Trade name     2,306     (709 )        
  Backlog and royalties     455     (455 )        
   
 
 
 
 
    Subtotal     71,199     (54,105 )   58,324     (39,978 )
Intellectual property assets     43,892     (20,288 )   43,892     (14,843 )
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 115,091   $ (74,393 ) $ 102,216   $ (54,821 )
   
 
 
 
 

        Other intangible assets increased by approximately $12.9 million as a result of our acquisitions of Eurologic and ICP vortex in the first quarter of fiscal 2004 (Note 4). Amortization of other intangible assets was $6.4 million and $5.5 million for the third quarters of fiscal 2004 and 2003, respectively. Amortization of other intangible assets was $19.5 million and $14.5 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2004 and 2003, respectively.

16



        The annual amortization expense of the other intangible assets that existed as of December 31, 2003, is expected to be as follows:

 
  Estimated Amortization Expense
 
  Acquisition-related
intangible assets

  Intellectual
property assets

 
  (in thousands)

Fiscal Years:            
2004 (remaining three months)   $ 2,299   $ 1,782
2005     8,290     7,005
2006     4,637     6,670
2007     1,854     6,316
2008     14     1,831
   
 
Total   $ 17,094   $ 23,604
   
 

7. Line of Credit

        In May 2001, the Company obtained an unsecured $20.0 million revolving line of credit. No borrowings were outstanding under the line of credit during the first nine months of fiscal 2004. The Company was charged a fee equal to 0.15% per annum on the average daily unused amount of the line of credit. The Company did not renew the line of credit upon its expiration in August 2003.

8. Convertible Notes

        In December 2003, the Company issued $225.0 million of 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes ("3/4% Notes") due December 22, 2023. The issuance costs associated with the 3/4% Notes totaled $6.8 million and the net proceeds to the Company from the offering of the Notes were $218.2 million.

        The 3/4% Notes are convertible at the option of the holders into shares of the Company's common stock, par value $0.001 per share, only under the following circumstances: (1) prior to December 22, 2021, on any date during a fiscal quarter if the closing sale price of the Company's common stock was more than 120% of the then current conversion price of the 3/4% Notes for at least 20 trading days in the period of the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the previous fiscal quarter, (2) on or after December 22, 2021, if the closing sale price of the Company's common stock was more than 120% of the then current conversion price of the 3/4% Notes, (3) if the Company elects to redeem the 3/4% Notes, (4) upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions or significant distributions to holders of the Company's common stock occur or (5) subject to certain exceptions, for the five consecutive business day period following any five consecutive trading day period in which the average trading price of the 3/4% Notes was less than 98% of the average of the sale price of the Company's common stock during such five-day trading period multiplied by the 3/4% Notes then current conversion rate. Subject to the above conditions, each $1,000 principal amount of 3/4% Notes is convertible into approximately 85.4409 shares (equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $11.704 per share of common stock).

17



        The Company may redeem some or all of the 3/4% Notes for cash on December 22, 2008 at a redemption price equal to 100.25% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed, plus accrued interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. After December 22, 2008, the Company may redeem some or all of the 3/4% Notes for cash at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed, plus accrued interest to, but excluding, the redemption date.

        Each holder of the 3/4% Notes may require the Company to purchase all or a portion of their 3/4% Notes on December 22, 2008 at a price equal to 100.25% of the 3/4% Notes to be purchased plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, each holder of the 3/4% Notes may require the Company to purchase all or a portion of their 3/4% Notes on December 22, 2013, on December 22, 2018 or upon the occurrence of a change of control (as defined in the Indenture governing the 3/4% Notes) at a price equal to the principal amount of 3/4% Notes being purchased plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

        The Company will pay cash interest on the 3/4% Notes at an annual rate of 3/4% of the principal amount at issuance, payable semi-annually on June 22 and December 22 of each year, commencing on June 22, 2004. Debt issuance costs are amortized to interest expense over 5 years. The 3/4% Notes rank senior in right of payment to the 3% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2007 ("3% Notes"). The 3/4% Notes rank junior in right of payment and are subordinated to all other existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company.

        In connection with the issuance of the 3/4% Notes, the Company purchased marketable securities totaling $7.9 million as security for the first ten scheduled interest payments due on the 3/4% Notes. The marketable securities, which consist of United States government securities, are reported at fair market value with unrealized gains and losses, net of income taxes, recorded in "Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes" as a separate component of the stockholders' equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2003, $1.7 million was classified as short-term marketable securities due within one year and $6.2 million was classified as long-term due within four years.

        The Company has agreed to file a shelf registration statement for the resale by investors of the 3/4% Notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the 3/4% Notes. The issuance and sale of the 3/4% Notes and the subsequent offering of the 3/4% Notes by the initial purchasers were exempt from the registration provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) of such Act and Rule 144A promulgated thereunder.

        In the first quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company redeemed the outstanding $82.4 million balance of its 43/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes ("43/4% Notes") for an aggregate price of $83.0 million resulting in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.8 million (including unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.2 million). In the third quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company utilized $124.2 million of the net proceeds from the issuance of 3/4% Notes to repurchase $124.2 million in aggregate principal amount of the 3% Notes resulting in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $2.9 million (including unamortized debt issuance costs of $2.9 million).

        In the first nine months of fiscal 2003, the Company repurchased 43/4% Notes with a book value of $120.4 million for an aggregate price of $116.3 million, resulting in a gain on extinguishment of debt of $3.3 million (net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.8 million). The gain (loss) on extinguishment

18



of debt has been included in "Interest and other income" in the Company's Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations (Note 11).

9. Equity Transactions

Convertible Bond Hedge

        Concurrent with the issuance of the 3/4% Notes, the Company entered into a convertible bond hedge transaction with an affiliate of one of the initial purchasers of the 3/4% Notes. Under the convertible bond hedge arrangement, the counterparty agreed to sell to the Company up to 19.2 million shares of the Company's common stock, which is the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the 3/4% Notes in full, at a price of $11.704 per share. The convertible bond hedge transaction may be settled at the Company's option either in cash or net shares and expires in December 2008. Settlement of the convertible bond hedge in net shares on the expiration date would result in the Company receiving a number of shares of its common stock with a value equal to the amount otherwise receivable on cash settlement. Should there be an early unwind of the convertible bond hedge transaction, the amount of cash or net shares potentially received by the Company will depend upon then existing overall market conditions, and on the Company's stock price, the volatility of the Company's stock and the amount of time remaining on the convertible bond hedge. The convertible bond hedge transaction cost of $64.1 million has been accounted for as an equity transaction in accordance with EITF No. 00-19.

Warrants

        During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004, in conjunction with the issuance of the 3/4% Notes, the Company received $30.4 million from the issuance to an affiliate of one of the initial purchasers of the 3/4% Notes of a warrant to purchase up to 19.2 million shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $18.56 per share. The warrant expires in December 2008. At expiration, the Company may, at its option, elect to settle the warrants on a net share basis or for cash. As of December 31, 2003, the warrant had not been exercised and remained outstanding. The warrant was valued using the Black-Scholes valuation model using a volatility rate of 42%, risk-free interest rate of 3.6% and an expected life of 5 years. The value of the warrant of $30.4 million has been classified as equity because it meets all the equity classification criteria of EITF 00-19. The separate warrant and convertible bond hedge transactions have the potential of limiting the dilution associated with the conversion of the Notes from approximately 19.2 million to as few as 12.1 million shares.

Stock Plans

        ESPP:    During the second quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company's stockholders amended the 1986 ESPP to increase the number of shares reserved for issuance thereunder by 5,000,000 shares to a total of 15,600,000 authorized shares.

        Eurologic Stock Option Plan:    In connection with the acquisition of Eurologic in the first quarter of fiscal 2004 (Note 4), each outstanding stock option under the Eurologic Stock Option Plan was converted into an option to purchase shares of the Company's common stock at a ratio of 0.3472. As a

19



result, outstanding options to purchase 498,789 shares of the Company's common stock were assumed. No further options may be granted under the Eurologic Stock Option Plan.

10. Guarantees

    Intellectual Property Indemnification Obligations

        The Company has entered into agreements with customers and suppliers that include limited intellectual property indemnification obligations that are customary in the industry. These indemnifications generally require the Company to compensate the other party for certain damages and costs incurred as a result of third party intellectual property claims arising from these transactions. In each of these circumstances, payment by the Company is conditional on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow the Company to challenge the other party's claims. Further, the Company's obligations under these agreements may be limited in terms of time and/or amount, and in some instances, the Company may have recourse against third parties for certain payments made by it under these agreements. It is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount of future payments under these or similar agreements due to the conditional nature of the Company's obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, the Company has not incurred significant costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to such agreements and no amount has been accrued in the accompanying consolidated financial statements with respect to these indemnification guarantees.

    Product Warranty

        The Company provides an accrual for estimated future warranty costs based upon the historical relationship of warranty costs to sales. The estimated future warranty obligations related to product sales are recorded in the period in which the related revenue is recognized. The estimated future warranty obligations are affected by product failure rates, material usage and replacement costs incurred in correcting a product failure. If actual product failure rates, material usage or replacement costs differ from the Company's estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty obligations would be required; however the Company made no adjustments to pre-existing warranty accruals in the first nine months of fiscal 2004. The Company has received communications from a customer alleging that the Company is in breach of certain contractual obligations that it assumed in conjunction with its acquisition of Distributed Processing Technology Corporation ("DPT"). The Company recorded $0.4 million of warranty costs in the third quarter associated with these claims. Please refer to Note 14 for further discussion of this matter.

20


        A reconciliation of the changes to the Company's warranty accrual for the first nine months of fiscal 2004 and 2003 was as follows:

 
  Nine-Month Period Ended
 
 
  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Balance at beginning of period   $ 1,343   $ 1,516  
Warranties assumed     120      
Warranties provided     3,244     3,041  
Actual costs incurred     (3,051 )   (3,057 )
   
 
 
Balance at end of period   $ 1,656   $ 1,500  
   
 
 

11. Interest and Other Income

        The components of interest and other income for the third quarter and first nine months of fiscal 2004 and 2003, were as follows:

 
  Three-Month Period Ended
  Nine-Month Period Ended
 
 
  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Interest income   $ 4,010   $ 7,464   $ 14,689   $ 23,143  
Gain on settlement with former president of DPT             49,256      
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt     (2,944 )       (3,734 )   3,297  
Foreign currency transaction gains (losses)     877     (160 )   1,719     (668 )
Interest on Federal and State tax refunds     1,094         1,094      
Gain on investments             324      
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 3,037   $ 7,304   $ 63,348   $ 25,772  
   
 
 
 
 

        In December 1999, the Company purchased DPT. As part of the purchase agreement, $18.5 million of the purchase price was held back ("Holdback Amount"), from former DPT stockholders, for unknown liabilities that may have existed as of the acquisition date. The Holdback Amount was included in "Accrued liabilities" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2003. Subsequent to the date of purchase, the Company determined that certain representations and warranties made by the DPT stockholders were incomplete or inaccurate, which caused the Company to lose revenues and incur additional expenses. In addition, certain DPT products were found to be defective. In December 2000, the Company filed a claim against the DPT stockholders for the entire Holdback Amount of $18.5 million. In January 2001, the DPT stockholders notified the Company as to their objection to its claim. Under the terms of the purchase agreement, the Company's claim was submitted to arbitration. Thereafter, the Company also filed court proceedings against Steven Goldman, the principal shareholder and former president of DPT alleging causes of action for, amongst others, fraud, fraudulent inducement, and negligent misrepresentation. Those claims were ordered submitted to arbitration. In April 2003, the arbitrator issued a partial decision in the Company's favor for

21


$50.0 million, including the remaining balance of the Holdback Amount, related to the Company's claim of negligent misrepresentation. In May 2003, the Company entered into a written settlement and a mutual general release agreement with Steven Goldman, on his own and on behalf of all the selling shareholders of DPT, pursuant to which it was agreed that the Company would retain the Holdback Amount and additionally, Steven Goldman would pay the Company $31.0 million. The Company received the $31.0 million payment in May 2003 and recorded a gain of approximately $49.3 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2004. The cash received from the DPT settlement of $31.0 million was included in cash provided from operating activities in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

12. Restructuring Charges

        The Company recorded charges of $0.9 million and $2.7 million for restructuring of operations and other items for the third quarter and first nine months of fiscal 2004, respectively. The Company recorded charges of $7.1 million for restructuring of operations for the first nine months of fiscal 2003.

        Third Quarter of Fiscal 2004 Restructuring Plan:    In the third quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company initiated actions to consolidate research and development resources primarily in its SSG segment. The Company recorded restructuring charges of $0.4 related to severance and benefits of 12 employees based in the United States. The expenses associated with the restructuring plan are included in "Restructuring charges" in the Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company does not expect to incur any further charges in connection with this restructuring plan.

        Second Quarter of Fiscal 2004 restructuring plan:    In the second quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company initiated certain actions related primarily to its DSG segment. These actions included the consolidation of research and development resources, the involuntary termination of certain marketing and administrative personnel, the shutdown of the DSG's Hudson, Wisconsin facility, and asset impairments associated with the identification of duplicative assets and facilities. In addition, the Company took actions to streamline its SSG segment by reducing headcount and related costs. The Company recorded approximately $1.6 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2004, of which $1.5 million was associated with severance and benefits from terminating approximately 33 employees and $0.1 million related to the write-down of certain assets taken out of service.

        In the third quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $0.6 million as a result of vacating the Hudson facility. This completes the DSG restructuring initiated in the second quarter of fiscal 2004. Restructuring charges incurred to date related to the second quarter of fiscal 2004 restructuring plan are $2.2 million. Of the total restructuring expense incurred, approximately $0.6 million and $1.6 million related to the SSG and DSG segments, respectively.

        The Company also implemented restructuring plans in fiscal 2003, 2002, and 2001. For a complete discussion of all restructuring actions implemented in fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001, please refer to the notes included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003.

22



        The activity in the accrued restructuring reserves related to all of the plans, excluding acquisition-related plans (Note 4) was as follows for the first nine months of fiscal 2004:

 
  Severance And
Benefits

  Other Charges
  Total
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Reserve balance at March 31, 2003   $ 3,251   $ 2,005   $ 5,256  
Provision adjustment(1)     (50 )   398     348  
Cash paid     (2,691 )   (272 )   (2,963 )
   
 
 
 
  Reserve balance at June 30, 2003     510     2,131     2,641  
Q2'04 restructuring plan     1,486     86     1,572  
Provision adjustment(2)     (124 )   30     (94 )
Cash paid     (457 )   (247 )   (704 )
Non-cash charges         (66 )   (66 )
   
 
 
 
  Reserve balance at September 30, 2003     1,415     1,934     3,349  
Q3'04 restructuring plan     428         428  
Provision adjustment(3)     (129 )   579     450  
Cash paid     (953 )   (210 )   (1,163 )
Non-cash charges         (39 )   (39 )
   
 
 
 
  Reserve balance at December 31, 2003     761     2,264     3,025  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Consists of a net adjustment of $0.1 million to the second quarter of fiscal 2003 restructuring provision and an adjustment of $0.3 million to the first quarter of fiscal 2002 restructuring provision. The adjustment to the second quarter of fiscal 2003 restructuring provision included an additional accrual for lease costs offset by a reduction to severance and benefits, as actual benefit costs were lower than originally anticipated. The adjustment to the first quarter of fiscal 2002 restructuring provision consisted of additional lease costs pertaining to a sublease arrangement with a third party where the sublease payments through the end of the lease term were insufficient to cover the Company's obligations on the facility.

(2)
Consists of a reduction of $0.1 million to the second quarter and fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 restructuring provisions and $0.1 million to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002 restructuring provision as severance and benefits were lower than originally anticipated. This was offset by an increase of $0.1 million to the fiscal 2001 restructuring provision due to additional lease costs.

(3)
Consists of an accrual of $0.6 million to the second quarter of fiscal 2004 restructuring provision related to vacating the Hudson facility as described above and a reduction of $0.1 million to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 restructuring provision as severance and benefits were lower than originally anticipated.

        The Company anticipates that the remaining restructuring reserve balance of $3.0 million will be substantially paid by the first quarter of fiscal 2009. The longer term payments relate to lease obligations and are reflected in "Other long-term liabilities" in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet, with the remaining restructuring reserve balance included in "Accrued liabilities."

23



13. Other Charges

        Other charges consisted of asset impairment charges. The Company holds minority investments in non-public companies. The Company regularly monitors these minority investments for impairment and records reductions in the carrying values when necessary. Circumstances that indicate an other-than-temporary decline include the valuation ascribed to the issuing company in subsequent financing rounds, decreases in quoted market price and declines in operations of the issuer. The Company recorded an impairment charge of $0.5 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2003 related to a decline in the value of a minority investment deemed to be other-than-temporary.

14. Commitments and Contingencies

        The Company has received communications from a customer alleging that the Company is in breach of certain contractual obligations that it assumed in conjunction with its purchase of DPT. The obligations extend to product support and warranty matters. The Company has taken steps to remedy the issues and has been in negotiations with the customer in an effort to reach an amicable resolution of the matter. However, the Company cannot predict with certainty how this matter will be resolved.

        On December 15, 2000, the Company received a statutory notice of deficiency from the IRS with respect to its Federal income tax return for fiscal 1997. The Company filed a Petition with the United States Tax Court on March 14, 2001, contesting the asserted deficiencies. Settlement agreements have been filed with the United States Tax Court on all but one issue. The Company believes that the final outcome of all issues will not have a material adverse impact on its financial position or results of operations, as it believes that it has meritorious defenses against the asserted deficiencies and any proposed adjustments and has made sufficient tax provisions. However, the Company cannot predict with certainty how these matters will be resolved and whether it will be required to make additional payments.

        In addition, the IRS is currently auditing the Company's Federal income tax returns for fiscal 1998 through fiscal 2001. The Company believes that it has provided sufficient tax provisions for these years and the ultimate outcome of the IRS audits will not have a material adverse impact on its financial position or results of operations. However, the Company cannot predict with certainty how these matters will be resolved and whether it will be required to make additional tax payments.

        The Company is a party to other litigation matters and claims, including those related to intellectual property, which are normal in the course of its operations, and while the results of such litigation matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company believes that the final outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse impact on its financial position or results of operations.

15. Income Taxes

        Income tax provisions for interim periods are based on the Company's estimated annual income tax rate. In the third quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company recorded an income tax provision of $0.4 million on a pre-tax loss of $2.6 million. The estimated annual tax rate differs from the combined United States Federal and state statutory income tax rate of 40%, due to the tax treatment allowed for certain transactions that differ from financial statement reporting. For tax purposes, the gain on settlement with the former president of DPT of $49.3 million is treated as an adjustment to the tax

24



basis of the DPT common stock acquired and does not result in taxable income. The tax rate benefit derived from the differing treatment of the DPT settlement was partially offset by the amortization of acquisition related intangible assets, excluding goodwill, that are not fully deductible for tax purposes.

16. Net Income (Loss) Per Share

        Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share gives effect to all potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the period, which include certain stock options and warrants, calculated using the treasury stock method, and convertible notes which are potentially dilutive at certain earnings levels, and are computed using the if-converted method.

        A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the basic and diluted net income (loss) per share computations are as follows:

 
  Three-Month Period Ended
  Nine-Month Period Ended
 
 
  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

 
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
Numerators:                          
  Net income (loss)   $ (3,013 ) $ (3,455 ) $ 38,050   $ (11,721 )
  Adjustment for interest expense on 3% Notes, net of taxes             4,120      
   
 
 
 
 
  Adjusted net income (loss)   $ (3,013 ) $ (3,455 ) $ 42,170   $ (11,721 )
   
 
 
 
 
Denominators:                          
  Weighted average shares outstanding—basic     108,858     107,059     108,408     106,529  
  Effect of dilutive securities:                          
    Employee stock options             1,992      
    3% Notes             16,178      
   
 
 
 
 
  Weighted average shares and potentially dilutive common shares outstanding—diluted     108,858     107,059     126,578     106,529  
   
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) per share:                          
  Basic   $ (0.03 ) $ (0.03 ) $ 0.35   $ (0.11 )
  Diluted   $ (0.03 ) $ (0.03 ) $ 0.33   $ (0.11 )

        Diluted loss per share for the third quarter of fiscal 2004, the third quarter of fiscal 2003 and the first nine months of fiscal 2003 is based only on the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during each of the periods, as the inclusion of any common stock equivalents would have been antidilutive. In addition, certain potential common shares were excluded from the diluted computation

25



for the first nine months of fiscal 2004 because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. The items excluded for the third quarter and first nine of fiscal 2004 and 2003 were as follows:

 
  Three-Month Period Ended
  Nine-Month Period Ended
 
  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

 
  (in thousands)

Outstanding employee stock options   13,188   20,538   14,264   19,373
Warrants   20,534   1,310   20,534   1,310
43/4% Notes     2,164   549   3,090
3% Notes(1)   15,881   16,327     16,327
 3/4% Notes(2)   19,224     19,224  

(1)
The Company repurchased $124.2 million of the 3% Notes in December 2003. Accordingly, only approximately 8,217,000 common shares issuable upon conversion of the remaining balance of the 3% Notes will be included in the dilutive earnings per share calculation in the future.

(2)
These Notes will not be dilutive until such time that the contingent conversion feature is exercisable.

17. Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        The Company's comprehensive income (loss) consisted of net income (loss) and the changes in net unrealized gains (losses) on marketable securities, net of taxes and foreign currency translation adjustments, net of taxes, were as follows:

 
  Three-Month Period Ended
  Nine-Month Period Ended
 
 
  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Net income (loss)   $ (3,013 ) $ (3,455 ) $ 38,050   $ (11,721 )
Net unrealized gains (losses) on marketable securities, net of taxes     (1,820 )   (1,028 )   (1,883 )   1,596  
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of taxes     859     159     911     457  
   
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive income (loss)   $ (3,974 ) $ (4,324 ) $ 37,078   $ (9,668 )
   
 
 
 
 

26


        The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes, were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2003
  March 31, 2003
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of tax provision of $1,341 at December 31, 2003 and $2,596 at March 31, 2003   $ 2,011   $ 3,894  
Foreign currency translation, net of tax benefit of $517 at December 31, 2003 and $69 at March 31, 2003     775     (104 )
   
 
 
  Total   $ 2,786   $ 3,790  
   
 
 

18. Segment Reporting

        SSG provides interface products that enable the movement, storage and protection of data across a range of server platforms, direct attached storage devices, SANs, NAS devices, and external storage systems. These products bring Host I/O technology, including SCSI and RAID solutions to storage applications. SSG is also investing in Serial ATA and Serial Attached SCSI technologies.

        DSG provides I/O connectivity and digital media solutions for personal computing platforms, including notebook and desktop PCs sold to consumers and small and midsize businesses.

        SNG provides storage connectivity solutions for servers, storage devices, fabric switches and NAS devices. SNG's products incorporate iSCSI, TOE functionality, fibre channel and multi-port ethernet technologies. SNG has recently announced the availability of its iSCSI HBAs and TOE NACs through its distribution channel partners and continues to work with major OEM customers on testing and integration of iSCSI and TOE NAC products.

        Unallocated corporate income and expenses includes restructuring charges, other charges, interest and certain other income and interest expense.

        Summarized financial information on the Company's reportable segments is shown in the following table. There were no inter-segment revenues for the periods shown below. The Company does not

27



separately track assets or depreciation by operating segments nor are the segments evaluated under these criteria.

 
  SSG
  DSG
  SNG
  Other
  Total
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Three-Month Period Ended December 31, 2003:                                
  Net revenues   $ 102,799   $ 10,921   $ 1,423   $   $ 115,143  
  Segment income (loss)     8,365     (54 )   (10,706 )   (246 )   (2,641 )
Three-Month Period Ended December 31, 2002:                                
  Net revenues   $ 94,448   $ 12,909   $ 1,607   $   $ 108,964  
  Segment income (loss)     11,360     (2,689 )   (16,162 )   4,146     (3,345 )

Nine-Month Period Ended December 31, 2003:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Net revenues   $ 294,859   $ 32,441   $ 4,328   $   $ 331,628  
  Segment income (loss)     73,470     (4,211 )   (34,066 )   3,577     38,770  
Nine-Month Period Ended December 31, 2002:                                
  Net revenues   $ 253,161   $ 41,335   $ 8,023   $   $ 302,519  
  Segment income (loss)     36,054     (4,270 )   (49,329 )   7,171     (10,374 )

        The following table presents the details of unallocated corporate income and expenses for the third quarter and first nine months of fiscal 2004 and 2003:

 
  Three-Month Period Ended
  Nine-Month Period Ended
 
 
  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Unallocated corporate expenses, net   $ (82 ) $ 495   $ 200   $ 1,904  
Restructuring charges     (878 )       (2,704 )   (7,139 )
Other charges                 (528 )
Interest and other income     3,036     7,304     14,091     25,772  
Interest expense     (2,322 )   (3,653 )   (8,010 )   (12,838 )
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ (246 ) $ 4,146   $ 3,577   $ 7,171  
   
 
 
 
 

19. Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flows

 
  Nine-Month Period Ended
 
  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

 
  (in thousands)

Non-cash investing and financial activities:        
Issuance of options in connection with acquisition   1,582  
Adjustment of deferred stock-based compensation   1,323   2,693
Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities   (1,883 ) 1,596

28


20. Subsequent Event

        In January 2004, the Company signed a definitive agreement to acquire the outstanding stock of Elipsan Limited, a network storage infrastructure software provider. The total purchase price is expected to be approximately $20 million excluding costs of the acquisition. The purchase price will be allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the basis of their respective fair values on the acquisition date and there may be a charge to operations for the amount allocated to in-process technology. The acquisition is expected to close in February 2004.

        In February 2004, the Company repurchased $90.6 million in principal amount of its 3% Notes for an aggregate price of $91.3 million resulting in a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $2.8 million (including unamortized debt issuance costs of approximately $2.1 million).

21. Glossary

        The following is a list of business related acronyms that are contained within this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. They are listed in alphabetical order.

    ASIC:  Application Specific Integrated Circuit

    ATA:  Advanced Technology Attachment

    DSG:  Desktop Solutions Group

    HBA:  Host Bus Adapters

    IC:  Integrated Circuit

    I/O:  Input/Output

    IP:  Internet Protocol

    iSCSI:  Internet Protocol SCSI

    NAC:  Network Accelerator Card

    NAS:  Network Attached Storage

    NIC:  Network Interface Card

    OEM:  Original Equipment Manufacturer

    RAID:  Redundant Array of Independent Disks

    SAN:  Storage Area Networks

    SCSI:  Small Computer System Interface

    Serial ATA:  Serial Advanced Technology Attachment

    SNG:  Storage Networking Group

    SSG:  Storage Solutions Group

    TOE:  TCP/IP Offload Engine

    USB:  Universal Serial Bus

29


        The following is a list of accounting rules and regulations and related regulatory bodies referred to within this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. They are listed in alphabetical order.

    AICPA:  American Institute of Certified Public Accountants

    APB:  Accounting Principles Board

    ARB:  Accounting Research Bulletin

    APB Opinion No. 25—Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees

    ARB No. 51—Consolidated Financial Statements

    EITF:  Emerging Issues Task Force

    EITF No. 03-1—The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments

    EITF No. 03-5—Applicability of AICPA SOP 97-2 to Non-Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing More-Than-Incidental Software

    EITF No. 00-19—Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company's own Stock

    EITF No. 00-21—Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables

    EITF No. 95-3—Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with Purchase Business Combinations

    FASB:  Financial Accounting Standards Board

    FIN:  FASB Interpretation Number

    FIN 44—Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation

    FIN 46—Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51

    FSP:  FASB Staff Position

    FSP 46-6—Effective Date of FASB Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.

    SEC:  Securities Exchange Commission

    SFAS:  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards

    SFAS No. 115—Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities

    SFAS No. 123—Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

    SFAS No. 141—Business Combinations

    SFAS No. 142—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

    SFAS No. 148—Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure—an amendment of SFAS No. 123

    SFAS No. 150—Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity

    SOP:  Statement of Position

    SOP No. 97-2—Software Revenue Recognition

30



Item 2.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

        This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The statements contained in this document that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including, without limitation, statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding our business. We may identify these statements by the use of words such as "anticipate," "believe," "continue," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "might," "plan," "potential," "predict," "project," "should," "will," "would" and other similar expressions. All forward-looking statements included in this document are based on information available to us on the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements, except as may otherwise be required by law.

        Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth in the "Risk Factors" section and elsewhere in this document. In evaluating our business, current and prospective investors should consider carefully these factors in addition to the other information set forth in this document.

        While management believes that the discussion and analysis in this report is adequate for a fair presentation of the information presented, we recommend that you read this discussion and analysis in conjunction with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003.

        For your convenience, we have included, in Note 21 to the Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, a Glossary that contains a list of (1) key acronyms commonly used in our industry that are used in this Quarterly Report and (2) accounting rules and regulations that are also referred to herein. These acronyms and accounting rules and regulations are listed in alphabetical order.

Acquisitions

        During the first quarter of fiscal 2004, we purchased Eurologic Systems Group Limited, or Eurologic, and ICP vortex Computersysteme GmbH, or ICP vortex. The acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141. Accordingly, the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisitions and the results of operations of the acquired entities were included in our consolidated financial statements as of the respective effective dates of the acquisitions. There were no significant differences between our accounting policies and those of Eurologic and ICP vortex.

        Eurologic:    On April 2, 2003, we completed the acquisition of Eurologic, a provider of external and networked storage solutions. We acquired Eurologic to further enhance our direct-attached and fibre-attached server storage capabilities by allowing us to provide end-to-end block- and file-based networked storage solutions. As consideration for the acquisition of all of the outstanding capital stock of Eurologic, we paid $25.6 million in cash, subject to the Holdback described below, and assumed stock options to purchase 0.5 million shares of our common stock, with a fair value of $1.6 million. We also incurred $1.1 million in transaction fees, including legal, valuation and accounting fees. The assumed stock options were valued using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions: volatility rates ranging from 57% - 81%; risk-free interest rates ranging from 1.1% - 2.5%; and estimated lives ranging from 0.08 - 4 years. Eurologic is being integrated into our SSG segment.

        As part of the Eurologic purchase agreement, $3.8 million of the cash payment was held back, also referred to as the Holdback, for unknown liabilities that may have existed as of the acquisition date. The Holdback, which was included as part of the purchase price, is included in "Accrued liabilities" in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2003 and will be paid to the

31



former Eurologic stockholders 18 months after the acquisition closing date, except for funds necessary to provide for any unknown liabilities.

        We also committed to pay the stockholders of Eurologic contingent consideration of up to $10.0 million in cash, also referred to as earn-out payments. The earn-out payments become payable if certain revenue levels are achieved by the acquired Eurologic business, in the period from July 1, 2003 through June 30, 2004. The earn-out payments, if any, will be recorded as purchase price adjustments in the period in which the attainment of the milestones become probable and the contingent consideration becomes determinable. Based on our current projections, attainment of the milestones is not probable and accordingly, there has been no accrual for the earn-out payment at December 31, 2003.

        Approximately $3.6 million of the purchase price was allocated to acquired in-process technology, which consisted of various external and networked storage products that enable organizations to install, manage and scale multiterabyte storage solutions, and was written off in the first quarter of fiscal 2004.

        During the third quarter of fiscal 2004, we refined our plans to integrate the Eurologic operations. The current integration plan includes the involuntary termination or relocation of approximately 110 employees through March 31, 2004, exiting duplicative facilities and the transition of all manufacturing operations from Dublin, Ireland to our manufacturing facility in Singapore. We had recorded a preliminary estimate of $3.1 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2004 for these activities. The acquisition-related restructuring liabilities were accounted for under EITF No. 95-3 and, therefore, were included in the purchase price allocation of the cost to acquire Eurologic. In the second and third quarter of fiscal 2004, we recorded adjustments of approximately $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, to the accrued restructuring charges with a corresponding change to goodwill as our plans were further refined. We expect to execute the integration plan as currently designed, however, actual results and costs may differ as the plan is executed. Any further changes to our estimate of executing the currently approved plans of integration will be recorded as an increase or decrease to goodwill. As of December 31, 2003, we had utilized approximately $1.3 million of these charges. We expect the consolidation of the manufacturing operations discussed above as well as involuntary employee terminations to be substantially completed by the first quarter of fiscal 2005.

        ICP Vortex:    On June 5, 2003, we completed the acquisition of ICP vortex. ICP vortex was an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Intel Corporation and provided a broad range of hardware and software RAID data protection solutions, including SCSI, Serial ATA and fibre channel products. We paid $14.2 million in cash to acquire ICP vortex. We also incurred $0.3 million in transaction fees, including legal, valuation and accounting fees. ICP vortex is being integrated into our SSG segment.

        In connection with the acquisition, we initiated a plan to integrate the ICP vortex operations. The plan includes the transfer of manufacturing operations to Singapore and the integration of certain duplicative resources. We substantially finalized our plans in this regard in the second quarter of fiscal 2004 and accordingly, recorded $0.4 million related to severance and benefits related to the involuntary termination of 19 employees through the end of fiscal 2004. The acquisition-related restructuring liabilities were accounted for under EITF No. 95-3 and therefore were included in the purchase price allocation of the cost to acquire ICP vortex. Any changes to our estimate will result in an increase or decrease to the accrued restructuring charges and a corresponding increase or decrease to goodwill. We utilized accrued severance charges of $0.2 million through December 31, 2003.

        Platys:    In connection with our acquisition of Platys Communications, Inc., or Platys, in the second quarter of fiscal 2002, approximately $53.4 million of the purchase price was allocated to acquired in-process technology and was written off in fiscal 2002. We acquired certain ASIC-based iSCSI technology for IP storage solutions. We identified research projects of Platys in areas for which technological feasibility had not been established and no alternative future uses existed. We completed certain in-process projects and began shipping product in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 with

32



additional in-process products expected to be completed by the end of fiscal 2004. We believe market acceptance of iSCSI technology will accelerate when leading storage OEMs complete development of their external storage arrays incorporating iSCSI technology. We expect remaining costs of $1 million to bring the planned in-process projects to completion. Development of these projects remains a significant risk to us due to the remaining effort to achieve technological feasibility and rapidly changing customer markets. Failure to bring these products to market in a timely manner, in a competitive environment, could adversely impact our future sales, profitability and growth. Additionally, the value of the intangible assets acquired may become impaired.

        Elipsan Limited:    In January 2004, we signed a definitive agreement to acquire the outstanding stock of Elipsan Limited, or Elipsan, a network storage infrastructure software provider. Elipsan will be integrated into our SSG segment and we believe Elipsan's storage virtualization technology will enhance our ability to facilitate storage scalability. The total purchase price is expected to be approximately $20 million excluding costs of the acquisition. The purchase price will be allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the basis of their respective fair values on the acquisition date and there may be a charge to operations for the amount allocated to in-process technology. The acquisition is expected to close in February 2004.

Restructuring Plan

        From time to time, as business conditions or other factors have changed which have required us to change or modify our strategy, we have initiated various restructuring plans. The goals of these plans were to support future growth opportunities, focus on investments that grow revenues and increase operating margins. In this regard, in the second quarter of fiscal 2004, we initiated certain actions related primarily to our DSG segment. These actions included the consolidation of research and development resources, the involuntary termination of certain marketing and administrative personnel, consolidation of certain duplicative facilities related to our DSG segment and asset impairments associated with the identification of duplicative facilities. In addition, we took actions to streamline our SSG segment by reducing headcount and related costs. In the third quarter of fiscal 2004, we took additional actions to further reduce headcount and related costs in our SSG segment.

33



Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth the items in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations as a percentage of net revenues:

 
  Three-Month Period Ended
  Nine-Month Period Ended
 
 
  December 31, 2003
  December 31, 2002
  December 31, 2003
  December 31, 2002
 
Net revenues   100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
Cost of revenues   60   56   58   49  
   
 
 
 
 
  Gross margin   40   44   42   51  
   
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses:                  
  Research and development   22   26   23   30  
  Selling, marketing and administrative   17   21   18   23  
  Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets   4   4   4   4  
  Write-off of acquired in-process technology       1    
  Restructuring charges   1     1   2  
  Other charges         0  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses   44   51   47   59  
   
 
 
 
 
Loss from operations   (4 ) (7 ) (5 ) (8 )
Interest and other income   3   7   19   9  
Interest expense   (2 ) (3 ) (2 ) (4 )
   
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes   (3 ) (3 ) 12   (3 )
Provision for income taxes   0   0   0   1  
   
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   (3 )% (3 )% 12 % (4 )%
   
 
 
 
 

        Business Segments.    Our current reportable business segments are Storage Solutions Group, or SSG, Desktop Solutions Group, or DSG, and Storage Networking Group, or SNG. See Item 1. "Business" in Part I of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003 and Note 18 to Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included herein, for a detailed discussion of our reportable business segments.

        Net Revenues.    Net revenues for the third quarter of fiscal 2004 were $115.1 million, an increase of 6% from net revenues of $109.0 million for the third quarter of fiscal 2003. Net revenues for the first nine months of fiscal 2004 were $331.6 million, an increase of 10% from net revenues of $302.5 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2003.

        Net revenues for the third quarter of fiscal 2004 consisted of $102.8 million from the SSG segment, an increase of 9% from the third quarter of fiscal 2003, $10.9 million from the DSG segment, a decrease of 15% from the third quarter of fiscal 2003, and $1.4 million from the SNG segment, a decrease of 11% from the third quarter of fiscal 2003. Net revenues for the first nine months of fiscal 2004 consisted of $294.9 million from the SSG segment, an increase of 16% from the first nine months of fiscal 2003, $32.4 million from the DSG segment, a decrease of 22% from the first nine months of fiscal 2003, and $4.3 million from the SNG segment, a decrease of 46% from the first nine months of fiscal 2003.

34



        Distributor-owned inventories of Adaptec branded products decreased by approximately 21% in the third quarter of fiscal 2004 from the second quarter of fiscal 2004 and in the third quarter of fiscal 2004 as compared to the third quarter of fiscal 2003.

        Net revenues from our SSG segment increased for the third quarter of fiscal 2004 as compared to the third quarter of fiscal 2003 as a result of increased sales of external storage solutions due to our acquisition of Eurologic, which contributed $11.9 million to our net revenues in the third quarter, as well as increased sales of RAID products. The increase in sales of our RAID products was due to our acquisition of ICP vortex and sales of our RAID enabled products based on the next generation Serial ATA technology launched in the first quarter of fiscal 2004, both of which contributed $8.5 million to net revenues for the third quarter of fiscal 2004. However, the increase in net revenues was partially offset by a decline in sales volumes of our SCSI products. The decline in the volume of SCSI products sales was primarily attributable to a continued reduction in industry-wide demand for these products due to penetration of other lower cost solutions, such as ATA. As the market continues to transition from Ultra 160 SCSI products, a major product family of our SSG segment, to the new Ultra 320 products, we expect to see additional declines in SCSI product sales due to lower market share.

        Net revenues from our SSG segment increased for the first nine months of fiscal 2004 as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2003 as a result of increased sales of external storage solutions due to our acquisition of Eurologic, which contributed $37.7 million to our net revenues in the first nine months of fiscal 2004, as well as increased sales of RAID products. The increase in sales of our RAID products was due to our acquisition of ICP vortex, sales of our RAID enabled products based on the next generation Serial ATA technology launched in the first quarter of fiscal 2004 and increased sales of our ServeRAID products to International Business Machines, or IBM, which began in the second quarter of fiscal 2003. However, the increase in net revenues was partially offset by a decline in sales volumes of our SCSI products due to the factors described above.

        We are continuing to see a shift in our product mix towards a greater portion of RAID products as compared to SCSI products. Additionally, we have begun commercial shipments of our RAID enabled products based on next generation Serial ATA technology and we expect to launch our Serial Attached SCSI products in the first half of fiscal 2005. Our future revenues will, over time, be significantly influenced by the extent to which we are successful in gaining customer adoption rates for, and ultimately selling, our Serial ATA, Serial Attached SCSI and external storage solutions products to our current and new customers.

        Net revenues from the DSG segment decreased for both the third quarter and first nine months of fiscal 2004, as compared to the corresponding periods of fiscal 2003, due to a decline in sales volumes of our SCSI-based desktop computer solutions, FireWire/1394 solutions and USB 2.0 host-bus adapters, offset partially by increased sales of digital media products launched in the second quarter of fiscal 2003. The decline in sales volume of our SCSI-based desktop computer solutions reflects a continued reduction in demand resulting from the penetration of other lower cost solutions and alternative technologies. The decline in sales volumes of our FireWire/1394 solutions and USB 2.0 host-bus adapters was caused by the continued trend to bundle these products with the OEMs' products rather than end users purchasing the products as components at the retail level. We expect revenues from our SCSI-based desktop computer solutions, FireWire/1394 solutions and USB 2.0 host-bus adapters to continue to decline.

        Net revenues from the SNG segment decreased for both the third quarter and first nine months of fiscal 2004 from the corresponding period of fiscal 2003 due to decline in the sales volume of our fibre channel products and NICs. A majority of the decrease was due to a decline in sales volumes of NICs and the balance due a decline in sales of fibre channel products. The decrease was only slightly offset by revenues from sales of iSCSI HBAs introduced in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 and TOE NACs launched in the first quarter of fiscal 2004. We expect our SNG revenues from NICs, which represented

35



approximately 80% of our net revenues from the SNG segment in the first nine months of fiscal 2004, and fibre channel products to continue to decline. Our future SNG revenues will, over time, be significantly influenced by the extent to which we are successful in gaining customer acceptance for, and ultimately selling, our iSCSI and TOE NAC products.

        In the third quarter of fiscal 2004, IBM accounted for 21% of our total net revenues. In the third quarter of fiscal 2003, IBM and Dell accounted for 24% and 13% of our total net revenues, respectively.

        Gross Margin.    As a percentage of net revenues, gross margin was 40% for the third quarter and 42% first nine months of fiscal 2004 compared to 44% and 51% from the corresponding periods of fiscal 2003. The decline in gross margins was primarily due to changes in our product mix. Gross margins declined in the third quarter of fiscal 2004 compared to the third quarter of fiscal 2003 reflecting the decline in sales of our SCSI products, which carry relatively high margins, and an increase in sales of external storage solutions resulting from our acquisition of Eurologic. Gross margins declined in the first nine months of fiscal 2004 compared to the corresponding period of fiscal 2003 reflecting the decline in sales of our SCSI products, an increase in sales of our ServeRAID products to IBM and sales of external storage solutions resulting from our acquisition of Eurologic. Our RAID products and external storage solutions generally carry lower gross margins than our SCSI products, and to the extent that revenues from these product lines continue to increase relative to revenues from our SCSI products, we would expect our gross margins to continue to be adversely impacted.

        Research and Development Expense.    Research and development expense was $24.9 million, or 22% of net revenues, for the third quarter of fiscal 2004 compared to $28.5 million, or 26% of net revenues, for the third quarter of fiscal 2003. The decrease in research and development expense was partially due to a decrease in deferred compensation charges associated with our acquisition of Platys Communications, Inc., or Platys. Deferred compensation charges, which represent the vesting of restricted stock and assumed stock options and payment of unvested cash, decreased by $1.8 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2004 compared to the third quarter of fiscal 2003. Excluding the deferred compensation charges, our research and development spending decreased 7% in the third quarter of fiscal 2004 over the corresponding period of fiscal 2003. The decrease in spending, net of deferred compensation charges, was due to savings obtained through reductions in infrastructure spending and reduced headcount resulting from the restructuring programs implemented in fiscal 2003 and savings obtained by transitioning certain research and development efforts to India. However, these savings were mostly offset by additional development expenses as a result of our acquisition of Eurologic and ICP vortex and additional workforce hired to exploit the technology we acquired from Tricord Systems, Inc. in November 2002. A portion of our research and development expense fluctuates depending on the timing of major project costs such as tape-outs and IC turns.

        Research and development expense was $75.8 million, or 23% of net revenues, for the first nine months of fiscal 2004 compared to $89.2 million, or 30% of net revenues, for the first nine months of fiscal 2003. The decrease in research and development expense was partially due to a decrease in deferred compensation charges associated with our acquisition of Platys. Deferred compensation charges decreased by $5.0 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2004 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2003. Excluding the deferred compensation charges, our research and development expense decreased 10% in the first nine months of fiscal 2004 over the corresponding period of fiscal 2003 primarily due to the factors described above.

        Selling, Marketing and Administrative Expense.    Selling, marketing and administrative expense was $19.7 million, or 17% of net revenues, for the third quarter of fiscal 2004 compared to $22.7 million, or 21% of net revenues, for the third quarter of fiscal 2003. The decrease in selling, marketing and administrative expense was partially due to a decrease in deferred compensation charges associated with our acquisition of Platys. Deferred compensation charges decreased by $1.1 million in

36



the third quarter of fiscal 2004 compared to the third quarter of fiscal 2003. Excluding the deferred compensation charges, our selling, marketing and administrative expense decreased 9% in the third quarter of fiscal 2004 over the corresponding period of fiscal 2003. The decrease in spending, net of deferred compensation charges, was primarily attributable to reductions of our workforce and infrastructure spending as a result of the restructuring plans implemented in fiscal 2003. However, these savings were partially offset by the additional workforce brought on through our acquisitions of Eurologic and ICP vortex.

        Selling, marketing and administrative expense was $59.2 million, or 18% of net revenues, for the first nine months of fiscal 2004 compared to $70.0 million, or 23% of net revenues, for the first nine months of fiscal 2003. The decrease in selling, marketing and administrative expense was partially due to a decrease in deferred compensation charges associated with our acquisition of Platys. Deferred compensation charges decreased by $3.1 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2004 compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2003. Excluding the deferred compensation charges, our selling, marketing and administrative expense decreased 12% in the first nine months of fiscal 2004 over the corresponding period of fiscal 2003 primarily due to the factors described above.

        Amortization of Acquisition-Related Intangible Assets.    Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets included in operating expenses for the third quarter of fiscal 2004 was $4.5 million compared to $3.7 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2003. Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets included in operating expenses for the first nine months of fiscal 2004 was $14.1 million compared to $11.2 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2003. The increase was due to the amortization of other intangible assets related to the acquisitions of Eurologic and ICP vortex of $1.0 million and $3.0 million in the third quarter and first nine months of fiscal 2004, respectively, partially offset by lower amortization of intangible assets related to our DPT acquisition as these became fully amortized.

        We monitor the recoverability of goodwill recorded in connection with acquisitions annually, or sooner if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairment, if any, would be determined in accordance with SFAS No. 142, which uses a fair value model for determining the carrying value of goodwill. We plan to perform our annual impairment review in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004.

        Write-off of Acquired In-Process Technology.    In connection with our acquisition of Eurologic, approximately $3.6 million of the purchase price was allocated to acquired in-process technology and written off in the first quarter of fiscal 2004. We identified research projects of Eurologic in areas for which technological feasibility had not been established and no alternative future uses existed. We acquired various external and networked storage products that enable organizations to install, manage and scale multiterabyte storage solutions. The identified projects focus on increased performance while reducing the storage controller form factor. The value was determined by estimating the net cash flows from the products once commercially viable and discounting the net cash flows to their present value.

        Net Cash Flows.    The net cash flows from the identified projects were based on estimates of revenues, cost of revenues, research and development expenses, including costs to complete the projects, selling, marketing and administrative expenses, royalty expenses and income taxes from the projects. We believe the assumptions used in the valuation as described below were reasonable at the time of the acquisition.

        Net Revenues.    The estimated net revenues were based on management's projections of the projects. The business projections were compared with and found to be in line with industry analysts' forecasts of growth in substantially all of the relevant markets. Estimated total net revenues from the projects were expected to grow through fiscal 2008, and decline thereafter as other new products are expected to become available. These projections were based on estimates of market size and growth,

37



expected trends in technology, and the nature and expected timing of our new product introductions and those of our competitors.

        Gross Margins.    Projected gross margins were based on Eurologic's historical margins, which were in line with industry averages.

        Operating Expenses.    Estimated operating expenses used in the valuation analysis of Eurologic included research and development expenses and selling, marketing and administrative expenses. In developing future expense estimates and evaluation of Eurologic's overall business model, an assessment of specific product results including both historical and expected direct expense levels and general industry metrics was conducted.

        Research and Development Expenses.    Estimated research and development expenses include costs to bring the projects to technological feasibility and costs associated with activities undertaken to correct errors or keep products updated with current information (also referred to as "maintenance" research and development) after a product is available for general release to customers. These activities include routine changes and additions. The estimated maintenance research and development expense was 5.0% of net revenues for the in-process technologies throughout the estimation period.

        Selling, Marketing and Administrative Expenses.    Estimated selling, marketing and administrative expenses were consistent with the general industry cost structure in the first year net revenues were generated and increased in later years.

        Effective Tax Rate.    The effective tax rate utilized in the analysis of the in-process technologies reflects a combined historical industry specific average for the United States Federal and state statutory income tax rates.

        Royalty Rate.    We applied a royalty charge of approximately 2% of the estimated net revenues for each in-process project to attribute value for dependency on existing technology.

        Discount Rate.    The cost of capital reflects the estimated time to complete the projects and the level of risk involved. The discount rate used in computing the present value of net cash flows was approximately 27% for each of the projects.

        Percentage of Completion.    The percentage of completion was determined using costs incurred by Eurologic prior to the acquisition date compared to the estimated remaining research and development to be completed to bring the projects to technological feasibility. We estimated, as of the acquisition date, the projects were approximately 60% complete. We expect remaining costs of approximately $0.4 million to bring the planned in-process projects to completion. Development of these projects remains a significant risk to us due to the remaining effort to achieve technological feasibility and rapidly changing customer markets. Failure to bring these products to market in a timely manner, in a competitive environment, could adversely impact our future sales, results of operation and growth. Additionally, the value of the intangible assets acquired may become impaired.

        Restructuring Charges.    We recorded restructuring charges of $0.9 million and $2.7 million for the third quarter and first nine months of fiscal 2004, respectively. We recorded restructuring charges of $7.1 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2003. For a complete discussion of the fiscal 2003 restructuring actions, please refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003.

38



    Third Quarter of Fiscal 2004 Restructuring Plan:

        In the third quarter of fiscal 2004, we initiated actions to consolidate research and development resources primarily in our SSG segment. We recorded restructuring charges of $0.4 related to severance and benefits of 12 employees based in the United States. The expenses associated with the restructuring plan are included in "Restructuring charges" in the Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations. We do not expect to incur any further charges in connection with this restructuring plan.

        As a result of our third quarter of fiscal 2004 restructuring plan, we expect to reduce our annual infrastructure spending by approximately $1 million, of which approximately 86% and 14% will be reflected as a reduction in research and development expense and selling, marketing and administrative expense, respectively.

    Second Quarter of Fiscal 2004 Restructuring Plan:

        In the second quarter of fiscal 2004, we initiated certain actions related primarily to our DSG segment. These actions included the consolidation of research and development resources, the involuntary termination of certain marketing and administrative personnel, the shutdown of the DSG's Hudson, Wisconsin facility, and asset impairments associated with the identification of duplicative assets and facilities. In addition, we took actions to streamline our SSG segment by reducing headcount and related costs. We recorded approximately $1.6 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2004, of which $1.5 million was associated with severance and benefits from terminating approximately 33 employees and $0.1 million related to the write-down of certain assets taken out of service. In the third quarter of fiscal 2004, we recorded restructuring charges of $0.6 million as a result of vacating the Hudson facility. This completes the DSG restructuring initiated in the second quarter of fiscal 2004. Restructuring charges incurred to date related to the second quarter of fiscal 2004 restructuring plan are $2.2 million. Of the total restructuring expense incurred, approximately $0.6 million and $1.6 million related to the SSG and DSG segments, respectively.

        As a result of our second quarter of fiscal 2004 restructuring plans, we expect to reduce our annual infrastructure spending by approximately $4 million, of which approximately 3%, 38% and 59% will be reflected as a reduction in cost of revenues, research and development expense and selling, marketing and administrative expense, respectively.

        Additionally, in the first nine months of fiscal 2004, we recorded a net adjustment of $0.1 million to prior year restructuring plans.

        Other Charges.    Our other charges consisted of asset impairment charges. We hold minority investments in non-public companies. We regularly monitor these minority investments for impairment and record reductions in the carrying values when necessary. Circumstances that indicate an other-than-temporary decline include the valuation ascribed to the issuing company in subsequent financing rounds, decreases in quoted market price and declines in operations of the issuer. In the first nine months of fiscal 2003, we recorded an impairment charge of $0.5 million related to a decline in the value of a minority investment we deemed to be other-than-temporary.

        Interest and Other Income.    Interest and other income was $3.0 million for the third quarter of fiscal 2004 compared to $7.3 million for the third quarter of fiscal 2003. The decrease in interest and other income was related to lower interest income earned on our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and the components of other income. Interest income decreased primarily as the result of lower yields received on our investments. Other income for the third quarter of fiscal 2004 included loss of $2.9 million related to the repurchase of our 3% Convertible Subordinated Notes, or 3% Notes, in December 2003.

        Interest and other income was $63.3 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2004 compared to $25.8 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2003. The increase in interest and other income was

39



primarily related to the components of other income, partially offset by lower interest income earned on our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. Interest income decreased primarily as the result of lower average cash balances and lower yields received on our investments. Other income for the first nine months of fiscal 2004 was $48.7 million and included a gain of $49.3 million due to the settlement with the former president of Distributed Processing Technology Corporation, or DPT, gain distributions of $0.3 million on investments, a loss of $2.9 million related to the repurchase of $124.2 million in principal amount of our 3% Notes and a loss of $0.8 million related to the redemption of $82.4 million in principal amount of our 43/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes, or 43/4% Notes. Other income for the first nine months of fiscal 2003 included a gain of $3.3 million related to the repurchase of $120.4 million of our 43/4% Notes.

        We currently do not engage in any foreign currency hedging activities and, therefore, are susceptible to fluctuations in foreign exchange gains or losses in our results of operations in future reporting periods. Foreign currency transaction gains were $0.9 million and $1.7 million for the third quarter and the first nine months of fiscal 2004, respectively. Foreign currency transaction losses were $0.2 million and $0.7 million for the third quarter and the first nine months of fiscal 2003, respectively.

        Interest Expense.    Interest expense is primarily associated with our 43/4% Notes, 3% Notes and 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes, or 3/4% Notes, issued in February 1997, March 2002 and December 2003, respectively. Interest expense was $2.3 million for the third quarter of fiscal 2004 compared to $3.7 million for the third quarter of fiscal 2003. Interest expense was $8.0 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2004 compared to $12.8 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2003. The decrease in interest expense for both periods was due to the reduction in the outstanding balance of our 43/4% Notes.

        Income Taxes.    Our income tax provision was $0.4 million for the third quarter of fiscal 2004 compared to an income tax provision of $0.1 million for the third quarter of fiscal 2003. Our income tax provision was $0.7 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2004 compared to $1.3 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2003. Income tax provisions for interim periods are based on our estimated annual effective income tax rate. The tax rate for the third quarter and first nine months of 2004 differed from the combined United States Federal and state statutory income tax rate of 40% due to the tax treatment allowed for certain transactions that differ from financial statement reporting. For tax purposes, the gain on settlement with the former president of DPT of $49.3 million is treated as an adjustment to the tax basis in the acquired DPT common stock and does not result in taxable income. The tax rate benefit derived from the differing treatment of the DPT settlement was partially offset by the amortization of acquisition related intangible assets, excluding goodwill, that are not fully deductible for tax purposes.

        Our subsidiary in Singapore is currently operating under a tax holiday. The terms of the current tax holiday provide that profits derived from certain products will be exempt from tax through fiscal 2004, subject to certain conditions. We have signed an agreement with the Singapore Economic Development Board for a new tax holiday package effective for fiscal years 2005 through 2010. The new tax holiday will provide that profits derived from certain products will be exempt from tax, subject to certain conditions. We believe that the terms of the new tax holiday will not have a material impact on our effective tax rate.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Key Components of Cash Flow

        Cash generated from operations was $68.6 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2004. Operating cash resulted primarily from our net income of $38.1 million, adjusted for non-cash items including depreciation and amortization of intangible assets of $40.7 million, amortization of deferred stock-based compensation of $3.3 million, write-off of acquired in process technology of $3.6 million

40



and loss of $3.7 million related to the repurchase of our 3% Notes and 43/4% Notes offset by the non-cash portion of the gain on settlement with the former president of DPT of $18.3 million.

        Additionally changes to working capital assets and liabilities, excluding the impact of balances acquired from Eurologic and ICP vortex, increased cash provided by operating activities by $3.0 million. Day sales outstanding decreased to 41 at December 31, 2003 as compared to 45 at March 31, 2003 reflecting improved collections and improved revenue linearity. Annualized inventory turns decreased to 6.0 at December 31, 2003 from 8.9 at March 31, 2003. As we transition the manufacturing of ServeRAID, Eurologic and ICP vortex products to our Singapore facility, we expect to carry higher than historical levels of inventory to service customer requirements. Inventory management will continue to be an area of focus as we balance the need to maintain strategic inventory levels to ensure adequate supply and competitive lead times with the risk of inventory obsolescence and customer requirements.

        Cash used in investing activities was $36.4 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2004. This was primarily due to our acquisitions of Eurologic and ICP in the first quarter of fiscal 2003 and purchases of restricted marketable securities, which consisted primarily of United States government bonds.

        Cash used in financing activities was $22.2 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2004. This was primarily driven by repurchases of our 43/4% and 3% Notes offset by net proceeds from the issuance of new convertible debt as described below.

Liquidity, Capital Resources and Financial Condition

        At December 31, 2003, we had $744.8 million in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of which approximately $471.9 million was held by our Singapore subsidiary. Although we do not have any current plans to repatriate cash from our Singapore subsidiary to our United States parent company, if we were to do so, additional income taxes at the combined United States Federal and state statutory rate of approximately 40% could be incurred from the repatriation.

        In December 2003, we issued $225.0 million of 3/4% Notes due December 22, 2023. The issuance costs associated with the 3/4% Notes totaled $6.8 million and the net proceeds from the offering were $218.2 million. In conjunction with the issuance of the 3/4% Notes, we spent $64.1 million to enter into a convertible bond hedge transaction. We also received $30.4 million from the issuance of warrants to purchase up to 19.2 million shares of our common stock. Please refer to Note 8 and 9 for a detailed discussion of our debt and equity transactions. We utilized $124.2 million of the net proceeds from the issuance of 3/4% Notes to repurchase $124.2 million in aggregate principal amount of the 3% Notes. Additionally, through the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2004, we had redeemed the outstanding principal balance of $82.4 million of our 43/4% Notes. At December 31, 2003, we had $350.8 million of aggregate principal amount in convertible notes that are due in March 2007 and December 2023 in the amount of $125.8 million and $225.0 million, respectively. Subsequent to December 31, 2003, we repurchased $90.6 million in principal balance of our 3% Notes.

        We are required to maintain restricted cash or investments to serve as collateral for the first six scheduled interest payments and the first ten scheduled interest payments on our 3% Notes and 3/4% Notes, respectively. As of December 31, 2003, we had $13.6 million of restricted marketable securities, consisting of United States government securities, of which $5.5 million was classified as short-term and $8.1 million was long-term.

        On August 1, 2003, our revolving line of credit of $20.0 million expired. No borrowings were made against this line of credit.

        The IRS is currently auditing our tax return for fiscal 1997 and final settlement agreements have been filed with the United States Tax Court on all but one issue. In addition, the IRS is auditing our Federal income tax returns for fiscal 1998 through fiscal 2001. We believe that we have sufficient tax

41



provisions for these years. We believe the final outcome of the IRS audits will not have a material adverse impact on our liquidity.

        We believe that liquidity provided by our existing working capital, together with expected cash flows from operations and available sources of equity and equipment financing, will be sufficient to support our operations through at least the next twelve months. However, should prevailing economic conditions and/or financial, business and other factors beyond our control adversely affect our estimates of our future cash requirements, we would be required to fund our cash requirements by alternative financing. There can be no assurance that additional financing, if needed, would be available on terms acceptable to us or at all.

        The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2003 and the effect these obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods.

Contractual obligations by Year

  Remaining
Three Months
of Fiscal
2004

  Fiscal
2005

  Fiscal
2006

  Fiscal
2007

  Fiscal
2008

  Thereafter
  Total
 
  (in thousands)

3% Convertible Subordinated Notes                 125,821             125,821
 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes                         225,000     225,000
IBM Patent License Fees         1,850                     1,850
Eurologic Holdback         3,841                     3,841
Platys Holdback     4,085                         4,085
Operating Leases     2,457     8,283     5,887     4,882     4,053     2,960     28,522
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 6,542   $ 13,974   $ 5,887   $ 130,703   $ 4,053   $ 227,960   $ 389,119
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

        We invest in technology companies through two venture capital funds, Pacven Walden Ventures V Funds and APV Technology Partners II, L.P. As of December 31, 2003, the carrying value of such investments aggregates $3.1 million. We have also committed to provide additional funding of up to $0.8 million.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In November 2003, the EITF reached a consensus on EITF 03-1. EITF 03-1 provides guidance on the new requirements for other-than-temporary impairment and its application to debt and marketable equity investments that are accounted for under SFAS No. 115. The new requirements are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003. The implementation of EITF 03-1 is not anticipated to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

        In May 2003, a consensus was reached on EITF No. 03-5, which was ratified by the FASB in August 2003. EITF No. 03-5 affirms that AICPA SOP 97-2 applies to non-software deliverables, such as hardware, in an arrangement if the software is essential to the functionality of the non-software deliverables. This statement is effective for new revenue arrangements entered into for reporting periods commencing after August 13, 2003. The adoption of EITF No. 03-5 did not materially affect our financial position or results of operations.

        In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, which establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. The financial instruments affected include mandatorily redeemable stock, certain financial instruments that require or may require the issuer to buy back some of its shares in exchange for cash or other assets and certain obligations that can be settled with shares of stock. This statement was effective

42



immediately for all financial instruments created or modified after May 31, 2003 and by the first interim period commencing after June 15, 2003 for existing financial instruments. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 does not currently affect our financial position and results of operations.

        In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46—an interpretation of ARB No. 51, which provides guidance on the identification of and reporting for variable interest entities. In December 2003, the FASB issued a revised Interpretation No. 46, which expands the criteria for consideration in determining whether a variable interest entity should be consolidated. Interpretation No. 46 is effective for the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004. The Company does not expect adoption of Interpretation No. 46 to have a significant impact on its future financial position or results of operations.

        In November 2002, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21 which provides guidance on how to account for arrangements that involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and/or rights to use assets. The provisions of EITF No. 00-21 apply to revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of EITF No. 00-21 did not have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

43


RISK FACTORS

        Our business faces significant risks. The risks described below may not be the only risks we face. Additional risks that we do not yet know of or that we currently think are immaterial may also impair our business operations. If any of the events or circumstances described in the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could suffer, and the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Our operating results have fluctuated in the past, and are likely to continue to fluctuate, and if our future results are below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the market price of our common stock would likely decline significantly.

        Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past, and are likely to vary significantly in the future, based on a number of factors related to our industry and the markets for our products. Factors that are likely to cause our operating results to fluctuate include those discussed in the risk factors below. In addition, in the first nine months of fiscal 2004, our operating results were materially affected by unusual charges, including the following:

    Gain on settlement of the DPT arbitration; and

    Write-off of acquired in-process technology from Eurologic

        Our operating expenses are largely based on anticipated revenues, and a large portion of our expenses, including those related to rent and salaries, are fixed in the short term. As a result, lower than anticipated revenues for any reason could cause significant variations in our operating results from quarter to quarter.

        Due to the factors summarized above, we believe that you should not rely on period-to-period comparisons of our financial results as an indication of our future performance. In the event that our operating results fall below the expectations of market analysts or investors, the market price of our common stock could decline substantially.

Our operating results may be adversely affected by the uncertain geopolitical environment and unfavorable economic and market conditions.

        Adverse economic conditions worldwide have contributed to the slowdown in the information technology industry and may continue to impact our business, resulting in:

    Reduced demand for our products as a result of a decrease in capital spending by our customers;

    Increased price competition for our products;

    Increased risk of excess and obsolete inventories;

    Excess facilities and manufacturing capacity; and

    Higher overhead costs as a percentage of revenues.

        Political turmoil in many parts of the world, including terrorist and military actions, may continue to put pressure on global economic conditions. If the economic and market conditions in the United States and globally do not improve, or if they deteriorate further, we may continue to experience material adverse impacts on our business, operating results, and financial condition as a consequence of the above factors or otherwise. We do not expect the trend of lower capital spending among our customers to reverse itself in the near term.

44



Because our sales are made by means of standard purchase orders rather than long-term contracts, if demand for our customers' products declines or if our customers do not control their inventories effectively, they may cancel or reschedule shipments previously ordered from us or reduce their levels of purchases from us.

        The volume and timing of orders received during a quarter are difficult to forecast. Our customers generally order based on their forecasts and they frequently encounter uncertain and changing demand for their products. If demand falls below such forecasts or if our customers do not control their inventories effectively, they may cancel or reschedule shipments previously ordered from us. Our customers have from time to time in the past canceled or rescheduled shipments previously ordered from us, and we cannot assure you that they will not do so in the future. In addition, because our sales are made by means of standard purchase orders rather than long-term contracts, we cannot assure you that these customers will continue to purchase quantities of our products at current levels, or at all. Historically, we have set our operating budget based on forecasts of future revenues because we do not have significant backlog. Because much of our operating budget is relatively fixed in the short-term, if revenues do not meet our expectations, then our financial results will be adversely affected.

Costs associated with acquisitions or strategic alliances may adversely affect our results of operations, which could be exacerbated if we are unable to integrate the acquired companies, products or technologies.

        In June 2003, we acquired ICP vortex, a provider of a broad range of hardware and software RAID data protection solutions. In April 2003, we acquired Eurologic, a provider of external and network storage solutions. In August 2001, we completed our acquisition of Platys, a developer of IP storage solutions. In addition, we enter into strategic alliances from time to time with other companies. For example, we entered into a technology licensing agreement with IBM in March 2002. As part of our overall strategy, we may continue to acquire or invest in complementary companies, products or technologies and enter into strategic alliances with other companies. In order to be successful in these activities, we must:

    Conduct acquisitions that are timely, relative to existing business opportunities;

    Successfully prevail over competing bidders for target acquisitions at an acceptable price;

    Invest in companies and technologies that contribute to the growth of our business;

    Incorporate acquired operations into our business and maintain uniform standards, controls and procedures;

    Retain the key employees of the acquired operation; and

    Develop the capabilities necessary to exploit newly acquired technologies.

        The benefits of acquisitions or strategic alliances may prove to be less than anticipated and may not outweigh the costs reported in our financial statements. Completing any potential future acquisitions or strategic alliances could cause significant diversions of management time and resources. If we acquire new businesses, products or technologies in the future, we may be required to assume warranty claims or other contingent liabilities, including liabilities unknown at the time of acquisition, and amortize significant amounts of other intangible assets and, over time, recognize significant charges for impairment of goodwill, other intangible assets or other losses. If we consummate any potential future acquisitions in which the consideration consists of stock or other securities, our existing stockholders' ownership may be significantly diluted. If we proceed with any potential future acquisitions in which the consideration is cash, we may be required to use a substantial portion of our available cash. In addition, we may be required to invest significant resources in order to perform under a strategic alliance or to complete an acquisition, which could adversely affect our results of

45



operations, at least in the short-term, even if we believe the strategic alliance or acquisition will benefit us in the long-term. We may not be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with these or other business combinations, investments or strategic alliances. These transactions may adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

If we do not meet our restructuring objectives or if the economic slowdown continues, we may have to implement additional plans in order to reduce our operating costs and may, as a result, incur additional material restructuring charges.

        In the second and third quarters of fiscal 2004, in the second and fourth quarters of fiscal 2003 and the first and fourth quarters of fiscal 2002, we implemented restructuring plans to reduce our operating costs and recorded restructuring charges of $2.7 million, $14.3 million and $10.0 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2004 and fiscal years 2003 and 2002, respectively. The plans included primarily the reduction of our workforce and the consolidation of our manufacturing operations in Singapore. The goals of these plans were to support future growth opportunities, focus on investments that grow revenues and increase operating margins. If we do not meet our restructuring objectives or if the economic slowdown continues, we may have to implement additional restructuring plans to reduce our operating costs, which could cause us to incur material restructuring charges. Further, these restructuring plans may not achieve the goals we had in implementing them due to such factors as significant costs or restrictions that may be imposed in some international locales on workforce reductions and a potential adverse effect on employee morale that could harm our efficiency and our ability to act quickly and effectively in the rapidly changing technology markets in which we sell our products.

Demand for our products would likely be negatively affected if demand in the server and network storage markets declines.

        Our business or operating results would be adversely affected by a decline in demand for our products. For example, for the first time in several years, the demand in the server market declined slightly in fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2003, which contributed to a decline in our net revenues. It is difficult to predict future server sales growth, if any. In addition, other technologies may replace the technologies used in our existing products and the acceptance of our products using new technologies in the market may not be widespread, which could adversely affect our revenues.

We expect that the products we are developing for the network storage marketplace will be an important component of our future growth, and these products may not be accepted by the market or reach the market in a timely fashion.

        We believe that developing products for the network storage marketplace will be an important component of our future growth, and we have attempted to accelerate such product development efforts through acquisitions. For example, in April 2003, we acquired Eurologic, a provider of external and networked storage solutions. In August 2001, we acquired Platys, a development stage company with insignificant revenues, to enhance our technologies for the network storage market. The marketplace for advanced storage products is highly competitive. While we are focusing on solutions employing iSCSI technology for this market, other companies are also focusing on network storage solutions based on identified technologies that include, but are not limited to, iSCSI. As a result, our technology may never be broadly adopted. Even if iSCSI technology achieves broad market acceptance, our early technological advantage in this field may not afford us the advantages we had anticipated if such acceptance is delayed due to the continuing global slowdown in technology spending. In addition, there are substantial risks that known and unknown challenges to successful deployment of our products, and of products incorporating our products, will cause delays in their reaching the market. If iSCSI technology and our network storage products, and our customers' products using our technology,

46



do not achieve a broad level of market acceptance, or if we encounter substantial delays in entering the market, our growth will likely be impaired.

If we do not provide adequate support during our customers' design and development stage, or if we are unable to provide such support in a timely manner, we may lose revenues to our competition.

        Certain of our products are designed to meet our customers' specifications and, to the extent we are not able to meet these expectations in a timely manner or provide adequate support during our customers' design and development stage, our customers may choose to buy similar products from another company.

Our reliance on industry standards and technological changes in the marketplace may cause our net revenues to fluctuate or decline.

        The computer industry is characterized by various, evolving standards and protocols. We design our products to conform to certain industry standards and protocols such as the following:

Technologies:

    ATA

    Serial ATA

    Fibre channel

    FireWire/1394

    iSCSI

    PCI

    PCI-X

    RAID

    SCSI

    Serial Attached SCSI

    Ultra DMA

    USB

Operating Systems:

    Linux

    Macintosh

    Netware

    OS/2

    UNIX

    Windows

47


        In particular, a majority of our revenues are currently derived from products based on the SCSI standards. If consumer acceptance of these standards declines, or if new standards emerge, and if we do not anticipate these changes and develop new products, these changes could adversely affect our business and financial results. For example, we believe that changes in consumers' perceptions of the relative merits of SCSI-based products and competing products incorporating lower-cost solutions, such as ATA, have adversely affected our sales since fiscal 1998 and are likely to affect our future sales.

If we lose the cooperation of other hardware and software producers whose products are integral to ours, our ability to sustain or grow our revenues could be adversely affected.

        We must design our products to operate effectively with a variety of hardware and software products supplied by other manufacturers, including the following:

    Microprocessors

    Peripherals and

    Operating system software.

        We depend on significant cooperation from these manufacturers to achieve our design objectives and develop products that operate successfully with their products. We believe that we generally have good relationships with leading system, peripherals, and microprocessor suppliers. These companies could, from time to time, elect to make it more difficult for us to design our products for successful operability with their products. For example, if one or more of these companies were to determine that as a result of competition or other factors our technology or products would not be broadly accepted by the markets we target, these companies may no longer work with us to plan for new products and new generations of our products, which would make it more difficult to introduce products on a timely basis or at all. Further, some of these companies might decide not to continue to offer products that are compatible with our technology and our markets could contract. If any of these events were to occur, our revenues could be adversely affected.

Our dependence on new products may cause our net revenues to fluctuate or decline.

        Our future success significantly depends upon our completing and introducing enhanced and new products at competitive prices and performance levels in a timely manner. The success of new product introductions depends on several factors, including the following:

    Designing products to meet customer needs;

    Product costs;

    Timely completion and introduction of new product designs;

    Quality of new products;

    Differentiation of new products from those of our competitors; and

    Market acceptance of our products.

        Our product life cycles in each of our segments may be as brief as 12 months. As a result, we believe that we will continue to incur significant expenditures for research and development in the future. We may fail to identify new product opportunities and may not develop and bring new products to market in a timely manner. In addition, products or technologies developed by others may render our products or technologies obsolete or noncompetitive, or our targeted customers may not select our products for design or integration into their products. The failure of any of our new product development efforts could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results. In addition, our SNG segment is focused on developing 1-gigabit TOE NACs, which are expected to offer faster

48


performance and result in improved return on investment for our customers. While we focus on TOE technology, we expect our SNG revenues from our 10/100 NICs will continue to decline as OEMs transition their product lines to the 1-gigabit NIC products. To the extent that our TOE technology is not selected for design or integration by OEMs, our business and future financial results could be adversely affected.

        We have also introduced RAID enabled products based on the next generation Serial ATA technology. We will not succeed in generating significant revenue from our new Serial ATA technology products if the market does not adapt to this new technology, which would, over time, adversely affect our net revenues and operating results.

If we are unable to compete effectively, our net revenues could be adversely affected.

        The markets for all of our products are intensely competitive and are characterized by the following:

    Rapid technological advances;

    Frequent new product introductions;

    Evolving industry standards; and

    Price erosion.

        Consequently, we must continue to enhance our products on a timely basis to keep pace with market demands. If we do not do so, or if our competition is more effective in developing products that meet the needs of our existing and potential customers, we may lose market share and not participate in the future growth of our target markets. For example, in our SSG segment, we face intense competition in the transition from products employing Ultra 160 technology to solutions employing Ultra 320 technology. We must also integrate the recently acquired Eurologic operations. Our future success will depend on the level of acceptance of Eurologic products by new and existing customers. In addition, we expect that our future success will depend significantly on our ability to participate in the ongoing development of the network storage market in which we face intense competition from other companies that are also focusing on networked storage solutions.

        We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient resources to accomplish all of the following:

    Meet growing product demand;

    Make timely introductions of new products;

    Compete successfully in the future against existing or potential competitors;

    Provide OEMs with design specifications in a timely manner; and

    Prevent price competition from eroding margins.

Product quality problems could lead to reduced revenues and gross margins.

        We produce highly complex products that incorporate leading-edge technology, including both hardware and software. Software often contains "bugs" which can unexpectedly interfere with expected operations. We cannot assure you that our pre-shipment testing programs will be adequate to detect all defects which might interfere with customer satisfaction, reduce sales opportunities, or affect our gross margins if the cost of remedying the problems exceed reserves established for that purpose. An inability to cure a product defect could result in the failure of a product line, and withdrawal, at least temporarily from a product or market segment, damage to our reputation, inventory costs, product reengineering expenses, and a material impact on revenues and margins.

49



If there is a shortage of components used in our customers' products, our sales may decline, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.

        If our customers are unable to purchase certain components which are embedded into their products, their demand for our products may decline. For example, beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000, we experienced the impact of other companies' chip supply shortages, which reduced the demand for our SSG products. This negatively affected our revenues in the first half of fiscal 2001. Similar shortages of components used in our customers' products could adversely affect our net revenues and financial results in future periods.

The manufacture and introduction of our products is highly complex.

        We confront challenges in the manufacturing process that require us to:

    Maintain a competitive manufacturing cost structure;

    Implement the latest process technologies required to manufacture new products;

    Exercise stringent quality control measures to ensure high yields;

    Effectively manage inventory levels;

    Effectively manage the subcontractors engaged in the wafer fabrication, test and assembly of products; and

    Update equipment and facilities as required for leading edge production capabilities.

        We cannot assure you that problems with our manufacturing process may not occur in the future. If any such problems with our manufacturing process were to occur, we might not be able to meet the demands of our customers, which could harm our reputation, result in the loss of customers and adversely affect our net revenues and financial results in future periods. In addition, as we transition the manufacturing of ServeRAID and Eurologic products to our Singapore facility, we expect to carry higher than historical levels of inventory to service customer requirements. Inventory management is an area of focus as we attempt to balance the need to maintain strategic inventory levels to ensure adequate supply and competitive lead times with the risk of inventory obsolescence and customer requirements.

We currently purchase all of the finished production silicon wafers used in our products from wafer suppliers, and if they fail to meet our manufacturing needs, it would delay our production and our product shipments to customers and negatively affect our operations.

        Independent foundries manufacture to our specifications all of the finished silicon wafers used for our products. We currently purchase finished production silicon wafers used in our products through our agreements with Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, or TSMC, and United Microelectronics Corporation, or UMC. The manufacture of semiconductor devices is sensitive to a wide variety of factors, including the following:

    The availability of raw materials;

    The availability of manufacturing capacity;

    Transition to smaller geometries of semiconductor devices;

    The level of contaminants in the manufacturing environment;

    Impurities in the materials used; and

    The performance of personnel and equipment.

50


        We cannot assure you that manufacturing problems may not occur in the future. A shortage of raw materials or production capacity could lead our wafer suppliers to allocate available capacity to other customers. Any prolonged inability to obtain wafers with competitive performance and cost attributes, adequate yields or timely deliveries would delay our production and our product shipments, and could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results. We expect that wafer suppliers will continually seek to convert their processes for manufacturing wafers to more advanced process technologies. Such conversions entail inherent technological risks that can affect yields and delivery times. If for any reason the wafer suppliers we use are unable or unwilling to satisfy our wafer needs, we will be required to identify and qualify additional suppliers. Additional wafer suppliers may be unavailable, may take significant amounts of time to qualify or may be unable to satisfy our requirements on a timely basis.

If our manufacturing demand for silicon wafers falls below our projections, we may not be able to fully utilize our prepayments to TSMC, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.

        From time to time, we have entered into "take or pay" contracts that have committed us to purchase specific wafer quantities over extended periods based on our projected needs. In addition, we have made advance payments to TSMC in order to secure guaranteed wafer capacity. If our demand for wafer units falls below our projections, we may not be able to fully utilize our advance payments. The unused portion of the advance payments may be impaired and written off as an asset impairment charge, which would adversely affect our financial results.

We depend on subcontractors, and if they fail to meet our manufacturing needs, it could delay shipments of our products and result in the loss of customers.

        We rely on subcontractors for the assembly and packaging of the integrated circuits included in our products. We have no long-term agreements with our assembly and packaging subcontractors. We have, from time to time, used board subcontractors to better balance production runs and capacity. We employ Surface Mount Technology Corporation to manufacture certain ServeRAID products, which we sell to IBM. In addition, we employ Celestica Inc. to manufacture components for Eurologic external storage products. We cannot assure you these subcontractors will continue to be able and willing to meet our requirements for these components or services. Any significant disruption in supplies from, or degradation in the quality of components or services supplied by, these subcontractors could delay shipments and result in the loss of customers or revenues, which could have an adverse effect on our financial results.

We depend on the efforts of our distributors, which if reduced, could result in a loss of sales of our products in favor of competitive offerings.

        We derived approximately 41% of our gross revenues for the first nine months of fiscal 2004 from independent distributor and reseller channels. Our financial results could be adversely affected if our relationships with these distributors or resellers were to deteriorate or if the financial condition of these distributors or resellers were to decline. Given the current economic environment, the risk of distributors and resellers going out of business has increased significantly.

        Our distributors generally offer a diverse array of products from several different manufacturers. Accordingly, we are at risk that these distributors may give higher priority to selling products from other suppliers. A reduction in sales efforts by our current distributors could adversely affect our business and financial results. Our distributors build inventories in anticipation of future sales, and if such sales do not occur as rapidly as they anticipate, our distributors will decrease the size of their product orders. If we decrease our price protection or distributor-incentive programs, our distributors may also decrease their orders from us. In addition, we have from time to time taken actions to reduce

51



levels of products at distributors and may do so in the future. These actions may affect our net revenues and negatively affect our financial results.

We depend on a few key customers and the loss of any of them could significantly reduce our revenues.

        Historically, a small number of our customers have accounted for a significant portion of our revenues. During fiscal 2003 and the first nine months of fiscal 2004, sales to the ten customers from which we received the greatest revenues accounted for approximately 72% and 69% of our total gross revenues, respectively. In addition, IBM represented 13% and 17% of our total gross revenues fiscal 2003 and the first nine months of fiscal 2004, respectively, and Dell represented 14% and 10% of our total gross revenues fiscal 2003 and the first nine months of fiscal 2004, respectively. Our revenues could decline if one or more of these customers were to significantly reduce, delay or cancel their orders. In addition, we do not carry credit insurance on our accounts receivables and any difficulty in collecting outstanding amounts due from our customers, particularly customers that place larger orders or experience financial difficulties, could adversely affect our revenues and our net income. Because our sales are made by means of standard purchase orders rather than long-term contracts, we cannot assure you that these customers will continue to purchase quantities of our products at current levels, or at all.

Our operations depend on key personnel, the loss of whom could affect the growth and success of our business.

        In order to be successful, we must retain and motivate our executives, the general managers of our business segments, our principal engineers and other key employees, including those in managerial, technical, marketing and information technology support positions. In particular, our product generation efforts depend on hiring and retaining qualified engineers. Despite the economic slowdown, competition for experienced management, technical, marketing and support personnel remains intense. For example, we have recently transitioned certain research and development efforts to India, where we have experienced significant competition in our efforts to attract and retain qualified engineers. In addition, with the exception of a few employees with whom we entered into employment agreements in connection with acquisition transactions, we do not have employment contracts with our key employees, including any of our executive officers. The loss of any of these key employees could have a significant impact on our operations. We also must continue to motivate employees and keep them focused on our strategies and goals, which may be particularly difficult due to morale challenges posed by workforce reductions and general uncertainty.

Our international operations involve risks, and may be subject to political or other non-economic barriers to our being able to sell our products in certain countries, local economic conditions that reduce demand for our products among our target market, and potential disruption in the supply of necessary components.

        Many of our subcontractors are primarily located in Asia and we have sales offices and customers located throughout Europe, Japan and other countries. Our international operations and sales are subject to political and economic risks, including political instability, currency controls, changes in import/export regulations, tariffs and freight rates. In addition, because our primary wafer supplier, TSMC, is located in Taiwan, we may be subject to certain risks resulting from political instability in Taiwan, including conflicts between Taiwan and the People's Republic of China. These and other international risks could result in the creation of political or other non-economic barriers to our being able to sell our products in certain countries, create local economic conditions that reduce demand for our products among our target market or expose us to potential disruption in the supply of necessary components or otherwise adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and operate effectively.

52



We depend on third parties to transport our products.

        We rely on independent freight forwarders to move our products between manufacturing plants and our customers. Any transport or delivery problems because of their errors, or because of unforeseen interruptions in their activities due to factors such as strikes, political instability, terrorism, natural disasters and accidents, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and ultimately impact our relationship with our customers.

If the carrying value of our long-lived assets is not recoverable, an impairment loss must be recognized which would adversely affect our financial results.

        Certain events or changes in circumstances would require us to assess the recoverability of the carrying amount of our long-lived assets. In fiscal 2003, we recorded an impairment charge of $1.5 million relating to the decline in value of minority investments. In fiscal 2002, we recorded impairment charges of $77.6 million relating to technology acquired in a prior acquisition and the decline in value of minority investments. In addition, the FASB issued SFAS No. 142 in July 2001, whereby goodwill must be evaluated annually and whenever events or circumstances occur which indicate that goodwill might be impaired. For acquisitions consummated prior to July 1, 2001, we adopted SFAS No. 142 on April 1, 2002. We will continue to evaluate the recoverability of the carrying amount of our long-lived assets, and we may incur substantial impairment charges which could adversely affect our financial results.

If actual results or events differ materially from those contemplated by us in making estimates and assumptions, our reported financial condition and results of operations for future periods could be materially affected.

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003 describes the significant accounting policies essential to preparing our consolidated financial statements. The preparation of these financial statements requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures. Although we believe that our judgments and estimates are appropriate and correct, actual future results may differ materially from our estimates.

If we are unable to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, we may be unable to compete effectively.

        Although we actively maintain and defend our intellectual property rights, we may be unable to adequately protect our proprietary rights. In addition, the laws of certain territories in which our products are or may be developed, manufactured or sold, including Asia and Europe, may not protect our products and intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Because we conduct a substantial portion of our operations in Singapore and other locations outside of the United States and sell to a worldwide customer base, we are more dependent on our ability to protect our intellectual property in international environments than would be the case if a larger portion of our operations were domestic.

        Despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property, which could harm our business and ability to compete effectively. We have from time to time discovered counterfeit copies of our products being manufactured or sold by others. Although we have programs to detect and deter the counterfeiting of

53



our products, significant availability of counterfeit products could reduce our revenues and damage our reputation and goodwill with customers.

Third parties may assert infringement claims against us, which may be expensive to defend and could divert our resources.

        From time to time, third parties assert exclusive patent, copyright and other intellectual property rights to our key technologies, and we expect to continue to receive such claims in the future. For example, we entered into a patent cross-license agreement with IBM in May 2000. Under this agreement, which was amended in March 2002, we received a release from infringement claims prior to January 1, 2000 and received the right to use certain of IBM's patents through June 30, 2007. In consideration, we are paying, in annual installments, an aggregate patent fee of $13.3 million, and we granted IBM a license to use all of our patents for the same period. The risks of our receiving additional claims from third parties may be enhanced in periods such as the one that we are currently entering where we are beginning to offer product lines employing new technologies relative to our existing products.

        We cannot assure you that third parties will not assert other infringement claims against us, directly or indirectly, in the future, that assertions by third parties will not result in costly litigation or that we would prevail in such litigation or be able to license any valid and infringed intellectual property from third parties on commercially reasonable terms. These claims may be asserted in respect of intellectual property that we own or that we license from others. In addition to claims brought against us by third parties, we may also bring litigation against others to protect our rights. Intellectual property litigation, regardless of the outcome, could result in substantial costs to us and diversion of our resources, and could adversely affect our business and financial results.

If we repatriate cash from our foreign subsidiaries, we may incur additional income taxes which would negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.

        We held $471.9 million of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities at our subsidiary in Singapore at December 31, 2003. From time to time we may need to repatriate our cash from Singapore to the United States. If we do so, we could incur additional income taxes at the combined United States Federal and state statutory rate of approximately 40% from the repatriation, which would negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We may be subject to a higher effective tax rate that could negatively affect our results of operations and financial position.

        Our effective tax rate is benefited by a Singapore tax holiday relating to certain of our products. The terms of the current tax holiday provide that profits derived from certain products will be exempt from tax through fiscal 2004, subject to certain conditions. We signed an agreement with the Singapore Economic Development Board for a new tax holiday package effective for fiscal years 2005 through 2010. The new tax holiday will provide that profits derived from certain products will be exempt from tax, subject to certain conditions. If we do not continue to meet the conditions and requirements of the tax holiday in Singapore, our effective tax rate will increase, which would adversely affect our financial results.

We may be required to pay additional federal income taxes which could negatively affect our results of operations and financial position.

        On December 15, 2000, we received a statutory notice of deficiency from the IRS with respect to our Federal income tax return for fiscal 1997. We filed a Petition with the United States Tax Court on March 14, 2001 contesting the asserted deficiencies and settlement agreements have been filed with the

54



United States Tax Court on all but one issue. In addition, the IRS is currently auditing our Federal income tax returns for fiscal 1998 through fiscal 2001. While we believe we have meritorious defenses against the asserted deficiencies and any proposed adjustments, and that sufficient taxes have been provided, we cannot predict the final outcome of these matters, and the final resolution could adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.

We may be engaged in legal proceedings that could cause us to incur unforeseen expenses and could occupy a significant amount of our management's time and attention.

        From time to time we are subject to litigation or claims that could negatively affect our business operations and financial position. Such disputes could cause us to incur unforeseen expenses, could occupy a significant amount of our management's time and attention, and could negatively affect our business operations and financial position.

We finance our capital expenditure needs from operating cash flows and capital market financing, and if we need to seek additional financing, it may not be available on favorable terms.

        In order to finance strategic acquisitions, capital asset acquisitions and other general corporate needs, we rely on operating cash flows and capital markets. Historically, we have been able to access capital markets, but this does not necessarily guarantee that we will be able to access these markets in the future or at terms that are acceptable to us. The availability of capital in these markets is affected by several factors, including geopolitical risk, the interest rate environment and the condition of the economy as a whole. In addition, our own operating performance, capital structure and expected future performance impacts our ability to raise capital. We believe that our current cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and future cash provided by operations will be sufficient to fund our needs for at least the next twelve months. However, if our operating performance falls below expectations, we may need additional funds, which may not be available on favorable terms, if at all.

We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

        Because a significant portion of our business is conducted outside the United States, we face exposure to adverse movements in non-United States currency exchange rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could have an adverse impact on our financial results and cash flows. Historically, our exposures have related to non-dollar-denominated operating expenses in Europe and Asia. We began Euro-denominated sales to our distribution customers in the European Union in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. Additionally, we purchase a substantial portion of our raw materials and manufacturing equipment from foreign suppliers, and incur labor and other operating costs in foreign currencies, particularly in our Singapore and Ireland manufacturing facilities. An increase in the value of the dollar could increase the real cost to our customers of our products in markets outside the United States where we sell in dollars, and a weakened dollar could increase the cost of local operating expenses and procurement of raw materials to the extent we must purchase components in foreign currencies.

We hold minority interests in non-public companies, and if these companies face financial difficulties in their operations, our investments could be impaired.

        We continue to hold minority interests in privately held companies. These investments are inherently risky because these companies are still in the development stage and depend on third parties for financing to support their ongoing operations. In addition, the markets for their technologies or products are typically in the early stages and may never develop. If these companies do not have adequate cash funding to support their operations, or if they encounter difficulties developing their technologies or products, especially in the current economic downturn, our investments in these companies may be impaired and could adversely affect our financial results. For example, we recorded

55



impairment charges in the second and fourth quarters of fiscal 2003 and in the first and third quarters of fiscal 2002 related to a decline in the values of minority investments deemed to be other-than-temporary.

Our spin-off of Roxio may have potential subsequent tax liabilities that could negatively affect our results of operations.

        Pursuant to our distribution of the Roxio, Inc. common stock, we received an opinion from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, or PwC, regarding the tax-free nature of the transaction to us and to our stockholders under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code. The validity of the PwC opinion relating to the qualification of the distribution as a tax-free transaction is subject to factual representations and assumptions. We are not aware of any facts or circumstances that would cause such representations and assumptions to be untrue. In addition, the opinion of PwC is not binding on the IRS. If Roxio or we fail to conform to the requirements set forth in the IRS regulations, it could cause the distribution to be taxable to us and to our stockholders, and our financial results could be adversely affected.

We may have potential business conflicts of interest with Roxio with respect to our past and ongoing relationships, and we may not resolve these conflicts on terms favorable to us.

        Conflicts of interest may arise between Roxio and us in areas relating to our past and ongoing relationship, including:

    Tax, indemnification and other matters arising from the separation; and

    Intellectual property matters

        These and other business conflicts could adversely affect the growth of our business in the future.

Recently enacted and proposed changes in securities laws and regulations are likely to increase our costs.

        The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has required and will continue to require changes in some of our corporate governance and securities disclosure or compliance practices. That Act also requires the SEC to promulgate new rules on a variety of subjects, in addition to rule proposals already made, and The Nasdaq National Market has revised its requirements for companies that are Nasdaq-listed. We expect these developments will require us to devote additional resources to our operational, financial and management information systems, procedures and controls to ensure our continued compliance with current and future laws and regulations. We expect these developments to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These developments could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, or qualified executive officers. We are presently evaluating and monitoring regulatory developments and cannot estimate the timing or magnitude of additional costs we may incur as a result.

We may encounter natural disasters, which could cause disruption to our employees or interrupt the manufacturing process for our products.

        Our operations could be subject to natural disasters and other business disruptions, which could seriously harm our revenues and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. Our corporate headquarters are located in California, near major earthquake faults. Additionally, our primary wafer supplier, TSMC, is located in Taiwan, which has experienced significant earthquakes in the past. A severe earthquake could cause disruption to our employees or interrupt the manufacturing process, which could affect TSMC's ability to supply wafers to us, which could negatively affect our business and financial results. The ultimate impact on us and our general infrastructure of being

56



located near major earthquake faults is unknown, but our net revenues and financial condition and our costs and expenses could be significantly impacted in the event of a major earthquake.

Manmade problems such as computer viruses or terrorism may disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

        Despite our implementation of network security measures, our servers are vulnerable to computer viruses, break-ins, and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our computer systems. Any such event could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. In addition, the effects of war or acts of terrorism could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. In addition, as a multi-national company with headquarters and significant operations located in the United States, we may be impacted by actions against the United States. We are predominantly uninsured for losses and interruptions caused by terrorist acts and acts of war.

The price of our securities may be subject to wide fluctuations.

        Our stock has experienced substantial price volatility, particularly as a result of quarterly variations in our operating results, the published expectations of analysts, and as a result of announcements by our competitors and us. In addition, the stock market has experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market price of many technology companies, in particular, and that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies. In addition, the price of our securities may also be affected by general global, economic and market conditions, and the cost of operations in one or more of our product markets. While we cannot predict the individual effect that these factors may have on the price or our securities, these factors, either individually or in the aggregate, could result in significant variations in the price of our common stock during any given period of time. These fluctuations in our stock price also impact the price of our outstanding convertible securities and the likelihood of the convertible securities being converted into cash or equity.

57




Item 3.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        For financial market risks related to changes in interest rates, equity price and foreign currency exchange rates, reference is made to Item 7A "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" contained in Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003.


Item 4.    Controls and Procedures

        Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and our Chief Financial Officer (CFO), we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act)), as of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Based upon that evaluation, our CEO and our CFO have concluded that the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms.

        There has been no change in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

        While we believe our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting are adequate, no system of controls can prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system's objectives will be met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with its policies or procedures. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

58



PART II.    OTHER INFORMATION

Item 2.    Changes in Securities, Use of Proceeds and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        Pursuant to the terms of a Purchase Agreement, dated December 17, 2003, we sold an aggregate of $225.0 million of 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2023 to Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Banc of America Securities LLC. Such aggregate principal amount includes $25.0 million of notes sold pursuant to an option that we granted to the initial purchasers. Interest is payable in cash on June 22 and December 22 of each year beginning June 22, 2004. These notes may be converted by the holders of the notes into shares of our common stock, under certain circumstances, at the conversion price of $11.704 per share, subject to the potential adjustments described in the terms of the notes issued. If all outstanding notes were converted, this would result in the issuance of 19.2 million shares of our common stock. We may redeem the notes on or after December 22, 2008, in whole or in part. The issuance and sale of the notes and the subsequent offering of the notes by the initial purchasers were exempt from the registration provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 144A promulgated thereunder. The aggregate commission to the initial purchasers was approximately $6.8 million.

        Concurrent with the issuance of the notes, we entered into a warrant transaction with respect to our common stock with an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated. The warrant entitles the holder to purchase up to 19.2 million shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $18.56 per share upon maturity in December 2008. We received $30.4 million from the issuance of this warrant.


Item 6.    Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

(a)
Exhibits:

Exhibit Number
  Description
Exhibit 3.01   Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended on Ocotber 24, 2003.

Exhibit 4.01

 

Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

Exhibit 4.02

 

Form of 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note.

Exhibit 4.03

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, by and among the Registrant and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Banc of America Securities LLC.

Exhibit 4.04

 

Collateral Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, by and among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent.

Exhibit 31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Exhibit 31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

59



Exhibit 32.1*

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

*
These certifications are not deemed filed by the SEC and are not to be incorporated by reference in any filing of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, irrespective of any general incorporation language in any filings.

(b)
Reports on Form 8-K:

        During the third quarter of fiscal 2003, we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Current Report on Form 8-K pursuant to Item 5 furnishing as exhibits (1) our press release, dated December 16, 2003, announcing our intention to offer approximately $150 million aggregate principal amount of convertible senior subordinated notes through an offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and (2) our press release, dated December 17, 2003, announcing the pricing of our offering of $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2023 (excluding an option of the initial purchasers to purchase up to an additional $25 million in principal amount of notes).

60




SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

ADAPTEC, INC.    

By:

 

/s/  
MARSHALL L. MOHR      
Marshall L. Mohr
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)

 

Date: February 5, 2004

By:

 

/s/  
KENNETH B. AROLA      
Kenneth B. Arola
Vice President and Corporate Controller
(principal accounting officer)

 

Date: February 5, 2004

61



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit 3.01   Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended on October 24, 2003.

Exhibit 4.01

 

Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

Exhibit 4.02

 

Form of 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note.

Exhibit 4.03

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, by and among the Registrant and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Banc of America Securities LLC.

Exhibit 4.04

 

Collateral Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, by and among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent.

Exhibit 31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Exhibit 31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Exhibit 32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.



QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ADAPTEC, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (unaudited)
ADAPTEC, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)
ADAPTEC, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited)
ADAPTEC, INC. NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX
EX-3.01 3 a2128003zex-3_01.htm EXHIBIT 3.01
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 3.01


BYLAWS

OF

ADAPTEC, INC.

a Delaware Corporation



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
  Page
ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES   1
 
1.1

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

1
  1.2 OTHER OFFICES   1

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

1
 
2.1

PLACE OF MEETINGS

 

1
  2.2 ANNUAL MEETING   1
  2.3 SPECIAL MEETING   1
  2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS   2
  2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE   2
  2.6 QUORUM   2
  2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE   2
  2.8 VOTING   3
  2.9 VALIDATION OF MEETING; WAIVER OF NOTICE   3
  2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING   3
  2.11 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING   3
  2.12 PROXIES   4
  2.13 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION   4
  2.14 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE   4
  2.15 ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINATIONS   5
  2.16 ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS BUSINESS   5
  2.17 REPRICING OF STOCK OPTIONS   6

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

 

6
 
3.1

POWERS

 

6
  3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS   6
  3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS   6
  3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES   6
  3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE   7
  3.6 FIRST MEETINGS   7
  3.7 REGULAR MEETINGS   8
  3.8 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE   8
  3.9 QUORUM   8
  3.10 WAIVER OF NOTICE   8
  3.11 ADJOURNMENT   9
  3.12 NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT   9
  3.13 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING   9
  3.14 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS   9
  3.15 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS   9
  3.16 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS   9

ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES

 

9
 
4.1

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

 

9
  4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES   10
  4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES   10


ARTICLE V OFFICERS

 

10
 
5.1

OFFICERS

 

10
  5.2 ELECTION OF OFFICERS   11
  5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS   11
  5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS   11
  5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES   11
  5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD   11
  5.7 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER   11
  5.8 PRESIDENT   11
  5.9 CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER   11
  5.10 CORPORATE VICE PRESIDENTS   12
  5.11 SECRETARY   12
  5.12 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER   12
  5.13 TREASURER   12
  5.14 ADMINISTRATIVE VICE PRESIDENTS   13
  5.15 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS   13

ARTICLE VI INDEMNITY

 

13
 
6.1

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

13
  6.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS   13
  6.3 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES IN ADVANCE   14
  6.4 INDEMNITY NOT EXCLUSIVE   14
  6.5 INSURANCE INDEMNIFICATION   14

ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

15
 
7.1

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS

 

15
  7.2 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS   15
  7.3 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER CORPORATE RECORDS   15
  7.4 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS   16
  7.5 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS   16

ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS

 

16
 
8.1

RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING

 

16
  8.2 CHECKS   17
  8.3 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS   17
  8.4 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES   17
  8.5 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES   17
  8.6 LOST CERTIFICATES   18
  8.7 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS   18
  8.8 DIVIDENDS   18
  8.9 FISCAL YEAR   18
  8.10 TRANSFER OF STOCK   18
  8.11 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS   18
  8.12 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS   18


ARTICLE IX EMERGENCY PROVISIONS

 

19
 
9.1

GENERAL

 

19
  9.2 UNAVAILABLE DIRECTORS   19
  9.3 AUTHORIZED NUMBER OF DIRECTORS   19
  9.4 QUORUM   19
  9.5 CREATION OF EMERGENCY COMMITTEE   19
  9.6 CONSTITUTION OF EMERGENCY COMMITTEE   19
  9.7 POWERS OF EMERGENCY COMMITTEE   20
  9.8 DIRECTORS BECOMING AVAILABLE   20
  9.9 ELECTION OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS   20
  9.10 TERMINATION OF EMERGENCY COMMITTEE   20

ARTICLE X AMENDMENTS

 

20

ARTICLE XI DISSOLUTION

 

20

ARTICLE XII CUSTODIAN

 

21
  12.1 APPOINTMENT OF A CUSTODIAN IN CERTAIN CASES   21
  12.2 DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN   21


BYLAWS

OF

ADAPTEC, INC.


ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

        1.1    REGISTERED OFFICE    

        The registered office of the corporation shall be fixed in the certificate of incorporation of the corporation.

        1.2    OTHER OFFICES    

        The board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.


ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

        2.1    PLACE OF MEETINGS    

        Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders' meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

        2.2    ANNUAL MEETING    

        The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors. In the absence of such designation, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the fourth Thursday of August in each fiscal year at 9:30 a.m. However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding full business day. At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

        2.3    SPECIAL MEETING    

        A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at that meeting.

        If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the board of directors, then the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief operating officer, any corporate vice president or the secretary of the corporation. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, so long as that time is not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request, then the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.



        2.4    NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS    

        All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) (or, if sent by third-class mail pursuant to Section 2.5 of these bylaws, thirty (30)) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date, and hour of the meeting, and (I) in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted (no business other than that specified in the notice may be transacted) or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the board of directors, at the time of giving the notice, intends to present for action by the stockholders (but any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such action). The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall include the name of any nominee or nominees who, at the time of the notice, management intends to present for election.

        2.5    MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE    

        Written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given either personally, by first-class mail, by third-class mail, but only if the Corporation has outstanding shares held of record by five hundred (500) or more persons, or by telegraphic or other written communication. Notices not personally delivered shall be sent postage prepaid and shall be addressed to the stockholder at the address of that stockholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the stockholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice. Notice shall be deemed to have been given at such time as it is delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by telegram or other means of written communication.

        An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any stockholders' meeting, executed by the secretary, assistant secretary or any transfer agent of the corporation giving the notice, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of such notice.

        2.6    QUORUM    

        The holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. The stockholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

        When a quorum is present at any meeting, the affirmative vote of holders of a the majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of the laws of the State of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of the question.

        2.7    ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE    

        Any stockholders' meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of the majority of the shares represented at that meeting, either in person or by proxy, but in the absence of a quorum, no other business may be transacted at that meeting, except as provided in Section 2.6 of these bylaws.

        When any meeting of stockholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than forty-five (45) days, or if after the adjournment a new

2



record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these bylaws.

        2.8    VOTING    

        The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgers and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

        Except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.8, or as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

        On any matter other than the election of directors, any stockholder may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or vote them against the proposal, but, if the stockholder fails to specify the number of shares which the stockholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the stockholder's approving vote is with respect to all shares which the stockholder is entitled to vote.

        If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly-held meeting (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum) shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the vote of a greater number, or voting by classes, is required by law or by the certificate of incorporation.

        2.9    VALIDATION OF MEETING; WAIVER OF NOTICE    

        Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

        2.10    STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING    

        The stockholders of the corporation may not take action by written consent without a meeting but must take any such actions at a duly called annual or special meeting.

        2.11    RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING    

        For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote thereat, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting and in such event only stockholders of record on the date so fixed are entitled to notice and to vote, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date.

        If the board of directors does not so fix a record date, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

3



        A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the board of directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, but the board of directors shall fix a new record date if the meeting is adjourned for more than thirty (30) days from the date set for the original meeting.

        The record date for any other purpose shall be as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.

        2.12    PROXIES    

        Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him by a written or electronic proxy, executed by the stockholder and filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A written proxy shall be deemed executed if the stockholder's name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder's attorney-in-fact. An electronic proxy (which may be transmitted via telephone, e-mail, the Internet or such other electronic means as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time) shall be deemed executed if the Company receives an appropriate electronic transmission from the stockholder or the stockholder's attorney-in-fact along with a pass code or other identifier which reasonably establishes the stockholder or the stockholder's attorney-in-fact as the sender of such transmission. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

        2.13    INSPECTORS OF ELECTION    

        Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The board of directors may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.

        Such inspectors shall:

            (a)   ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each;

            (b)   determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots;

            (c)   count all votes and ballots;

            (d)   determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and

            (e)   certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots.

        The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the inspectors' duties.

        2.14    LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE    

        The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the

4



time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

        2.15    ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINATIONS    

        Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the board of directors or by any stockholder of the corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the board of directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than twenty (20) days prior to the meeting; provided, however, that in the event less than thirty (30) days' notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (a) as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by such person, (iv) any other information relating to such person that is required by law to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, and (v) such person's written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation's books, of such stockholder, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by such stockholder, and (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) relating to the nomination. At the request of the board of directors any person nominated by the board of directors for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary of the corporation that information required to be set forth in the stockholder's notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

        2.16    ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS BUSINESS    

        At the annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be: (a) as specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the board of directors, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. Business to be brought before the meeting by a stockholder shall not be considered properly brought if the stockholder has not given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than forty five (45) days prior to the date on which the corporation first mailed proxy materials for the prior year's annual meeting; provided, however, that if the corporation's annual meeting of stockholders occurs on a date more than thirty (30) days earlier or later than the corporation's prior year's annual meeting, then the corporation's board of directors shall determine a date a reasonable period prior to the corporation's annual meeting of stockholders by which date the stockholders notice must be delivered and publicize such date in a filing pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or via press release. Such publication shall occur at least ten (10) days prior to the date set by the Board of Directors. A stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall

5



set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and address of the stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation, which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business, and (v) any other information that is required by law to be provided by the stockholder in his capacity as proponent of a stockholder proposal. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section, and, if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

        2.17    REPRICING OF STOCK OPTIONS    

        The Company shall not reprice to a lower exercise price any issued and outstanding stock option granted to any employee, consultant or director of the Company at any time during the term of such option(other than adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like events as provided for in the documents governing the grant), without the prior approval of the Company's stockholders. This section may be repealed, modified or amended only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Company's outstanding stock.


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

        3.1    POWERS    

        Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of directors.

        3.2    NUMBER OF DIRECTORS    

        The authorized number of directors shall be nine (9). This number may be changed by a duly adopted amendment to the certificate of incorporation or by an amendment to this bylaw adopted by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote or by resolution of a majority of the board of directors.

        No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director's term of office expires.

        3.3    ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS    

        Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.

        Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

        3.4    RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES    

        Any director may resign effective on giving written notice to the chairman of the board, the president, the secretary or the board of directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for that

6



resignation to become effective. If the resignation of a director is effective at a future time, the board of directors may elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

        Vacancies in the board of directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director; provided, a vacancy created by the removal of a director by the vote of the stockholders or by court order may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute a majority of the required quorum). Each director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

        A vacancy or vacancies in the board of directors shall be deemed to exist in the event of the death, resignation or removal of any director, or if the board of directors by resolution declares vacant the office of a director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony, or if the authorized number of directors is increased, or if the stockholders fail, at any meeting of stockholders at which any director of directors are elected, to elect the number of directors to be elected at that meeting.

        The stockholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill any vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors.

        If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

        If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten (10) percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.

        3.5    PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE    

        Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware that has been designated from time to time by resolution of the board. In the absence of such a designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Special meetings of the board may be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at the principal executive office of the corporation.

        Any meeting of the board, regular or special, may be held by conference telephone or similar communication equipment, so long as all directors participating in the meeting can hear one another; and all such directors shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

        3.6    FIRST MEETINGS    

        The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a

7



quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

        3.7    REGULAR MEETINGS    

        Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

        3.8    SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE    

        Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief operating officer or any two (2) directors.

        Notice of the date, time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally, by telephone, facsimile, telegram, electronic mail or other comparable communication equipment to each director or sent by first-class mail, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director's address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by telephone, facsimile, telegram, electronic mail or other comparable communication equipment, it shall be delivered at least twelve (12) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any notice given personally or by telephone, facsimile, telegram, electronic mail or other comparable communication equipment may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

        3.9    QUORUM    

        A majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 3.11 of these bylaws. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the board of directors, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and applicable law.

        A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

        3.10    WAIVER OF NOTICE    

        Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

8



        3.11    ADJOURNMENT    

        A majority of the directors present, whether or not constituting a quorum, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.

        3.12    NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT    

        Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given, unless the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, in which case notice of the time and place shall be given before the time of the adjourned meeting, in the manner specified in Section 3.8 of these bylaws, to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

        3.13    BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING    

        Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, shall individually or collectively consent thereto in writing. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the board of directors. Such written consent and any counterparts thereof shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board.

        3.14    FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS    

        Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services and such reimbursement of expenses as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the board of directors. This Section 3.14 shall not be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise and receiving compensation for those services.

        3.15    APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS    

        The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

        3.16    REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS    

        Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

        No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director's term of office.


ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

        4.1    COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS    

        The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one (1) or more committees, each consisting of two (2) or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the board. The board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members

9


of any committee, who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee. The appointment of members or alternate members of a committee requires the vote of a majority of the authorized number of directors. Any committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board, shall have all the authority of the board, except with respect to (I) amend the certificate of incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, fix any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the corporation), (ii) adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation under Sections 251 or 252 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, (iii) recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation's property and assets, (iv) recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or (v) adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

        4.2    COMMITTEE MINUTES    

        Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

        4.3    MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES    

        Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these bylaws, Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.7 (regular meetings), Section 3.8 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.9 (quorum), Section 3.10 (waiver of notice), Section 3.11 (adjournment), Section 3.12 (notice of adjournment), and Section 3.13 (action without a meeting), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

        5.1    OFFICERS    

        The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary, and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the board, a chief executive officer, a chief operating officer, a treasurer, one or more corporate vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

        In addition to the officers of the corporation described above, there may also be such administrative vice presidents of the corporation as may be designated and appointed from time to time by the chief executive officer of the corporation in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.14 of these bylaws.

10



        5.2    ELECTION OF OFFICERS    

        The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these bylaws, shall be chosen by the board of directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

        5.3    SUBORDINATE OFFICERS    

        The board of directors may appoint, or empower the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

        5.4    REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS    

        Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

        Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

        5.5    VACANCIES IN OFFICES    

        A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these bylaws for regular appointments to that office.

        5.6    CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD    

        The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the board of directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws. If there is no chief executive officer, then the chairman of the board shall also have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws.

        5.7    CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER    

        Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, the chief executive officer of the corporation shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the chairman of the board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the board of directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

        5.8    PRESIDENT    

        The president of the corporation shall have such powers and perform such duties as prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws. In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer or if there be no such officer, then the president shall have the same powers and be subject to the same restrictions set forth in Section 5.7.

        5.9    CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER    

        The chief operating officer shall have such powers and perform such duties as prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws. In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, if there be such an officer, the president and the chairman of the board, the chief operating officer shall perform the duties of chief executive officer and president, and when so acting shall have all the powers, and be subject to all the restrictions set forth in Section 5.7.

11


        5.10    CORPORATE VICE PRESIDENTS    

        In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, if there be such an officer, the president, the chairman of the board and the chief operating officer, if there be such an officer, the corporate vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not ranked, a corporate vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the chief executive officer and president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the chief executive officer and president. The corporate vice presidents shall also have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the board of directors or these bylaws.

        5.11    SECRETARY    

        The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation, or such other place as the board of directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors' meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders' meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

        The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation's transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

        The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors required by these bylaws or by law to be given, and he shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by these bylaws.

        5.12    CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER    

        The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

        The chief financial officer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

        5.13    TREASURER    

        In the absence or disability of the chief financial officer, the treasurer shall perform all the duties of the chief financial officer and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the chief financial officer. The treasurer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed respectively by the board of directors or these bylaws.

12



        5.14    ADMINISTRATIVE VICE PRESIDENTS    

        In addition to the corporate vice presidents of the corporation as provided in Section 5.10 of these bylaws and such subordinate officers as may be appointed in accordance with section 5.3 of these bylaws, there may also be such administrative vice presidents of the corporation as may be designated and appointed from time to time by the chief executive officer of the corporation. Administrative vice presidents shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be determined by the chief executive officer or the board of directors in order to assist the officers of the corporation in the furtherance of their duties. In the performance of such duties and the exercise of such powers, however, such administrative vice presidents shall have limited authority to act on behalf of the corporation as the board of directors shall establish, including but not limited to limitations on the dollar amount and on the scope of the agreements or commitments that may be made by such administrative vice presidents on behalf of the corporation, which limitations may not be exceeded by such individuals or altered by the chief executive officer without further approval by the board of directors.

        5.15    AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS    

        In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the stockholders.


ARTICLE VI

INDEMNITY

        6.1    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS    

        The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, indemnify any person against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding in which such person was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a "director" or "officer" of the corporation shall mean any person (I) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

        The corporation shall be required to indemnify a director or officer in connection with an action, suit, or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such director or officer only if the initiation of such action, suit, or proceeding (or part thereof) by the director or officer was authorized by the board of Directors of the corporation.

        Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

        6.2    INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS    

        The corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably

13



incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding, in which such person was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was an employee or agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an "employee" or "agent" of the corporation (other than a director or officer) shall mean any person (I) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

        6.3    PAYMENT OF EXPENSES IN ADVANCE    

        The corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorney's fees) incurred by a director or officer of the corporation entitled to indemnification hereunder in defending any action, suit or proceeding referred to in this Section 6.1 in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that payment of expenses incurred by a director or officer of the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the director or officer to repay all amounts advanced if it should ultimately be determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 6.1 or otherwise.

        6.4    INDEMNITY NOT EXCLUSIVE    

        The rights conferred on any person by this Article shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of the stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

        6.5    INSURANCE INDEMNIFICATION    

        The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

14



ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

        7.1    MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS    

        The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the board of directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder.

        Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation's stock ledger and a list of its stockholders and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person's interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

        The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

        The record of stockholders shall also be open to inspection on the written demand of any stockholder or holder of a voting trust certificate, at any time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to the holder's interests as a stockholder or as the holder of a voting trust certificate.

        Any inspection and copying under this Section 7.1 may be made in person or by an agent or attorney of the stockholder or holder of a voting trust certificate making the demand.

        7.2    MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS    

        The corporation shall keep at its principal executive office, or if its principal executive office is not in the State of California, at its principal business office in such state, the original or a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, which bylaws shall be subject to inspection by the stockholders at all reasonable times during office hours. If the principal executive office of the corporation is outside the State of California and the corporation has no principal business office in such state, the secretary shall, upon the written request of any stockholder, furnish to that stockholder a copy of these bylaws as amended to date.

        7.3    MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER CORPORATE RECORDS    

        The accounting books and records, and the minutes of proceedings of the stockholders and the board of directors and any committee or committees of the board of directors, shall be kept at such place or places designated by the board of directors or, in absence of such designation, at the principal executive office of the corporation. The minutes shall be kept in written form and the accounting books

15



and records shall be kept either in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form.

        The minutes and accounting books and records shall be open to inspection upon the written demand of any stockholder or holder of a voting trust certificate, at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to the holder's interests as a stockholder or as the holder of a voting trust certificate. The inspection may be made in person or by an agent or attorney, and shall include the right to copy and make extracts. Such rights of inspection shall extend to the records of each subsidiary corporation of the corporation.

        7.4    INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS    

        Every director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect all books, records and documents of every kind and the physical properties of the corporation and each of its subsidiary corporations. Such inspection by a director may be made in person or by an agent or attorney, and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts of documents.

        The corporation shall also, on the written request of any stockholder, mail to the stockholder a copy of the last annual, semi-annual or quarterly income statement which it has prepared, and a balance sheet as of the end of that period.

        The quarterly income statements and balance sheets referred to in this section shall be accompanied by the report, if any, of any independent accountants engaged by the corporation or the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that the financial statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation.

        7.5    REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS    

        The chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief operating officer, any corporate vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or the chief financial officer of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.


ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL MATTERS

        8.1    RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING    

        For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days before any such action. In that case, only stockholders of record at the close of business on the date so fixed are entitled to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date so fixed, except as otherwise provided by law.

        If the board of directors does not so fix a record date, then the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board adopts the applicable resolution, or the sixtieth (60th) day before the date of that action, whichever is later.

16



        8.2    CHECKS    

        From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

        8.3    EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS    

        The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

        8.4    STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES    

        The shares of a corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the board of directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the chief financial officer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

        The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

        8.5    SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES    

        If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

17



        8.6    LOST CERTIFICATES    

        Except as provided in this Section 8.6, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and canceled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

        8.7    CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS    

        Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term "person" includes both a corporation and a natural person.

        8.8    DIVIDENDS    

        The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation's capital stock.

        The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

        8.9    FISCAL YEAR    

        The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

        8.10    TRANSFER OF STOCK    

        Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

        8.11    STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS    

        The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

        8.12    REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS    

        The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

18




ARTICLE IX

EMERGENCY PROVISIONS

        9.1    GENERAL    

        The provisions of this Article shall be operative only during a national emergency declared by the President of the United States or the person performing the President's functions, or in the event of a nuclear, atomic, or other attack on the United States or a disaster making it impossible or impracticable for the corporation to conduct its business without recourse to the provisions of this Article. The provisions of this Article in that event shall override all other Bylaws of the corporation in conflict with any provisions of this Article, and shall remain operative so long as it remains impossible or impracticable to continue the business of the corporation otherwise, but thereafter shall be inoperative; provided that all actions taken in good faith pursuant to such provisions shall thereafter remain in full force and effect unless and until revoked by action taken pursuant to the provisions of the bylaws other than those contained in this Article.

        9.2    UNAVAILABLE DIRECTORS    

        All directors of the corporation who are not available to perform their duties as directors by reason of physical or mental incapacity or for any other reason or who are unwilling to perform their duties or whose whereabouts are unknown shall automatically cease to be directors, with like effect as if they had resigned as directors, so long as such unavailability continues.

        9.3    AUTHORIZED NUMBER OF DIRECTORS    

        The authorized number of directors shall be the number of directors remaining after eliminating those who have ceased to be directors pursuant to Section 9.2 of these bylaws, or the minimum number required by law, whichever number is greater.

        9.4    QUORUM    

        The number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum shall be one-third of the authorized number of directors as specified in Section 9.3 of these bylaws, or such other minimum number as, pursuant to the law or lawful decree then in force, it is possible for the bylaws of a corporation to specify.

        9.5    CREATION OF EMERGENCY COMMITTEE    

        If the number of directors remaining after eliminating those who have ceased to be directors pursuant to Section 9.2 of these bylaws is less than the minimum number of authorized directors required by law, then until the appointment of additional directors to make up such required minimum, all the powers and authority which the board of directors could by law delegate, including all powers and authority which the board of directors could delegate to a committee, shall be automatically vested in an emergency committee, and the emergency committee shall thereafter manage the affairs of the corporation pursuant to such powers and authority and shall have all such other powers and authority as law or lawful decree may confer on any person or body of persons during a period of emergency.

        9.6    CONSTITUTION OF EMERGENCY COMMITTEE    

        The emergency committee shall consist of all the directors remaining after eliminating those who have ceased to be directors pursuant to Section 9.2 of these bylaws, provided that those remaining directors are not less than three in number. If the remaining directors number less than three, the emergency committee shall consist of three persons, who shall be the remaining director or directors and either one or two officers or employees of the corporation, as the remaining director or directors may in writing designate. If there is no remaining director, the emergency committee shall consist of the three most senior officers of the corporation who are available to serve, and if and to the extent

19


that officers are not available, the most senior employees of the corporation. Seniority shall be determined in accordance with any designation of seniority in the minutes of the proceedings of the board of directors, and in the absence of such designation, shall be determined by rate of remuneration. If there are no remaining directors and no officers or employees of the corporation available, the emergency committee shall consist of three persons designated in writing by the stockholder owning the largest number of shares of record as of the date of the last record date.

        9.7    POWERS OF EMERGENCY COMMITTEE    

        The emergency committee, once appointed, shall govern its own procedures and shall have power to increase the number of members thereof beyond the original number, and if a vacancy or vacancies therein arises at any time, the remaining member or members of the emergency committee shall have the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies. If, at any time after its appointment, all members of the emergency committee shall die or resign or become unavailable to act for any reason whatsoever, a new emergency committee shall be appointed in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Article.

        9.8    DIRECTORS BECOMING AVAILABLE    

        Any person who has ceased to be a director pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.2 of these bylaws and who thereafter becomes available to serve as a director shall automatically become a member of the emergency committee.

        9.9    ELECTION OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS    

        The emergency committee shall, as soon after its appointment as is practicable, take all requisite action to secure the election of a board of directors, and, upon such election, all the powers and authorities of the emergency committee shall cease.

        9.10    TERMINATION OF EMERGENCY COMMITTEE    

        If after the appointment of an emergency committee, a sufficient number of persons who ceased to be directors pursuant to Section 9.2 of these bylaws become available to serve as directors, so that if they had not ceased to be directors as aforesaid, there would be enough directors to constitute the minimum number of directors required by law, then all such persons shall automatically be deemed to be reappointed as directors and the powers and authorities of the emergency committee shall be at an end.


ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

        The original or other bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.


ARTICLE XI

DISSOLUTION

        If it should be deemed advisable in the judgment of the board of directors of the corporation that the corporation should be dissolved, the board, after the adoption of a resolution to that effect by a majority of the whole board at any meeting called for that purpose, shall cause notice to be mailed to

20



each stockholder entitled to vote thereon of the adoption of the resolution and of a meeting of stockholders to take action upon the resolution.

        At the meeting a vote shall be taken for and against the proposed dissolution. If a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon votes for the proposed dissolution, then a certificate stating that the dissolution has been authorized in accordance with the provisions of Section 275 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and setting forth the names and residences of the directors and officers shall be executed, acknowledged, and filed and shall become effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Upon such certificate's becoming effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved.

        Whenever all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution consent in writing, either in person or by duly authorized attorney, to a dissolution, no meeting of directors or stockholders shall be necessary. The consent shall be filed and shall become effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Upon such consent's becoming effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved. If the consent is signed by an attorney, then the original power of attorney or a photocopy thereof shall be attached to and filed with the consent. The consent filed with the Secretary of State shall have attached to it the affidavit of the secretary or some other officer of the corporation stating that the consent has been signed by or on behalf of all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution; in addition, there shall be attached to the consent a certification by the secretary or some other officer of the corporation setting forth the names and residences of the directors and officers of the corporation.


ARTICLE XII

CUSTODIAN

        12.1    APPOINTMENT OF A CUSTODIAN IN CERTAIN CASES    

        The Court of Chancery, upon application of any stockholder, may appoint one or more persons to be custodians and, if the corporation is insolvent, to be receivers, of and for the corporation when:

    (i)
    at any meeting held for the election of directors the stockholders are so divided that they have failed to elect successors to directors whose terms have expired or would have expired upon qualification of their successors; or

    (ii)
    the business of the corporation is suffering or is threatened with irreparable injury because the directors are so divided respecting the management of the affairs of the corporation that the required vote for action by the board of directors cannot be obtained and the stockholders are unable to terminate this division; or

    (iii)
    the corporation has abandoned its business and has failed within a reasonable time to take steps to dissolve, liquidate or distribute its assets.

        12.2    DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN    

        The custodian shall have all the powers and title of a receiver appointed under Section 291 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, but the authority of the custodian shall be to continue the business of the corporation and not to liquidate its affairs and distribute its assets, except when the Court of Chancery otherwise orders and except in cases arising under Sections 226(a)(3) or 352(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

21




QuickLinks

BYLAWS OF ADAPTEC, INC. a Delaware Corporation
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BYLAWS OF ADAPTEC, INC.
ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES
ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
ARTICLE III DIRECTORS
ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES
ARTICLE V OFFICERS
ARTICLE VI INDEMNITY
ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS
ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS
ARTICLE IX EMERGENCY PROVISIONS
ARTICLE X AMENDMENTS
ARTICLE XI DISSOLUTION
ARTICLE XII CUSTODIAN
EX-4.01 4 a2128003zex-4_01.htm EXHIBIT 4.01
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.01

ADAPTEC, INC.

3/4% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR SUBORDINATED SECURITIES DUE 2023


INDENTURE

DATED AS OF DECEMBER 22, 2003


WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
AS TRUSTEE





TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE   1
  SECTION 1.1.   DEFINITIONS   1
  SECTION 1.2.   OTHER DEFINITIONS   7
  SECTION 1.3.   TRUST INDENTURE ACT PROVISIONS   9
  SECTION 1.4.   RULES OF CONSTRUCTION   9

ARTICLE 2 THE SECURITIES

 

10
  SECTION 2.1.   FORM AND DATING   10
  SECTION 2.2.   EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION   10
  SECTION 2.3.   REGISTRAR, PAYING AGENT AND CONVERSION AGENT   11
  SECTION 2.4.   PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST   11
  SECTION 2.5.   SECURITYHOLDER LISTS   11
  SECTION 2.6.   TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE   12
  SECTION 2.7.   REPLACEMENT SECURITIES   13
  SECTION 2.8.   OUTSTANDING SECURITIES   13
  SECTION 2.9.   TREASURY SECURITIES   14
  SECTION 2.10.   TEMPORARY SECURITIES   14
  SECTION 2.11.   CANCELLATION   14
  SECTION 2.12.   LEGEND; ADDITIONAL TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE REQUIREMENTS   14
  SECTION 2.13.   CUSIP NUMBERS   17

ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE

 

17
  SECTION 3.1.   TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE   17
  SECTION 3.2.   SELECTION OF SECURITIES TO BE REDEEMED   17
  SECTION 3.3.   NOTICE OF REDEMPTION   18
  SECTION 3.4.   EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION   18
  SECTION 3.5.   DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE   19
  SECTION 3.6.   SECURITIES REDEEMED IN PART   19
  SECTION 3.7.   CONVERSION ARRANGEMENT ON CALL FOR REDEMPTION   19
  SECTION 3.8.   PURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT OPTION OF THE HOLDER UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL   20
  SECTION 3.9.   EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE   23
  SECTION 3.10.   DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE   23
  SECTION 3.11.   PURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT OPTION OF THE HOLDER ON SPECIFIED DATES   23
  SECTION 3.12.   SECURITIES PURCHASED IN PART   26
  SECTION 3.13.   COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS UPON PURCHASE OF SECURITIES   26
  SECTION 3.14.   PURCHASE OF SECURITIES IN OPEN MARKET   27

ARTICLE 4 CONVERSION

 

27
  SECTION 4.1.   CONVERSION PRIVILEGE AND CONVERSION RATE   27
  SECTION 4.2.   CONVERSION PROCEDURE   30
  SECTION 4.3.   FRACTIONAL SHARES   31
  SECTION 4.4.   TAXES ON CONVERSION   31
  SECTION 4.5.   COMPANY TO PROVIDE STOCK   31
  SECTION 4.6.   ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION RATE   32
  SECTION 4.7.   NO ADJUSTMENT   36
  SECTION 4.8.   ADJUSTMENT FOR TAX PURPOSES   36
  SECTION 4.9.   NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT   37
  SECTION 4.10.   NOTICE OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS   37

  SECTION 4.11.   EFFECT OF RECLASSIFICATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE ON CONVERSION PRIVILEGE   37
  SECTION 4.12.   TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER   38
  SECTION 4.13.   VOLUNTARY INCREASE   38

ARTICLE 5 [Intentionally Omitted]

 

38

ARTICLE 6 COVENANTS

 

38
  SECTION 6.1.   PAYMENT OF SECURITIES   38
  SECTION 6.2.   SEC REPORTS   39
  SECTION 6.3.   COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES   39
  SECTION 6.4.   FURTHER INSTRUMENTS AND ACTS   39
  SECTION 6.5.   MAINTENANCE OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE   40
  SECTION 6.6.   RULE 144A INFORMATION REQUIREMENT   40
  SECTION 6.7.   STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS   40
  SECTION 6.8.   PAYMENT OF LIQUIDATED DAMAGES   40

ARTICLE 7 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

 

41
  SECTION 7.1.   COMPANY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS   41
  SECTION 7.2.   SUCCESSOR SUBSTITUTED   41

ARTICLE 8 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

42
  SECTION 8.1.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT   42
  SECTION 8.2.   ACCELERATION   43
  SECTION 8.3.   OTHER REMEDIES   43
  SECTION 8.4.   WAIVER OF DEFAULTS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT   44
  SECTION 8.5.   CONTROL BY MAJORITY   44
  SECTION 8.6.   LIMITATIONS ON SUITS   44
  SECTION 8.7.   RIGHTS OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PAYMENT AND TO CONVERT   44
  SECTION 8.8.   COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE   45
  SECTION 8.9.   TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM   45
  SECTION 8.10.   PRIORITIES   45
  SECTION 8.11.   UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS   46

ARTICLE 9 TRUSTEE

 

46
  SECTION 9.1.   DUTIES OF TRUSTEE   47
  SECTION 9.2.   RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE   48
  SECTION 9.3.   INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE   48
  SECTION 9.4.   TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER   48
  SECTION 9.5.   NOTICE OF DEFAULT OR EVENTS OF DEFAULT   48
  SECTION 9.6.   REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS   48
  SECTION 9.7.   COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY   48
  SECTION 9.8.   REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE   49
  SECTION 9.9.   SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC   50
  SECTION 9.10.   ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION   50
  SECTION 9.11.   PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY   50

ARTICLE 10 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

50
  SECTION 10.1.   SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE   50
  SECTION 10.2.   APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY   51
  SECTION 10.3.   REPAYMENT TO COMPANY   51
  SECTION 10.4.   REINSTATEMENT   51

ARTICLE 11 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

52
  SECTION 11.1.   WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS   52
  SECTION 11.2.   WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS   52

  SECTION 11.3.   COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT   53
  SECTION 11.4.   REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS   53
  SECTION 11.5.   NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES   54
  SECTION 11.6.   TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC   54
  SECTION 11.7.   EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES   54

ARTICLE 12 SECURITY

 

54
  SECTION 12.1.   SECURITY   54

ARTICLE 13 SUBORDINATION

 

56
  SECTION 13.1.   AGREEMENT OF SUBORDINATION   56
  SECTION 13.2.   PAYMENTS TO HOLDERS   57
  SECTION 13.3.   SUBROGATION OF SECURITIES   59
  SECTION 13.4.   AUTHORIZATION TO EFFECT SUBORDINATION   60
  SECTION 13.5.   NOTICE TO TRUSTEE   60
  SECTION 13.6.   TRUSTEE'S RELATION TO SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS   61
  SECTION 13.7.   NO IMPAIRMENT OF SUBORDINATION   61
  SECTION 13.8.   CERTAIN CONVERSIONS DEEMED PAYMENT   61
  SECTION 13.9.   ARTICLE APPLICABLE TO PAYING AGENTS   62
  SECTION 13.10.   SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS ENTITLED TO RELY   62

ARTICLE 14 MISCELLANEOUS

 

62
  SECTION 14.1.   TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS   62
  SECTION 14.2.   NOTICES   62
  SECTION 14.3.   COMMUNICATIONS BY HOLDERS WITH OTHER HOLDERS   63
  SECTION 14.4.   CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT   63
  SECTION 14.5.   RECORD DATE FOR VOTE OR CONSENT OF SECURITYHOLDERS   63
  SECTION 14.6.   RULES BY TRUSTEE, PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND CONVERSION AGENT   64
  SECTION 14.7.   LEGAL HOLIDAYS   64
  SECTION 14.8.   GOVERNING LAW   64
  SECTION 14.9.   NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS   64
  SECTION 14.10.   NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS   64
  SECTION 14.11.   SUCCESSORS   64
  SECTION 14.12.   MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS   64
  SECTION 14.13.   SEPARABILITY   64
  SECTION 14.14.   TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC   64


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

TIA
SECTION

   
  INDENTURE
SECTION

 
Section   310   14.1  
    310(a)(1)   9.10  
    (a)(2)   9.10  
    (a)(3)   N.A. **
    (a)(4)   N.A.  
    (a)(5)   9.10  
    (b)   9.10  
    (c)   N.A.  
Section   311   14.1  
    311(a)   9.11  
    (b)   9.11  
    (c)   N.A.  
Section   312   14.1  
    (a)   N.A.  
    (b)   14.3  
    (c)   14.3  
Section   313   14.1  
    313(a)   9.6 (a)
    (b)(1)   N.A.  
    (b)(2)   9.6 (a)
    (c)   9.6 (a)
    (d)   N.A.  
Section   314   14.1  
    314(a)   N.A.  
    (b)   12.1 (g)
    (c)(1)   N.A.  
    (c)(2)   N.A.  
    (c)(3)   N.A.  
    (d)   12.1 (f)
    (e)   N.A.  
    (f)   N.A.  
Section   315   14.1  
Section   316   14.1  
Section   317   14.1  
Section   318(c)   14.1  

*
This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Indenture.

**
N.A. means Not Applicable.

        THIS INDENTURE dated as of December 22, 2003 is between Adaptec, Inc., a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Company"), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States, as Trustee (the "Trustee").

        In consideration of the purchase of the Securities (as defined herein) by the Holders thereof, both parties agree as follows for the benefit of the other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company's 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2023.

        The Securities will be partially secured pursuant to the terms of the Pledge Agreement (as defined herein) by Pledged Securities (as defined herein).


ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

    SECTION 1.1. DEFINITIONS.

        "3% Convertible Subordinated Notes" means those certain notes issued pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2002, by and between the Company and the Trustee.

        "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified person, any other person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any person means the power to direct the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

        "Additional Pledged Securities" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3 of the Pledge Agreement.

        "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent.

        "Applicable Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of beneficial ownership interests in a Global Security, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, in each case to the extent applicable to such transfer or exchange.

        "Board of Directors" means either the board of directors of the Company or any committee of the Board of Directors authorized to act for it with respect to this Indenture.

        "Business Day" means each day that is not a Legal Holiday.

        "Capital Stock" or "capital stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

        "Cash" or "cash" means such coin or currency of the United States as at any time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

        "Certificated Security" means a Security that is in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and that does not include the information or the schedule called for by footnotes 1 and 3 thereof.

        "Closing Time" has the meaning specified in the Purchase Agreement.

        "Common Stock" means the common stock of the Company, $0.001 par value per share, as it exists on the date of this Indenture and any shares of any class or classes of capital stock of the Company resulting from any reclassification or reclassifications thereof and which have no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,

1



dissolution or winding-up of the Company and which are not subject to redemption by the Company; provided, however, that if at any time there shall be more than one such resulting class, the shares of each such class then so issuable on conversion of Securities shall be substantially in the proportion which the total number of shares of such class resulting from all such reclassifications bears to the total number of shares of all such classes resulting from all such reclassifications.

        "Company" means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Company" shall mean such successor Company.

        "Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered which office at the date of the execution of this Indenture is located at 707 Wilshire Boulevard, 17th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017; Attention: Corporate Trust Department (Adaptec, Inc.—3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2023) or at any other time at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Company.

        "Date of Delivery" has the meaning specified in the Purchase Agreement.

        "Default" or "default" means, when used with respect to the Securities, any event which is or, after notice or passage of time or both, would be an Event of Default.

        "Designated Senior Indebtedness" means any particular senior indebtedness in which the instrument creating or evidencing the senior indebtedness or the assumption or guarantee thereof (or any related documents or agreements to which the Company is a party) expressly provides that such indebtedness shall be "Designated Senior Indebtedness" for purposes of this Indenture (provided that such instrument, agreement or other document may place limitations and conditions on the right of such senior indebtedness to exercise the rights of Designated Senior Indebtedness).

        "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time.

        "Final Maturity Date" means December 22, 2023.

        "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the date of this Indenture, including those set forth in (1) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, (2) the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (3) such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession and (4) the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in registration statements filed under the Securities Act and periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC.

        "Global Security" means a permanent global security that is in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and that includes the information and schedule called for by footnotes 1 and 3 thereof and which is deposited with the Depositary or its custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.

        "Holder" or "Securityholder" means the person in whose name a Security is registered on the Primary Registrar's books.

2



        "indebtedness" means, with respect to any person, without duplication:

(1)
all indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities, contingent or otherwise of such person:

(a)
for borrowed money, including obligations in respect of overdrafts, foreign exchange contracts, currency exchange agreements, interest rate protection agreements, and any loans or advances from financial institutions, whether or not evidenced by notes or similar instruments, or

(b)
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, whether or not the recourse of the holder is to all of such person's assets or to only a portion thereof, other than any trade payable incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the obtaining of materials or services.

(2)
all of such person's reimbursement obligations and other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees or bankers' acceptances,

(3)
all of such person's obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in respect of leases required, in conformity with GAAP, to be accounted for as capitalized lease obligations on such person's balance sheet, or under other leases for facilities, equipment or related assets, whether or not capitalized, entered into or leased for financing purposes,

(4)
all of such person's obligations and other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, under any lease or related document, including a purchase agreement, in connection with the lease of real property or improvements thereon (or any personal property included as part of any such lease) which provides that such person is contractually obligated to purchase or cause a third party to purchase the leased property and thereby guarantee a residual value of leased property to the lessor and all of such person's obligations under such lease or related document to purchase or to cause a third party to purchase the leased property (whether or not such lease transaction is characterized as an operating lease or a capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP),

(5)
all of such person's obligations, contingent or otherwise, with respect to an interest rate, currency or other swap, cap, floor or collar agreement, hedge agreement, forward contract, or other similar instrument or agreement or foreign currency hedge, exchange, purchase or similar instrument or agreement.

(6)
all of such person's direct or indirect guaranties or similar agreements to purchase or otherwise acquire or otherwise assure a creditor against loss in respect of indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of another person of the kind described in clauses (1) through (5),

(7)
any indebtedness or other obligations described in clauses (1) through (6) secured by any mortgage, pledge, lien or other encumbrance existing on property which is owned or held by such person, regardless of whether the indebtedness or other obligation secured thereby has been assumed by such person, and

(8)
any and all deferrals, renewals, extensions and refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, any indebtedness, obligation or liability of the kind described in clauses (1) through (7).

        "Indenture" means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

        "Initial Pledged Securities" means the U.S. Government Obligations identified in Schedule I to the Pledge Agreement.

        "Initial Purchasers" means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Banc of America Securities LLC.

        "Interest Payment Date" means June 22 and December 22 of each year.

3



        "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset given to secure indebtedness, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction with respect to any such lien, pledge, charge or security interest).

        "Liquidated Damages" has the meaning specified in the Registration Rights Agreement. All references herein to interest accrued or payable as of any date shall include any Liquidated Damages accrued or payable as of such date as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement.

        "Non-Payment Default" means any event of default with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness other than any Payment Default pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated.

        "Officer" means the Chairman or any Co-Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Controller or any Assistant Secretary of the Company.

        "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two Officers; provided, however, that for purposes of Sections 4.11 and 6.3, "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company and by one other Officer.

        "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.

        "Payment Default" shall mean a default in payment, whether at scheduled maturity, upon scheduled installment, by acceleration or otherwise, of principal, or premium, if any, or interest on Designated Senior Indebtedness beyond any applicable grace period.

        "Person" or "person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

        "Pledge Account" has the meaning specified in the Pledge Agreement.

        "Pledge Agreement" means the Pledge Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, between the Company and the Trustee, as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including all annexes and schedules attached thereto.

        "Pledged Securities" means the U.S. Government Obligations to be purchased by the Company and held in the Pledged Account in accordance with the Pledge Agreement.

        "Principal" or "principal" of a debt security, including the Securities, means the principal of the security plus, when appropriate, the premium, if any, on the security.

        "Redemption Date" when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed by the Company for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture, as set forth in the form of Security annexed as Exhibit A hereto.

        "Redemption Price" when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture, as set forth in the form of Security annexed as Exhibit A hereto.

        "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers.

4


        "Regular Record Date" means, with respect to each Interest Payment Date, the June 7 or December 7, as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

        "Regulation S" means Regulation S under the Securities Act or any successor for such Rule.

        "Representative" means (a) the Trustee or other trustee, agent or representative for any Senior Indebtedness or (b) with respect to any Senior Indebtedness that does not have any such trustee, agent or other representative, (i) in the case of such Senior Indebtedness issued pursuant to an agreement providing for voting arrangements as among the holders or owners of such Senior Indebtedness, any holder or owner of such Senior Indebtedness acting with the consent of the required persons necessary to bind such holders or owners of such Senior Indebtedness and (ii) in the case of all other such Senior Indebtedness, the holder or owner of such Senior Indebtedness.

        "Restricted Global Security" means a Global Security that is a Restricted Security.

        "Restricted Security" means a Security required to bear the restricted legend set forth in the form of Security set forth in Exhibit A of this Indenture.

        "Rule 144" means Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any successor to such Rule.

        "Rule 144A"means Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any successor to such Rule.

        "SEC"means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        "Securities" means the 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2023 or any of them (each, a "Security"), as amended or supplemented from time to time, that are issued under this Indenture.

        "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time.

        "Securities Custodian" means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Securities in global form, or any successor thereto.

        "Senior Indebtedness" means the principal of, premium, if any, interest, including all interest accruing subsequent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or similar proceeding, whether or not a claim for postpetition interest is allowable as a claim in any such proceeding, and rent payable on or in connection with, and all fees, costs, expenses and other amounts accrued or due on or in connection with, indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed, guaranteed or in effect guaranteed by the Company, including all deferrals, renewals, extensions or refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, the foregoing, unless in the case of any particular indebtedness the instrument creating or evidencing the same or the assumption or guarantee thereof expressly provides that such indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to the Securities or expressly provides that such indebtedness is on the same basis or junior to the Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any indebtedness may only be Senior Indebtedness if either (i) the indebtedness is secured by a mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien or similar encumbrance and shall remain secured; or (ii) the instrument, indenture or agreement governing or evidencing the indebtedness, or any related agreement to which the Company is a party, expressly provides that such indebtedness shall be Senior Indebtedness for purposes of this Indenture. Senior Indebtedness does not include any indebtedness of the Company to any Subsidiary of the Company, nor does it include any of the Company's trade payables or obligations with respect to its outstanding 3% Convertible Subordinated Notes. If any payment made to any holder of any Senior Indebtedness or its Representative with respect to such Senior Indebtedness is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by such holder or Representative upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise, the reinstated Indebtedness of the Company arising as a result of such rescission or return shall constitute Senior Indebtedness effective as of the date of such rescission or return.

5



        "Subsidiary" means, in respect of any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, general partners or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person; (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

        "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder as in effect on the date of this Indenture, except as provided in Section 11.3, and except to the extent any amendment to the Trust Indenture Act expressly provides for application of the Trust Indenture Act as in effect on another date.

        "Trading Day" means (i) if the Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or any other system of automated dissemination of quotations of securities prices, days on which trades may be effected through such system, (ii) if the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading on any national or regional securities exchange, days on which such national or regional securities exchange is open for business, or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a national or regional securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or any other system of automated dissemination of quotation of securities prices, days on which the Common Stock is traded regular way in the over-the-counter market and for which a closing bid and a closing asked price for the Common Stock are available.

        "Trustee" means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter means the successor.

        "Trust Officer" means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office, and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

        "Unrestricted Certificated Security" means a Certificated Security that is not a Restricted Security.

        "Unrestricted Global Security" means a Global Security that is not a Restricted Security.

        "U.S. Government Obligations" means (i) securities that are (x) direct obligations of the United States of America, for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged or (y) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by or acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof at any time prior to the stated maturity thereof, or (ii) any mutual fund that has at least 95% of its assets continuously invested in investments of the type described in clause (i) above and has the highest rating attainable by Moody's Investor Services and Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation for the specific payment of interest on or principal of the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

        "Vice President" when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title "vice president."

6



    SECTION 1.2. OTHER DEFINITIONS.

Term
  Defined in Section
"Agent Members"   2.1
"applicable share price"   4.1
"Bankruptcy Law"   8.1
"beneficial owner"   3.8
"beneficially owned"   3.8
"Change in Control"   3.8
"Change in Control Purchase Date"   3.8
"Change in Control Purchase Notice"   3.8
"Change in Control Purchase Price"   3.8
"Closing Price"   4.6
"Company Order"   2.2
"Company Put Right Notice"   3.12
"Continuing Directors"   3.8
"Conversion Agent"   2.3
"Conversion Date"   4.2
"Conversion Price"   4.1
"Conversion Rate"   4.1
"Conversion Value"   4.1
"Current Market Price"   4.6
"Custodian"   8.1
"DTC"   2.1
"Depositary"   2.1
"Determination Date"   4.6
"Distributed Securities"   4.6
"Distribution Notice"   4.1
"Event of Default"   8.1
"Exchange Act"   3.8
"Expriation Date"   4.6
"Expiration Time"   4.6
"group"   3.8
"Legal Holiday"   14.7
"Legend"   2.12
"Merger Notice"   4.1
"Notice of Default"   8.1
"Paying Agent"   2.3
"Payment Blockage Period"   13.3
"person"   3.8
"Primary Registrar"   2.3
"Principal Value Conversion"   4.1
"Purchase Agreement"   2.1
"Purchased Shares"   4.6
"Put Right Purchase Date"   3.12
"Put Right Purchase Notice"   3.12
"Put Right Purchase Price"   3.12
"QIB"   2.1
"Registrar"   2.3
"Rights"   4.6

7


"Rights Plan"   4.6
"Spinoff Securities"   4.6
"Spinoff Valuation Period"   4.6
"tender offer"   4.6
"Trading Price"   4.1
"trading price condition"   4.1
"Trigger Event"   4.6
"Triggering Distribution"   4.6
"unissued shares"   3.8
"voting stock"   3.8

    SECTION 1.3. TRUST INDENTURE ACT PROVISIONS.

        Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, that provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. This Indenture shall also include those provisions of the TIA required to be included herein by the provisions of the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

        "indenture securities" means the Securities;

        "indenture security holder" means a Securityholder;

        "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

        "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee; and "obligor" on the indenture securities means the Company or any other obligor on the Securities.

        All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by any SEC rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.

    SECTION 1.4. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

(a)
Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1)
a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2)
an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3)
words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

(4)
provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(5)
the term "merger" includes a statutory share exchange and the term "merged" has a correlative meaning;

(6)
the masculine gender includes the feminine and the neuter;

(7)
references to agreements and other instruments include subsequent amendments thereto; and

(8)
"herein," "hereof" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

8



ARTICLE 2
THE SECURITIES

    SECTION 2.1. FORM AND DATING.

        The Securities and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the respective forms set forth in Exhibit A,which Exhibit is incorporated in and made part of this Indenture. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Company shall provide any such notations, legends or endorsements to the Trustee in writing. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Securities are being offered and sold by the Company pursuant to a Purchase Agreement dated December 16, 2003 (the "Purchase Agreement") between the Company and the Initial Purchasers, in transactions exempt from, or not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

(a)
Restricted Global Securities. All of the Securities are initially being offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A (collectively, "QIBs" or individually, each a "QIB") in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Restricted Global Securities, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Securities represented thereby with the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, as custodian for the depositary, The Depository Trust Company ("DTC", and such depositary, or any successor thereto, being hereinafter referred to as the "Depositary"), and registered in the name of its nominee, Cede & Co. (or any successor thereto), for the accounts of participation in the Depositary duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Securities Custodian as hereinafter provided, subject in each case to compliance with the Applicable Procedures.

(b)
Global Securities In General. Each Global Security shall represent such of the outstanding Securities as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Securities from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Securities represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect replacements, exchanges, purchases, redemptions, or conversions of such Securities. Any adjustment of the aggregate principal amount of a Global Security to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.12 hereof and shall be made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary.

        Members of, or participants in, the Depositary ("Agent Members") shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depositary or under the Global Security, and the Depositary (including, for this purpose, its nominee) may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and Holder of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall (1) prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or (2) impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Security.

(c)
Book Entry Provisions. The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Subsection 2.1(c), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Securities that (1) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, (2) shall be delivered by the Trustee to

9


    the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary's instructions and (3) shall bear legends substantially to the following effect:

    "UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO ADAPTEC, INC. (THE "COMPANY") OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY."

    SECTION 2.2. EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION.

(a)
The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is limited to $225,000,000 except as provided in Sections 2.6 and 2.7.

(b)
An Officer shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile signature attested by the manual or facsimile signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. Typographic and other minor errors or defects in any such facsimile signature shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any Security which has been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

(c)
If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless.

(d)
A Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.

(e)
The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery Securities for original issue in the aggregate principal amount of up to $225,000,000 upon receipt of a written order or orders of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company (a "Company Order"). The Company Order shall specify the amount of Securities to be authenticated, shall provide that all such Securities will be represented by a Restricted Global Security and the date on which each original issue of Securities is to be authenticated.

(f)
The Trustee shall act as the initial authenticating agent. Thereafter, the Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Securities. An authenticating agent

10


    may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent shall have the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

(g)
The Securities shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any integral multiple thereof.

    SECTION 2.3. REGISTRAR, PAYING AGENT AND CONVERSION AGENT.

(a)
The Company shall maintain one or more offices or agencies where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (each, a "Registrar"), one or more offices or agencies where Securities may be presented for payment (each, a "Paying Agent"), one or more offices or agencies where Securities may be presented for conversion (each, a "Conversion Agent") and one or more offices or agencies where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served. The Company will at all times maintain a Paying Agent, Conversion Agent, Registrar and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. One of the Registrars (the "Primary Registrar") shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange.

(b)
The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent or agent for service of notices and demands in any place required by this Indenture, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any Affiliate of the Company may act as Paying Agent (except for the purposes of Section 6.1 and Article 10).

(c)
The Company hereby initially designates the Trustee as Paying Agent, Registrar, Custodian (as defined in Section 8.1) and Conversion Agent, and each of the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and the office of the Trustee, c/o Wells Fargo Bank, in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, one such office or agency of the Company for each of the aforesaid purposes.

    SECTION 2.4. PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST.

        Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of, or interest, on any Securities, the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal or interest, so becoming due. Subject to Section 10.2, a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Securityholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or interest, on the Securities, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company (or any other obligor on the Securities) in making any such payment. If the Company or an Affiliate of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall, before 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of, or interest, on any Securities, segregate the money and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent (other than the Company) shall have no further liability for the money.

    SECTION 2.5. SECURITYHOLDER LISTS.

        The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders. If the Trustee is not the Primary Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee on or before each semiannual Interest Payment

11


Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Securityholders.

    SECTION 2.6. TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.

(a)
Subject to compliance with any applicable additional requirements contained in Section 2.12, when a Security is presented to a Registrar with a request to register a transfer thereof or to exchange such Security for an equal principal amount of Securities of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested; provided, however, that every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by an assignment form and, if applicable, a transfer certificate each in the form included in Exhibit A, and in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, upon surrender of any Security for registration of transfer or exchange at an office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 2.3, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Securities of a like aggregate principal amount at the Registrar's request. Any exchange or transfer shall be without charge, except that the Company or the Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto, and provided, that this sentence shall not apply to any exchange pursuant to Section 2.10, 2.12(a), 3.6, 3.13, 4.2(e) or 11.5.

(b)
Neither the Company, any Registrar nor the Trustee shall be required to exchange or register a transfer of (1) any Securities for a period of 15 days next preceding mailing of a notice of Securities to be redeemed, (2) any Securities or portions thereof selected or called for redemption (except in the case of redemption of a Security in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or (3) any Securities or portions thereof in respect of which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been delivered and not withdrawn by the Holder thereof (except, in the case of the purchase of a Security in part, the portion thereof not to be purchased).

(c)
All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(d)
Any Registrar appointed pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof shall provide to the Trustee such information as the Trustee may reasonably require in connection with the delivery by such Registrar of Securities upon transfer or exchange of Securities.

12


        (e)   Each Holder of a Security agrees to indemnify the Company and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder's Security in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities law.

        (f)    The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or other beneficial owners of interests in any Global Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

    SECTION 2.7. REPLACEMENT SECURITIES.

        (a)   If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Company, a Registrar or the Trustee, or the Company, a Registrar and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security, and there is delivered to the Company, the applicable Registrar and the Trustee such security or indemnity as will be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company, such Registrar or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute, and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Security or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

        (b)   In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, or is about to be purchased, redeemed or by the Company pursuant to Article 3, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay, redeem, or purchase such Security, as the case may be.

        (c)   Upon the issuance of any new Securities under this Section 2.7, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee or the Registrar) in connection therewith.

        (d)   Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section 2.7 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

        (e)   The provisions of this Section 2.7 are (to the extent lawful) exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

    SECTION 2.8. OUTSTANDING SECURITIES.

        (a)   Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee, except for those canceled by it, those redeemed or purchased pursuant to Article 3, those converted pursuant to Article 4, those delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or surrendered for transfer or exchange and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding.

        (b)   If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Company receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Security is held by a bona fide purchaser.

13



        (c)   If a Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds in respect of the outstanding Securities on a Redemption Date, a Change in Control Purchase Date or the Final Maturity Date money sufficient to pay the principal of (including premium, if any) and accrued interest on Securities (or portions thereof) payable on that date, then on and after such Redemption Date, Change in Control Purchase Date, or the Final Maturity Date, as the case may be, such Securities (or portions thereof, as the case may be) shall cease to be outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue; provided that if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision thereof satisfactory to the Trustee has been made.

        (d)   Subject to the restrictions contained in Section 2.9, a Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Security.

    SECTION 2.9. TREASURY SECURITIES.

        In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any notice, direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Securities or by any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded, except that, for purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such notice, direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to the Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor on the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

    SECTION 2.10. TEMPORARY SECURITIES.

        Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and execute, and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company with the consent of the Trustee considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Securities in exchange for temporary Securities.

    SECTION 2.11. CANCELLATION.

        The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent shall forward to the Trustee or its agent any Securities surrendered to them for transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase, payment or conversion. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel, in accordance with its standard procedures, all Securities surrendered for transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase, payment, conversion or cancellation and shall deliver the canceled Securities to the Company. All Securities which are redeemed, purchased, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries prior to the Final Maturity Date shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company may not hold or resell such Securities or issue any new Securities to replace any such Securities or any Securities that any Holder has converted pursuant to Article 4.

    SECTION 2.12. LEGEND; ADDITIONAL TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE REQUIREMENTS.

        (a)   If Securities are issued upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Securities subject to restrictions on transfer and bearing the legends set forth on the forms of Securities attached hereto as Exhibit A (collectively, the "Legend"), or if a request is made to remove the Legend on a Security, the Securities so issued shall bear the Legend, or the Legend shall not be removed, as the case may be, unless there is delivered to the Company and the Registrar such satisfactory evidence, which shall

14


include an opinion of counsel if requested by the Company or such Registrar, as may be reasonably required by the Company and the Registrar, that neither the Legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers thereof comply with the provisions of Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act or that such Securities are not "restricted" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act; provided that no such evidence need be supplied in connection with the sale of such Security pursuant to a registration statement that is effective at the time of such sale. Upon (1) provision of such satisfactory evidence if requested, or (2) notification by the Company to the Trustee and Registrar of the sale of such Security pursuant to a registration statement that is effective at the time of such sale, the Trustee, at the written direction of the Company, shall authenticate and deliver a Security that does not bear the Legend. If the Legend is removed from the face of a Security and the Security is subsequently held by an Affiliate of the Company, the Legend shall be reinstated.

        (b)   A Global Security may not be transferred, in whole or in part, to any Person other than the Depositary or a nominee or any successor thereof, and no such transfer to any such other Person may be registered; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any transfer of a Security that is issued in exchange for a Global Security but is not itself a Global Security. No transfer of a Security to any Person shall be effective under this Indenture or the Securities unless and until such Security has been registered in the name of such Person. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture or the Securities, transfers of a Global Security, in whole or in part, shall be made only in accordance with this Section 2.12.

        (c)   Subject to the succeeding paragraph, every Security shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer provided in the Legend other than a Restricted Global Security. Whenever any Restricted Security other than a Restricted Global Security is presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange for a Security registered in a name other than that of the Holder, such Security must be accompanied by a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A, dated the date of such surrender and signed by the Holder of such Security, as to compliance with such restrictions on transfer. The Registrar shall not be required to accept for such registration of transfer or exchange any Security not so accompanied by a properly completed certificate.

        (d)   The restrictions imposed by the Legend upon the transferability of any Security shall cease and terminate when such Security has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or transferred in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereto) or, if earlier, upon the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision). Any Security as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms or shall have terminated may, upon a surrender of such Security for exchange to the Registrar in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.12 (accompanied, in the event that such restrictions on transfer have terminated by reason of a transfer in compliance with Rule 144 or any successor provision, by, if requested by the Company or the Registrar, an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company and addressed to the Company in form acceptable to the Company, to the effect that the transfer of such Security has been made in compliance with Rule 144 or such successor provision), be exchanged for a new Security, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, which shall not bear the restrictive Legend. The Company shall inform the Trustee of the effective date of any registration statement registering the Securities under the Securities Act. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the aforementioned opinion of counsel or registration statement.

        As used in the preceding Subsections 2.12(c) and (d), the term "transfer" encompasses any sale, pledge, transfer, hypothecation or other disposition of any Security.

15



        (e)   The provisions below shall apply only to Global Securities:

            (1)   Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture or the Securities, a Global Security shall not be exchanged in whole or in part for a Security registered in the name of any Person other than the Depositary or one or more nominees thereof, provided that a Global Security may be exchanged for Securities registered in the names of any person designated by the Depositary in the event that (A) the Depositary has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or such Depositary has ceased to be a "clearing agency" registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days, (B) the Company has provided the Depositary with written notice that it has decided to discontinue use of the system of book-entry transfer through the Depositary or any successor Depositary or (C) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Securities. Any Global Security exchanged pursuant to subclauses (A) or (B) immediately above shall be so exchanged in whole and not in part, and any Global Security exchanged pursuant to subclause (C) immediately above may be exchanged in whole or from time to time in part as directed by the Depositary. Any Security issued in exchange for a Global Security or any portion thereof shall be a Global Security; provided that any such Security so issued that is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary or a nominee thereof shall not be a Global Security.

            (2)   Securities issued in exchange for a Global Security or any portion thereof shall be issued in definitive, fully registered form, without interest coupons, shall have an aggregate principal amount equal to that of such Global Security or portion thereof to be so exchanged, shall be registered in such names and be in such authorized denominations as the Depositary shall designate and shall bear the applicable legends provided for herein. Any Global Security to be exchanged in whole shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, as Registrar. With regard to any Global Security to be exchanged in part, either such Global Security shall be so surrendered for exchange or, if the Trustee is acting as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee with respect to such Global Security, the principal amount thereof shall be reduced, by an amount equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Trustee. Upon any such surrender or adjustment, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Security issuable on such exchange to or upon the order of the Depositary or an authorized representative thereof.

            (3)   Subject to the provisions of clause (5) of this Subsection 2.12(e), the registered Holder may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities.

            (4)   In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in clause (1) of this Subsection 2.12(e) above, the Company will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Certificated Securities in definitive, fully registered form, without interest coupons.

            (5)   Neither Agent Members nor any other Persons on whose behalf Agent Members may act shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security registered in the name of the Depositary or any nominee thereof, or under any such Global Security, and the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and holder of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, or impair, as between the Depositary, its Agent Members and any other Person

16



    on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any Security.

    SECTION 2.13. CUSIP NUMBERS.

        The Company in issuing the Securities may use one or more "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption or purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the "CUSIP" numbers.


ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE

    SECTION 3.1. TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.

        (a)   Prior to December 22, 2008, the Securities shall not be redeemable. The Company may, at its option, redeem the Securities (i) on December 22, 2008 at a Redemption Price equal to 100.25% of the principal amount of the Securities being redeemed, and (ii) after December 22, 2008, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities being redeemed, in each case, for cash in whole, or from time to time in part (which must be equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date; provided that if the Redemption Date falls after a Regular Record Date and on or before an Interest Payment Date, then the interest will be payable to the Holders in whose names the Securities were registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date. Securities or portions of the Securities called for redemption may be converted by the Holder in accordance with the provisions of Article 4 until the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Redemption Date.

        (b)   If the Company elects to redeem Securities pursuant to this Section 3.1, it shall notify the Trustee at least 25 days prior to the Redemption Date as fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) of the Redemption Date and the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed. If fewer than all of the Securities are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Company and given to the Trustee, which record date shall not be less than five days after the date of notice to the Trustee.

    SECTION 3.2. SELECTION OF SECURITIES TO BE REDEEMED.

        (a)   If less than all of the Securities are to be redeemed, unless the procedures of the Depositary provide otherwise, the Trustee shall, at least 20 days but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, select the Securities to be redeemed. The Trustee shall make the selection from the Securities outstanding and not previously called for redemption by lot, or in its discretion, on a pro rata basis. Securities in denominations of $1,000 may only be redeemed in whole. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal of Securities that have denominations larger than $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption.

        (b)   If any Security selected for partial redemption is converted in part before termination of the conversion right with respect to the portion of the Security so selected, the converted portion of such Security shall be deemed to be the portion selected for redemption. Securities which have been converted subsequent to the Trustee commencing selection of Securities to be redeemed but prior to

17



redemption of such Securities shall be treated by the Trustee as outstanding for the purpose of such selection.

    SECTION 3.3. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

        (a)   At least 20 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed a notice of redemption to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at such Holder's address as it appears on the Registrar's books.

        (b)   The notice shall identify the Securities (including CUSIP numbers) to be redeemed and shall state:

            (1)   the Redemption Date;

            (2)   the Redemption Price;

            (3)   the then effective Conversion Price and Conversion Rate;

            (4)   the name and address of each Paying Agent and Conversion Agent;

            (5)   that Securities called for redemption must be presented and surrendered to a Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price;

            (6)   that Holders who wish to convert Securities must surrender such Securities for conversion no later than the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date and must satisfy the other requirements set forth in paragraph 9 of the Securities and Article 4 hereof;

            (7)   that, unless the Company defaults in making the payment of the Redemption Price, interest on Securities called for redemption shall cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date and the only remaining right of the Holder shall be to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus any accrued and unpaid interest payable to such Holder upon presentation and surrender to a Paying Agent of the Securities; and

            (8)   if any Security is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Security to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, upon presentation and surrender of such Security, a new Security or Securities in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.

        (c)   If any of the Securities to be redeemed is in the form of a Global Security, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to redemptions. At the Company's written request, which request shall (1) be irrevocable once given and (2) set forth all relevant information required by clauses (1) through (8) of Subsection 3.3(b), the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption to each Holder in the Company's name and at the Company's expense.

        At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give such notice of redemption on behalf of the Company and at the Company's expense; provided, however, that, in all cases, the text of such notice of redemption shall be prepared by the Company.

    SECTION 3.4. EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

        Once notice of redemption is mailed, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price stated in the notice, together with any accrued and unpaid interest payable upon redemption, except for Securities that are converted in accordance with the provisions of Article 4. On or after the Redemption Date and upon presentation and surrender to a Paying Agent, Securities called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price, plus any

18


accrued and unpaid interest, up to but not including the Redemption Date; provided that if the Redemption Date falls after a Regular Record Date and on or before an Interest Payment Date, then interest on the Securities will be payable to the Holders in whose names the Securities are registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date.

    SECTION 3.5. DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.

        Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company acts as Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) an amount of money (in immediately available funds if deposited on such Redemption Date) sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and any accrued and unpaid interest payable upon redemption on, all Securities to be redeemed on that date, other than Securities or portions thereof called for redemption on that date which have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation or have been converted. The Paying Agent shall as promptly as practicable return to the Company any money not required for that purpose because of the conversion of Securities pursuant to Article 4 or, if such money is then held by the Company in trust and is not required for such purpose, it shall be discharged from the trust.

    SECTION 3.6. SECURITIES REDEEMED IN PART.

        Upon presentation and surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder a new Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

    SECTION 3.7. CONVERSION ARRANGEMENT ON CALL FOR REDEMPTION.

        In connection with any redemption of Securities, the Company may arrange for the purchase and conversion of any Securities called for redemption by an agreement with one or more investment banks or other purchasers to purchase such Securities by paying to a Paying Agent (other than the Company or any of its Affiliates) in trust for the Holders, on or before 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on the Redemption Date, an amount that, together with any amounts deposited with such Paying Agent by the Company for the redemption of such Securities, is not less than the Redemption Price, together with any accrued and unpaid interest accrued to, but not including, the Redemption Date of such Securities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 3, the obligation of the Company to pay the Redemption Price of such Securities, including all accrued and unpaid interest, shall be deemed to be satisfied and discharged to the extent such amount is so paid by such purchasers; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 3.7 shall relieve the Company of its obligation to pay the Redemption Price, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, to but excluding the relevant Redemption Date, on Securities called for redemption. If such an agreement with one or more investment banks or other purchasers is entered into, any Securities called for redemption and not surrendered for conversion by the Holders thereof prior to the relevant Redemption Date may, at the option of the Company upon written notice to the Trustee, be deemed, to the fullest extent permitted by law, acquired by such purchasers from such Holders and (notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Article 4) surrendered by such purchasers for conversion, all as of 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Redemption Date, subject to payment of the above amount as aforesaid. The Paying Agent shall hold and pay to the Holders whose Securities are selected for redemption any such amount paid to it for purchase in the same manner as it would money deposited with it by the Company for the redemption of Securities. Without the Paying Agent's prior written consent, no arrangement between the Company and such purchasers for the purchase and conversion of any Securities shall increase or otherwise affect any of the powers, duties, responsibilities or obligations of the Paying Agent as set forth in this Indenture, and the Company agrees to indemnify the Paying Agent from, and hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense arising out of or in connection with any such

19


arrangement for the purchase and conversion of any Securities between the Company and such purchasers, including the costs and expenses incurred by the Paying Agent in the defense of any claim or liability arising out of or in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers, duties, responsibilities or obligations under this Indenture.

    SECTION 3.8. PURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT OPTION OF THE HOLDER UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL.

        (a)   If at any time the Securities remain outstanding there shall have occurred a Change in Control, all or any portion of the Securities of any Holder equal to $1,000 or a integral multiple of $1,000, shall be purchased by the Company, at the option of such Holder, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be purchased, together with interest accrued and unpaid to, but excluding, the Change in Control Purchase Date (the "Change in Control Purchase Price"), on the date (the "Change in Control Purchase Date") that is 30 days after the date of the Change in Control Purchase Notice; provided, however, if the Change in Control Purchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date but on or before the related Interest Payment Date, then the interest on the Securities payable on such date shall be payable to the Holders in whose name the Securities were registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date.

        (b)   Whenever in this Indenture (including Sections 2.1, 8.1 and 8.7 hereof) or in the form of Securities there is a reference, in any context, to the principal of any Securities as of any time, such reference shall be deemed to include reference to the Change in Control Purchase Price payable in respect to such Securities to the extent that such Change in Control Purchase Price is, was or would be so payable at such time, and express mention of the Change in Control Purchase Price in any provision of this Indenture shall not be construed as excluding the Change in Control Purchase Price in those provisions of this Indenture when such express mention is not made.

        (c)   A "Change in Control" of the Company, or any successor entity that is subject to the terms of this Indenture, shall be deemed to have occurred at such time after the original issuance of Securities as any of the following events shall occur:

            (1)   Any "person" or "group" is or becomes the "beneficial owner," directly or indirectly, of shares of voting stock of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power of all outstanding classes of voting stock of the Company or has the power, directly or indirectly, to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors;

            (2)   The Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, another person or the Company sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event other than pursuant to a transaction in which the persons that "beneficially owned," directly or indirectly, shares of voting stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction "beneficially own," directly or indirectly, shares of voting stock, representing at least a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding classes of voting stock of the surviving or transferee person;

            (3)   Continuing Directors do not constitute a majority of the Board of Directors (or, if applicable, a successor corporation to the Company). "Continuing Directors" shall mean, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors who (i) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture or (ii) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election; or

            (4)   A liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

20


        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 3.8, a Change in Control will not be deemed to have occurred if either:

            (A)  the last sale price of the Company's Common Stock for any five trading days within:

                (i)  the period of ten consecutive trading days immediately after the later of the Change in Control or the public announcement of the Change in Control, in the case of a Change in Control resulting solely from a Change in Control under the Section 3.8(c)(1) above, or

               (ii)  the period of ten consecutive trading days immediately preceding the Change in Control, in the case of a Change in Control under the Sections 3.8(c)(2) and (3) above,

is at least equal to 105% of the Conversion Price in effect on such day; or

            (B)  all of the consideration (excluding cash payments for fractional shares, or upon exercise of dissenters' or appraisal rights) in the transaction constituting the Change in Control consists of common stock traded on a United States national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market (or which will be so traded or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such Change in Control) and as a result of such transaction or transactions the Securities become convertible solely into such common stock (and any rights attached thereto).

        For purposes of this Change in Control definition:

        "person" or "group" have the meanings given to them for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provisions, and the term "group" includes any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities with in the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision;

        a "beneficial owner" will be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Indenture, except that the number of shares of voting stock of the Company will be deemed to include, in addition to all outstanding shares of voting stock of the Company and unissued shares deemed to be held by the "person" or "group" or other person with respect to which the Change in Control determination is being made, all unissued shares deemed to be held by all other persons;

        "beneficially owned" has a meaning correlative to that of beneficial owner;

        "unissued shares" means shares of voting stock not outstanding that are subject to options, warrants, rights to purchase or conversion privileges exercisable within 60 days of the date of determination of a Change in Control; and

        "voting stock" means any class or classes of Capital Stock pursuant to which the holders of Capital Stock under ordinary circumstances have the power to vote in the election of the board of directors, managers or trustees of any person or other persons performing similar functions irrespective of whether or not, at the time, Capital Stock of any other class or classes shall have, or might have, voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency.

        (d)   Within 10 days after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Company, or, at the written request and expense of the Company, the Trustee, shall mail a written notice of the Change in Control to the Trustee (if the Trustee does not mail such notice) and to each Holder (and to beneficial owners as required by applicable law). The notice shall include the form of a Change in Control Purchase Notice to be completed by the Holder and shall state:

            (1)   the date of such Change in Control and, briefly, the events causing such Change in Control;

            (2)   the date by which the Change in Control Purchase Notice pursuant to this Section 3.8 must be given;

21



            (3)   the Change in Control Purchase Date;

            (4)   the Change in Control Purchase Price;

            (5)   the Holder's right to require the Company to purchase the Securities;

            (6)   briefly, the conversion rights of the Securities;

            (7)   the name and address of each Paying Agent and Conversion Agent and that the Securities must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect payment;

            (8)   the then effective Conversion Price and Conversion Rate;

            (9)   the procedures that the Holder must follow to exercise rights under Article 4 and that Securities as to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been given may be converted into Common Stock pursuant to Article 4 of this Indenture only to the extent that the Change in Control Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

            (10) the procedures that the Holder must follow to exercise rights under this Section 3.8; and

            (11) the procedures for withdrawing a Change in Control Purchase Notice, including a form of notice of withdrawal.

If any of the Securities is in the form of a Global Security, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to the purchase of Global Securities.

        (e)   A Holder may exercise its rights specified in Subsection (a) of this Section 3.8 upon delivery of a written notice (which shall be in substantially the form included in Exhibit A hereto and which may be delivered by letter, overnight courier, hand delivery, facsimile transmission or in any other written form and, in the case of Global Securities, may be delivered electronically or by other means in accordance with the Depositary's customary procedures) of the exercise of such rights (a "Change in Control Purchase Notice") to any Paying Agent at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day next preceding the Change in Control Purchase Date.

            (1)   The delivery of such Security to any Paying Agent prior to, on or after the Change in Control Purchase Date (together with all necessary endorsements) at the office of such Paying Agent shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Change in Control Purchase Price therefor.

            (2)   The Company shall only be obliged to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.8, a portion of a Security if the principal amount of such portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Security also apply to the purchase of such portion of such Security.

            (3)   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to a Paying Agent the Change in Control Purchase Notice contemplated by this Subsection 3.8(e) shall have the right to withdraw such Change in Control Purchase Notice in whole or in a portion thereof that is a principal amount of $1,000 or in an integral multiple thereof at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day next preceding the Change in Control Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with Section 3.9.

            (4)   A Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Change in Control Purchase Notice or written withdrawal thereof.

            (5)   Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the case of Global Securities, any Change in Control Purchase Notice may be delivered or withdrawn and such Securities may be

22



    surrendered or delivered for purchase in accordance with the Applicable Procedures as in effect from time to time.

    SECTION 3.9. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE.

        (a)   Upon receipt by any Paying Agent of the Change in Control Purchase Notice specified in Subsection 3.8(e), the Holder of the Security in respect of which such Change in Control Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Change in Control Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified below) thereafter be entitled to receive the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to such Security. Such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder promptly following the later of (1) the Change in Control Purchase Date with respect to such Security (provided that the conditions in Subsection 3.8(e) have been satisfied) and (2) the time of delivery of such Security to a Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Subsection 3.8(e). Securities in respect of which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been given by the Holder thereof may not be converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Article 4 on or after the date of the delivery of such Change in Control Purchase Notice unless such Change in Control Purchase Notice has first been validly withdrawn in accordance with Subsection (b) immediately below with respect to the Securities to be converted.

        (b)   A Change in Control Purchase Notice may be withdrawn by means of a written notice (which may be delivered by mail, overnight courier, hand delivery, facsimile transmission or in any other written form and, in the case of Global Securities, may be delivered electronically or by other means in accordance with the Depositary's customary procedures) of withdrawal delivered by the Holder to a Paying Agent at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Change in Control Purchase Date, specifying the principal amount of the Security or portion thereof (which must be a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted.

    SECTION 3.10. DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE.

        (a)   On or before 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the Change in Control Purchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) an amount of money (in immediately available funds if deposited on such Change in Control Purchase Date) sufficient to pay the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of all the Securities or portions thereof that are to be purchased on such Change in Control Purchase Date. The manner in which the deposit required by this Section 3.10 is made by the Company shall be at the option of the Company, provided that such deposit shall be made in a manner such that the Trustee or a Paying Agent shall have immediately available funds on the Change in Control Purchase Date.

        (b)   If a Paying Agent holds, in accordance with the terms hereof, money sufficient to pay the Change in Control Purchase Price of any Security for which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been tendered and not withdrawn in accordance with this Indenture then, on the Change in Control Purchase Date, such Security will cease to be outstanding and the rights of the Holder in respect thereof shall terminate (other than the right to receive the Change in Control Purchase Price as aforesaid). The Company shall publicly announce the principal amount of Securities purchased on or as soon as practicable after the Change in Control Purchase Date.

    SECTION 3.11. PURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT OPTION OF THE HOLDER ON SPECIFIED DATES

        Securities shall be purchased in cash in whole or in part (which must be equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof) by the Company, at the option of Holders, in accordance with the provisions

23


of this Article 3 and paragraph 8 of the Securities promptly on December 22, 2008, December 22, 2013 and December 22, 2018 (each, a "Put Right Purchase Date"), at a purchase price per Security equal to (i) 100.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Security, if the Security is purchased on December 22, 2008, and (ii) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Security if the Security is purchased on December 22, 2013 or December 22, 2018, in each case, together with any accrued and unpaid interest up to but not including the applicable Put Right Purchase Date (the "Put Right Purchase Price"); provided that if the Put Right Purchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any interest on the Securities will be payable to the Holders in whose names the Securities were registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date.

        (a)   The Company shall give written notice of the applicable Put Right Purchase Date by notice sent by first-class mail to the Trustee and to each Holder (at its address shown in the register of the Registrar), and to beneficial owners as required by law, not less than 20 Business Days prior to each Put Right Purchase Date (the "Company Put Right Notice"). Each Company Put Right Notice shall include a form of Put Right Purchase Notice to be completed by a Holder and shall state:

            (1)   the Put Right Purchase Price, the Put Right Purchase Date and the Conversion Price and Conversion Rate then in effect;

            (2)   the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent;

            (3)   that Securities as to which a Put Right Purchase Notice has been given may be converted if they are otherwise convertible only in accordance with Article 4 hereof and paragraph 9 of the Securities only to the extent that the Put Right Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

            (4)   that Securities must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect payment;

            (5)   that the Put Right Purchase Price for any Security as to which a Put Right Purchase Notice has been given and not withdrawn will be paid promptly following the later of the Put Right Purchase Date and the time of surrender of such Security as described in subclause (4) above;

            (6)   the procedures the Holder must follow to exercise rights under this Section and a brief description of those rights;

            (7)   briefly, the conversion rights of the Securities;

            (8)   the procedures for withdrawing a Put Right Purchase Notice (including pursuant to the terms of Subsection 3.11(f));

            (9)   that, unless the Company defaults in making payment on Securities for which a Put Right Purchase Notice has been submitted, interest on such Securities will cease to accrue on and after the Put Right Purchase Date; and

            (10) the CUSIP number of the Securities.

        (b)   If any of the Securities are to be redeemed in the form of a Global Security, the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to purchases.

        (c)   At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give such Company Put Right Notice on behalf of the Company and at the Company's expense; provided, however, that, in all cases, the text of such Company Put Right Notice shall be prepared by the Company.

24


        (d)   To exercise its rights pursuant to this Section 3.12, the Holder shall deliver to the Paying Agent of a written notice of purchase in the form set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto (a "Put Right Purchase Notice") at any time from the opening of business on the date that is 20 Business Days prior to the applicable Put Right Purchase Date until the close of business on the Put Right Purchase Date stating:

            (1)   if certificated Securities have been issued, the certificate number of the Security which the Holder will deliver to be purchased (or if the Securities are not certificated, the Put Right Purchase Notice must comply with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to purchases),

            (2)   the portion (which may be 100%) of the principal amount of the Security which the Holder will deliver to be purchased, which portion must be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, and

            (3)   that such Security shall be purchased as of the applicable Put Right Purchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions in this Section 3.12.

        (e)   The Company shall purchase all Securities with respect to which a Put Right Purchase Notice is given and not withdrawn, upon the later of the applicable Put Right Purchase Date and delivery of such Securities to the Paying Agent (together with all necessary endorsements) at the offices of the Paying Agent (if the Securities are not certificated, such delivery must comply with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to purchases). Delivery of such Security shall be a condition to receipt by the Holder of the Put Right Purchase Price therefor. The Put Right Purchase Price shall be paid pursuant to this Section 3.12 only if the Security delivered to the Paying Agent conforms in all respects to the description thereof in the related Put Right Purchase Notice, as determined by the Company.

        (f)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent the Put Right Purchase Notice contemplated by this Section 3.12 shall have the right to withdraw such Put Right Purchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Put Right Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent specifying:

            (1)   the certificate number, if any, of the Security in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted (or, if the Securities are not certificated, the withdrawal notice must comply with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to withdrawals),

            (2)   the aggregate principal amount of the Security (which must be equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and

            (3)   the aggregate principal amount, if any, of such Security which remains subject to the original Put Right Purchase Notice and which has been or will be delivered for purchase by the Company.

        (g)   The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Put Right Purchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.

        (h)   On or before 5:00 p.m. (local time in the City of New York) on the Business Day following the Put Right Purchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or if the Company or an Affiliate of the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.4) an amount of money (in immediately available funds if deposited on such Put Right Purchase Date) sufficient to pay the aggregate Put Right Purchase Price of all the Securities or portions thereof which are to be purchased as of the Put Right Purchase Date. The manner in which the deposit required by this Section 3.12(e) is made by the Company shall be at the option of the Company; provided that such deposit shall be made in a manner such that the Trustee or a Paying Agent shall have immediately available funds by the close of business on the Business Day after the Put Right Purchase Date.

25



            (1)   If a Paying Agent holds, in accordance with the terms hereof, money sufficient to pay the Put Right Purchase Price of any Security for which a Put Right Notice has been tendered and not withdrawn on the Put Right Purchase Date, then, on the close of business on the Put Right Purchase Date, such Security will cease to be outstanding, whether or not the Security is delivered to the Paying Agent, and the rights of the Holder in respect thereof shall terminate (other than the right to receive the Put Right Purchase Price as aforesaid) and interest will cease to accrue on such Security.

            (2)   The Put Right Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder with respect to Securities for which a Put Right Purchase Notice has been tendered and not withdrawn, subject to receipt of funds by the Paying Agent, promptly following the later of (A) the Put Right Purchase Date with respect to such Security (provided that the conditions in Subsection 3.12(f) have been satisfied) and (B) the time of delivery of such Security to the Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 3.12(f). Securities in respect of which a Put Right Purchase Notice has been given by the Holder thereof; if convertible pursuant to Article 4 hereof, may not be converted on or after the date of the delivery of such Put Right Purchase Notice, unless such Put Right Purchase Notice has first been validly withdrawn as specified in Subsection 3.12(g).

            (3)   To the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to this Subsection 3.12(i) exceeds the aggregate Put Right Purchase Price of the Securities or portions thereof that the Company is obligated to purchase, then promptly after the Put Right Purchase Date the Trustee or a Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall return any such excess cash to the Company.

        (i)    The Company shall only be obligated to purchase, pursuant to this Section 3.12, a portion of a Security if the principal amount of such portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Security also apply to the purchase of such portion of such Security.

        (j)    Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the Put Right Purchase Notice specified in subsection 3.12 (f), the Holder of the Security in respect of which such Put Right Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Put Right Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified herein) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Put Right Purchase Price with respect to such Security.

    SECTION 3.12. SECURITIES PURCHASED IN PART.

        Any Security that is to be purchased only in part shall be surrendered at the office of a Paying Agent, and promptly after the Change in Control Purchase Date or the Put Right Purchase Date, as the case may be, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without service charge, a new Security or Securities, of such authorized denomination or denominations as may be requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to, and in exchange for, the portion of the principal amount of the Security so surrendered that is not purchased.

    SECTION 3.13. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS UPON PURCHASE OF SECURITIES

        In connection with any offer to purchase of Securities under Section 3.8 or Section 3.12, the Company shall (a) comply with Rule 13e-4 and Rule 14e-1 (or any successor to either such Rule), if applicable, under the Exchange Act, (b) file the related Schedule TO (or any successor or similar schedule, form or report) if required under the Exchange Act, and (c) otherwise comply with all federal and state securities laws in connection with such offer to purchase or purchase of Securities, all so as to permit the rights of the Holders and obligations of the Company under Sections 3.8 through 3.12 to be exercised in the time and in the manner specified therein.

26


    SECTION 3.14. PURCHASE OF SECURITIES IN OPEN MARKET

        The Company (a) shall, on or prior to the date that is two years from the latest issuance of any Securities in accordance with Section 2.11 surrender any Security purchased by the Company pursuant to this Article 3 to the Trustee for cancellation, and (b) after such date, may (the extent permitted by applicable law) reissue or sell such Security or surrender such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as aforesaid. Any Securities surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation may not be reissued or resold by the Company and will be canceled promptly in accordance with Section 2.11.


ARTICLE 4
CONVERSION

    SECTION 4.1. CONVERSION PRIVILEGE AND CONVERSION RATE.

        (a)   Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Article and the Securities, at the option of the Holder thereof, any Security or portion thereof that is an integral multiple of $1,000 may be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares (calculated as to each conversion to the nearest 1/100th of a share) of Common Stock of the Company on or prior to the close of business on the Final Maturity Date, unless previously redeemed by the Company or purchased by the Company at the Holders' option and unless the Holder has delivered (and not withdrawn) a Change of Control Purchase Notice pursuant to Section 3.9 or a Put Right Purchase Notice pursuant to Section 3.12, at the Conversion Rate, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion and subject to the adjustments described below, only under the following circumstances:

            (1)   prior to December 22, 2021, on any date during any fiscal quarter (and only during such fiscal quarter) after the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2003, if the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock was more than 120% of the then current Conversion Price for at least 20 Trading Days in the period of the 30 consecutive Trading Days ending on the last Trading Day of the previous fiscal quarter;

            (2)   on or after December 22, 2021, at all times on or after any date on which the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock is more than 120% of the then current Conversion Price of the Securities;

            (3)   until the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Redemption Date if the Company elects to redeem the Securities pursuant to Article 3 hereof;

            (4)   during the period set forth in Subsection 4.1(b), if the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock rights, options or warrants entitling them to purchase Common Stock at less than the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock on the Trading Day preceding the declaration for such distribution;

            (5)   during the period set forth in Subsection 4.1(b),if the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock cash, assets, debt securities or capital stock, which distribution has a per share value as determined by the Board of Directors exceeding 10% of the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock on the day preceding the declaration for such distribution;

            (6)   during the period set forth in Subsection 4.1(c), (A) if the Company becomes a party to a consolidation, merger or binding share exchange pursuant to which all or substantially all of the Company's Common Stock would be converted to cash, securities or other property, (B) if a Change in Control occurs, or (C) if an event occurs that would have been a Change in Control but for the existence of one of the Change in Control exceptions set forth in the proviso to Section 3.8(c) of this Indenture; or

27



            (7)   during the five consecutive Business Day period following any five consecutive Trading Day period at any time in which the average of the Trading Prices for the Securities for such five consecutive Trading Day period was less than 98% of the average Conversion Value (as defined below) for the Securities for such five consecutive Trading Day period ("trading price condition"); provided that upon any conversion of Securities pursuant to this clause (7) if, on the applicable Conversion Date, the Closing Price per share of Common Stock is greater than or equal to the then current Conversion Price of the Securities and less than or equal to 120% of the then current Conversion Price of the Securities then such Holder shall receive shares of Common Stock, with a value equal to the principal amount of the Securities (a "Principal Value Conversion"); provided, further, that any Common Stock delivered upon a Principal Value Conversion will be valued at the greater of the Conversion Price of the Securities as of the Conversion Date and the applicable share price (as defined below) as of the Conversion Date.

        The Company will deliver shares of Common Stock, together with any cash payable for fraction shares, to such Holder no later than the third Business Day following the determination of the applicable share price. The "applicable share price" shall mean the average of the Closing Price per share of Common Stock over the five Trading Day period starting the third Trading Day following the Conversion Date. The "Conversion Value" for the Securities is equal to the product of (i) the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock on a given day and (ii) the then current Conversion Rate. The "Trading Price" of the Securities on any date of determination means the average of the secondary market bid quotations per Security obtained by the Conversion Agent for $5,000,000 principal amount of the Securities at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such determination date from two independent nationally recognized securities dealers the Company selects, which may include either or both of the Initial Purchasers, provided that if at least two such bids cannot be reasonably obtained by the Conversion Agent, but one such bid can be reasonably obtained by the Conversion Agent, this one bid will be used. If the Conversion Agent cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5,000,000 principal amount of the Securities from a nationally recognized securities dealer or if in the Company's reasonable judgment, the bid quotations are not indicative of the secondary market value of the Securities, then the Trading Price of the Securities will be deemed to be less than 98% of the then current Conversion Rate multiplied by the Closing Price of Common Stock on such determination date.

        (b)   In the case of a distribution contemplated by clauses (4) and (5) of Subsection 4.1(a), the Company shall notify Holders at least 20 days prior to the ex-dividend date for such distribution (the "Distribution Notice"). Once the Company has given the Distribution Notice, Holders may surrender their Securities for conversion at any time until the earlier of the close of business on the last Business Day preceding the ex-dividend date or the Company's announcement that such distribution will not take place. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a distribution contemplated by clauses (4) and (5) of Subsection 4.1(a), Holders may not convert the Securities if the Holders may participate in such distribution without converting their Securities.

        (c)   In the case of a transaction contemplated by clause (6) of Subsection 4.1(a), the Company will notify Holders at least 25 days prior to the anticipated effective date of such transaction (the "Merger Notice"). Holders may surrender Securities for conversion at any time from and after the date which is 15 days prior to the anticipated effective date of such transaction until the date which is 15 days after the actual effective date of such transaction. If the Company is party to a transaction contemplated by subclause (6)(A) of Subsection 4.1(a), then at the effective time of the transaction, the right to convert a Security into shares of Common Stock shall be changed into a right to convert such Security into the kind and amount of cash, securities or other property that the Holders would have received if the Holders had converted such Security into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the actual effective date of the transaction. This Subsection 4.1(c) shall not limit the rights of the Holders pursuant to Section 3.8.

28



        (d)   For each fiscal quarter of the Company commencing prior to December 22, 2021, beginning after the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2003, (1) the Conversion Agent will determine, on behalf of the Company, on the first Business Day following the last Trading Day of each fiscal quarter whether the Securities are convertible pursuant to clause (1) of Subsection 4.1(a), and, if so, will notify the Company. From December 22, 2021, the Conversion Agent will determine, on behalf of the Company, on a daily basis, whether the Securities are convertible pursuant to clause (2) of Subsection 4.1(a) and, if so, will notify the Company.

        (e)   The Conversion Agent shall have no obligation to determine the Trading Price of the Securities unless the Company has requested such determination; and the Company shall have no obligation to make such request unless a Holder provides the Company with reasonable evidence that the Trading Price of the Securities is reasonably likely to be less than 98% of the Conversion Value; at such time, the Company shall instruct the Conversion Agent to determine the Trading Price and Conversion Value of the Securities beginning on the next Trading Day and on each successive Trading Day for 10 consecutive Trading Days to determine whether the average of the Trading Prices for the Securities for any five consecutive Trading Day period within such 10 Trading Day period is less than 98% of the average Conversion Value of the Securities over such five Trading Day period and to notify the Company accordingly.

        (f)    The Company will provide written notice to the Conversion Agent as soon as reasonably practicable of the occurrence of any actual event or transaction that causes the Securities to become convertible pursuant to clauses (4) or (5) of Subsection 4.1(a).

        (g)   The conversion right, subject to the conditions described in this Section 4.1, shall commence on the initial issuance date of the Securities and expire at the close of business on the Final Maturity Date, subject, in the case of conversion of any Global Security, to any Applicable Procedures. If a Security is called for redemption or submitted or presented for purchase pursuant to Article 3, such conversion right shall terminate at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date, or the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date or Put Right Purchase Date, as the case may be, for such Security (unless the Company shall default in making the Redemption Price payment, Change in Control Purchase Price payment or Put Right Purchase Price payment when due in accordance with Article 3, in which case the conversion right shall terminate at the close of business on the date such default is cured and such Security is redeemed or purchased, as the case may be). Securities in respect of which a Change in Control Purchase Notice or a Put Right Purchase Notice, as the case may be, has been delivered may not be surrendered for conversion pursuant to this Article 4 prior to a valid withdrawal of such Change in Control Notice or Put Right Purchase Notice, as the case may be in accordance with the provisions of Article 3.

        (h)   Provisions of this Indenture that apply to conversion of all of a Security also apply to conversion of a portion of a Security.

        (i)    A Holder of Securities is not entitled to any rights of a holder of Common Stock until such Holder has converted its Securities into Common Stock, and only to the extent such Securities are deemed to have been converted into Common Stock pursuant to this Article 4.

        (j)    The rate at which shares of Common Stock shall be delivered upon conversion (herein called the "Conversion Rate") shall be initially 85.4409 shares of Common Stock for each $1,000 principal amount of Securities. The Conversion Rate shall be adjusted in certain instances as provided in this Article 4. The "Conversion Price" shall equal $1,000 divided by the Conversion Rate and shall be adjusted when the Conversion Price is so adjusted in accordance with this Article 4.

29



    SECTION 4.2. CONVERSION PROCEDURE.

        (a)   To convert a Security, a Holder must (1) complete and manually sign the conversion notice on the back of the Security and deliver such notice to a Conversion Agent, (2) surrender the Security to a Conversion Agent, (3) furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by a Registrar or a Conversion Agent, and (4) pay any transfer or similar tax, if required. The date on which the Holder satisfies all of those requirements is the "Conversion Date." As soon as practicable after the Conversion Date, the Company shall deliver to the Holder through a Conversion Agent a certificate for the number of whole shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion and cash in lieu of any fractional shares pursuant to Section 4.3. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the case of Global Securities, conversion notices may be delivered and such Securities may be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the Applicable Procedures as in effect from time to time.

        (b)   The person in whose name the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion is registered shall be deemed to be a holder of record of such Common Stock on the Conversion Date; provided, however, that no surrender of a Security on any Conversion Date when the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed shall be effective to constitute the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock upon conversion as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date, but such surrender shall be effective to constitute the person or persons entitled to receive such shares of Common Stock as the record holder or holders thereof for all purposes at the close of business on the next succeeding day on which such stock transfer books are open; provided, further, that such conversion shall be at the Conversion Rate in effect on the Conversion Date as if the stock transfer books of the Company had not been closed. Upon conversion of a Security, such person shall no longer be a Holder of such Security. No payment or adjustment will be made for dividends or distributions declared or made on shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of a Security.

        (c)   Securities so surrendered for conversion (in whole or in part) during the period from the close of business on any Regular Record Date to the opening of business on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (excluding (1) Securities or portions thereof called for redemption or presented for purchase pursuant to Article 3 hereof on a Redemption Date, a Change in Control Purchase Date or Put Right Purchase Date, as the case may be, occurring during the period beginning at the close of business on a Regular Record Date and ending at the opening of business on the fifth Business Day after the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or (2) Securities that are submitted for conversion between the Regular Record Date for the final interest payment and the opening of business on the final Interest Payment Date) shall also be accompanied by payment in funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date on the principal amount of such Security then being converted, and such interest shall be payable to the registered Holder of such Security as of that Regular Record Date notwithstanding the conversion of such Security, subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the payment of defaulted interest by the Company. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.2, no payment or adjustment will be made for accrued interest on a converted Security. If the Company defaults in the payment of interest payable on such Interest Payment Date, the Company shall promptly repay such funds to such Holder.

        (d)   Nothing in this Section shall affect the right of a Holder in whose name any Security is registered at the close of business on a Regular Record Date to receive the interest payable on such Security on the related Interest Payment Date in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Securities, the Pledge Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement. If a Holder converts more than one Security at the same time, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion shall be based on the aggregate principal amount of Securities converted.

        (e)   In the case of any Security which is converted in part only, upon such conversion the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations in an aggregate

30



principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the principal amount of such Security. A Security may be converted in part, but only if the principal amount of such part is an integral multiple of $1,000 and the principal amount of such Security to remain outstanding after such conversion is equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

    SECTION 4.3. FRACTIONAL SHARES.

        The Company will not issue fractional shares of Common Stock upon conversion of Securities. In lieu thereof, the Company will pay an amount in cash for the current market value of the fractional shares. The current market value of a fractional share shall be determined (calculated to the nearest 1/100th of a share) by multiplying the Closing Price (determined as set forth in Section 4.6(d)) of the Common Stock on the Conversion Date by such fractional share and rounding the product to the nearest whole cent.

    SECTION 4.4. TAXES ON CONVERSION.

        If a Holder converts a Security, the Company shall pay any transfer, stamp or similar taxes or duties related to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon such conversion. However, the Holder shall pay any such tax with respect to cash received in lieu of fractional shares. In addition, the Holder shall pay any such tax which is due because the Holder requests the shares to be issued in a name other than the Holder's name. The Conversion Agent may refuse to deliver the certificate representing the Common Stock being issued in a name other than the Holder's name until the Conversion Agent receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax which will be due because the shares are to be issued in a name other than the Holder's name. Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulation.

    SECTION 4.5. COMPANY TO PROVIDE STOCK.

        (a)   The Company shall, prior to issuance of any Securities hereunder, and from time to time as may be necessary, reserve, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to permit the conversion of all outstanding Securities into shares of Common Stock.

        (b)   All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion of the Securities shall be newly issued shares, shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and shall be free from preemptive or similar rights and free of any lien or adverse claim.

        (c)   The Company will endeavor promptly to comply with all federal and state securities laws regulating the offer and delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of Securities, if any, and will list or cause to have quoted such shares of Common Stock on each national securities exchange or on The Nasdaq National Market or other over-the-counter market or such other market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted; provided, however, that if rules of such automated quotation system or exchange permit the Company to defer the listing of such Common Stock until the first conversion of the Securities into Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company covenants to list such Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Securities in accordance with the requirements of such automated quotation system or exchange at such time. Any Common Stock issued upon conversion of a Security hereunder which at the time of conversion was a Restricted Security will also be treated as a Restricted Security.

31



    SECTION 4.6. ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION RATE.

        (a)   The Conversion Rate shall be adjusted from time to time by the Company as follows:

            (1)   In case the Company shall (A) pay a dividend on its Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, (B) make a distribution on its Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, (C) subdivide its outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of shares, or (D) combine its outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior thereto shall be adjusted so that the Holder of any Security thereafter surrendered for conversion shall be entitled to receive that number of shares of Common Stock which it would have owned had such Security been converted immediately prior to the happening of such event. An adjustment made pursuant to this subsection (1) shall become effective immediately after the record date in the case of a dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of subdivision or combination.

            (2)   In case the Company shall issue rights or warrants to all holders of its Common Stock entitling them (for a period of not more than 60 days after such issuance) to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) at a price per share (or having a conversion price per share) less than the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock (as determined in accordance with subsection (4) of this Section 4.6(a)) on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights, options or warrants, the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior thereto shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional shares of Common Stock offered (or into which the convertible securities so offered are convertible) and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of shares which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares of Common Stock so offered (or the aggregate conversion price of the convertible securities so offered, which shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such convertible securities by the conversion price per share of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities) would purchase at the Current Market Price per share (as defined in subsection (4) of this Section 4.6(a)) of Common Stock on such record date. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued, and shall become effective immediately after such record date. If at the end of the period during which such rights, options or warrants are exercisable not all rights, options or warrants shall have been exercised, the adjusted Conversion Rate shall be immediately readjusted to what it would have been based upon the number of additional shares of Common Stock actually issued (or the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of convertible securities actually issued).

            (3)   In case the Company shall distribute to all holders of its Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the Company (other than Common Stock), evidences of indebtedness or other non-cash assets (including securities of any person other than the Company but excluding (A) dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash or (B) dividends or distributions referred to in subsection (1) of this Section 4.6(a)), or shall distribute to all holders of its Common Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any of its securities (excluding those rights and warrants referred to in subsection (2) of this Section 4.6(a)) and also excluding the distribution of rights to all holders of Common Stock pursuant to a Rights Plan (as defined below) adopted before or after the date of this Indenture), then in each such case the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the current Conversion Rate by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the Current Market Price per share (as defined in subsection (4) of this Section 4.6(a)) of the Common Stock on such record date and of which

32



    the denominator shall be Current Market Price per share (as defined in subsection (4) of this Section 4.6(a)) of the Common Stock on the record date mentioned below less the fair market value on such record date (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive evidence of such fair market value and which shall be evidenced by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the portion of the capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other non-cash assets so distributed or of such rights, options or warrants applicable to one share of Common Stock (determined on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record date). Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such distribution is made and shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution.

        In the event the then fair market value (as so determined) of the portion of the capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other non-cash assets so distributed or of such rights or warrants applicable to one share of Common Stock is equal to or greater than the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock on such record date, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each holder of a Security shall have the right to receive upon conversion the amount of capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other non-cash assets so distributed or of such rights or warrants such holder would have received had such holder converted each Security on such record date. In the event that such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. If the Board of Directors determines the fair market value of any distribution for purposes of this Section 4.6(a)(3) by reference to the actual or when issued trading market for any securities, it must in doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period used in computing the Current Market Price of the Common Stock.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the securities distributed by the Company to all holders of its Common Stock consist of capital stock of, or similar equity interests in, a Subsidiary or other business unit, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall be equal to the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect on the record date with respect to such distribution by a fraction: the numerator of which shall be the sum of (x) the average Closing Price of one share of Common Stock over the ten consecutive Trading Day period (the "Spinoff Valuation Period") commencing on and including the fifth Trading Day after the date on which "ex-dividend trading" commences on the Common Stock on The Nasdaq National Market or such other national or regional exchange or market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted and (y) the average Closing Price over the Spinoff Valuation Period of the portion of the securities so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock and the denominator of which shall be the average Closing Price of one share of Common Stock over the Spinoff Valuation Period, such adjustment to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the fifteenth Trading Day after the date on which "ex-dividend trading" commences; provided, however, that the Company may in lieu of the foregoing adjustment elect to reserve the pro rata portion of such Securities so that each Holder of securities shall have the right to receive upon conversion the amount of such shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of such Subsidiary or business unit that such Holder of Securities would have received if such Holder of Securities had converted such Securities on the record date with respect to such distribution.

        With respect to any rights (the "Rights") that may be issued or distributed pursuant to any rights plan of the Company (any Rights that may be issued pursuant to any rights plan being referred to as, a "Rights Plan"), upon conversion of the Securities into Common Stock, to the extent that such Rights Plan is in effect upon such conversion, the holders of Securities will receive, in addition to the Common Stock, the Rights described therein (whether or not the Rights have separated from the Common Stock at the time of conversion), subject to the limitations set forth in any such Rights Plan. Any distribution of rights or warrants pursuant to a Rights Plan complying with the requirements set

33



forth in the immediately preceding sentence of this paragraph shall not constitute a distribution of rights or warrants pursuant to this Section 4.6(a)(3).

        Rights or warrants (other than rights issued pursuant to a Rights Plan) distributed by the Company to all holders of Common Stock entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Company's Capital Stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events ("Trigger Event"): (i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of Common Stock; (ii) are not exercisable; and (iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of Common Stock (including issuances of Common Stock upon conversion of the Securities), shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 4.6 (and no adjustment to the Conversion Price under this Section 4.6 will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights and warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Conversion Rate shall be made under this Section 4.6(a)(3). If any such right or warrant, including any such existing rights or warrants distributed prior to the date of this Indenture, are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and record date with respect to new rights or warrants with such rights (and a termination or expiration of the existing rights or warrants without exercise by any of the holders thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 4.6 was made, (1) in the case of any such rights or warrants which shall all have been redeemed, purchased by the Company or repurchased without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted upon such final redemption, purchase by the Company or repurchase to give effect to such distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or repurchase price received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or repurchase, and (2) in the case of such rights or warrants which shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights and warrants had not been issued.

            (4)   In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, at any time distribute (a "Triggering Distribution") to all holders of its Common Stock cash, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying such Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which such Triggering Distribution is declared ("Determination Date") by a fraction of which the numerator shall be such Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock (as determined in accordance with subsection (4) of this Section 4.6(a)) on the Determination Date and the denominator of which shall be the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock (as determined in accordance with subsection (4) of this Section 4.6(a)) on the Determination Date less the sum of the aggregate amount of cash, paid or payable within such 12 months (including, without limitation, the Triggering Distribution) applicable to one share of Common Stock (determined on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the Determination Date), such increase to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the date on which the Triggering Distribution is paid.

            (5)   In case any tender offer made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for Common Stock shall expire, then immediately prior to the opening of business on the day after the last date (the "Expiration Date") tenders could have been made pursuant to such tender offer (as it may be amended) (the last time at which such tenders could have been made on the Expiration Date is

34



    hereinafter sometimes called the "Expiration Time"), the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the sum of (x) the aggregate consideration (determined as aforesaid) payable to stockholders based on the acceptance (up to any maximum specified in the terms of the tender offer) of all shares validly tendered and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Time (the shares deemed so accepted, up to any such maximum, being referred to as the "Purchased Shares") and (y) the product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (less any Purchased Shares and excluding any shares held in the treasury of the Company) at the Expiration Time and the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock (as determined in accordance with subsection (4) of this Section 4.6(a)) on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date and the denominator of which shall be the product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including tendered shares but excluding any shares held in the treasury of the Company) at the Expiration Time multiplied by the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock (as determined in accordance with subsection (4) of this Section 4.6(a)) on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date, such increase to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the Expiration Date. In the event that the Company is obligated to purchase shares pursuant to any such tender offer, but the Company is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any or all such purchases or any or all such purchases are rescinded, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate which would have been in effect based upon the number of shares actually purchased. If the application of this Section 4.6(a)(3)(B) to any tender offer would result in a decrease in the Conversion Rate, no adjustment shall be made for such tender offer under this Section 4.6(a)(3)(B).

              (A)  For purposes of this Section 4.6(3), the term "tender offer" shall mean and include both tender offers and exchange offers, all references to "purchases" of shares in tender offers (and all similar references) shall mean and include both the purchase of shares in tender offers and the acquisition of shares pursuant to exchange offers, and all references to "tendered shares" (and all similar references) shall mean and include shares tendered in both tender offers and exchange offers.

            (6)   For the purpose of any computation under subsections (2) and (3) of this Section 4.6(a), the current market price (the "Current Market Price") per share of Common Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices for the 30 consecutive Trading Days commencing 45 Trading Days before (A) the Determination Date or the Expiration Date, as the case may be, with respect to distributions or tender offers under subsection (3) of this Section 4.6(a) or (B) the record date with respect to distributions, issuances or other events requiring such computation under subsection (3) or (4) of this Section 4.6(a). The closing price (the "Closing Price") for each day shall be the last reported sales price or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such date, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices in either case on the Nasdaq National Market or, if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq National Market, on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if not listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq National Market or any national securities exchange, the last reported sales price of the Common Stock as quoted on Nasdaq or, in case no reported sales takes place, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as quoted on Nasdaq or any comparable system or, if the Common Stock is not quoted on Nasdaq or any comparable system, the closing sales price or, in case no reported sale takes place, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, as furnished by any two members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose. If no such prices are available, the Current Market Price per share shall be the fair value of a share of Common Stock as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors (which shall be evidenced by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee).

35


            (7)   In any case in which this Section 4.6 shall require that an adjustment be made following a record date or a Determination Date or Expiration Date, as the case may be, established for purposes of this Section 4.6, the Company may elect to defer (but only until five Business Days following the filing by the Company with the Trustee of the certificate described in Section 4.9) issuing to the Holder of any Security converted after such record date or Determination Date or Expiration Date the shares of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Company issuable upon such conversion over and above the shares of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Company issuable upon such conversion only on the basis of the Conversion Rate prior to adjustment; and, in lieu of the shares the issuance of which is so deferred, the Company shall issue or cause its transfer agents to issue due bills or other appropriate evidence prepared by the Company of the right to receive such shares. If any distribution in respect of which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate is required to be made as of the record date or Determination Date or Expiration Date therefor is not thereafter made or paid by the Company for any reason, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted to the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed or such effective date or Determination Date or Expiration Date had not occurred.

        (f)    For purposes of this Section 4.6, "record date" shall mean, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Common Stock (or other applicable security) is exchanged or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such cash, security or other property (whether or not such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute, contract or otherwise).

    SECTION 4.7. NO ADJUSTMENT.

        (a)   No adjustment in the Conversion Rate shall be required if Holders may participate in the transactions set forth in Section 4.6 above without converting the Securities held by such Holders.

        (b)   No adjustment in the Conversion Rate shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Conversion Rate as last adjusted; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 4.7 would otherwise be required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Article 4 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one-hundredth of a share, as the case may be.

        (c)   No adjustment in the Conversion Rate shall be required for issuances of Common Stock pursuant to a Company plan for reinvestment of dividends or interest or for a change in the par value or a change to no par value of the Common Stock.

        (d)   To the extent that the Securities become convertible into the right to receive cash, no adjustment need be made thereafter as to the cash, and interest shall not be payable to Holders on such cash.

    SECTION 4.8. ADJUSTMENT FOR TAX PURPOSES.

        The Company shall be entitled to make such increases in the Conversion Rate, in addition to those required by Section 4.6, as it in its discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any stock dividends, subdivisions of shares, distributions of rights to purchase stock or securities or distributions of securities convertible into or exchangeable for stock hereafter made by the Company to its stockholders shall not be taxable. Any such change in the Conversion Rate shall also be made to the Conversion Price.

36


    SECTION 4.9. NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT.

        Whenever the Conversion Rate or conversion privilege is required to be adjusted pursuant to this Indenture, the Company shall promptly mail to Holders a notice of the adjustment and file with the Trustee an Officers' Certificate briefly stating the facts requiring the adjustment and the manner of computing it. Unless and until the Trustee shall receive an Officers' Certificate setting forth an adjustment of the Conversion Rate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that the Conversion Rate has not been adjusted and that the last Conversion Rate of which it has knowledge remains in effect.

    SECTION 4.10. NOTICE OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS.

        In the event that:

        (a)   the Company takes any action which would require an adjustment in the Conversion Rate;

        (b)   the Company consolidates or merges with, or transfers all or substantially all of its property and assets to, another corporation and stockholders of the Company must approve the transaction; or

        (c)   there is a dissolution or liquidation of the Company,

            (1)   the Company shall mail to Holders and file with the Trustee a notice stating the proposed record date or effective date, as the case may be. The Company shall mail such notice at least 10 days before such proposed record date or effective date. Failure to mail such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of any transaction referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 4.10.

    SECTION 4.11. EFFECT OF RECLASSIFICATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE ON CONVERSION PRIVILEGE.

        (a)   If any of the following shall occur, namely: (1) any reclassification or change of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Securities (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination or any other transaction or event for which an adjustment is provided in Section 4.6); (2) any statutory share exchange, consolidation or merger or combination to which the Company is a party other than a merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and which does not result in any reclassification of, or change (other than in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination) in, outstanding shares of Common Stock; or (3) any sale or conveyance of all or substantially all the property and assets of the Company, directly or indirectly, to any person, then the Company and any such successor, purchasing or transferee corporation, as the case may be, shall, as a condition precedent to such reclassification, change, combination, statutory share exchange, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing that the Holder of each Security then outstanding shall have the right to convert such Security into the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, change, combination, statutory share exchange, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such Security immediately prior to such reclassification, change, combination, statutory share exchange, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance. Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments of the Conversion Rate which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments of the Conversion Rate provided for in this Article 4. If, in the case of any such consolidation, merger, combination, statutory share exchange, sale or conveyance, the stock or other securities and property (including cash) receivable thereupon by a holder of Common Stock include shares of stock or other securities and property of a person other than the successor, purchasing or transferee corporation, as the case may be, in such consolidation, merger, combination, statutory share exchange, sale or

37


conveyance, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other person and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders of the Securities as the Board of Directors shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing. The provisions of this Section 4.11 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, changes, combinations, consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances.

        (b)   In the event the Company shall execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section 4.11, the Company shall promptly file with the Trustee (1) an Officers' Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefor, the kind or amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable by Holders of the Securities upon the conversion of their Securities after any such reclassification, change, combination, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, any adjustment to be made with respect thereto and that all conditions precedent have been complied with and (2) an Opinion of Counsel that all conditions precedent thereto and hereunder have been complied with, and shall promptly mail notice thereof to all Holders.

    SECTION 4.12. TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER.

        (a)   The Trustee shall have no duty to determine when an adjustment under this Article 4 should be made, how it should be made or what such adjustment should be, but may accept as conclusive evidence of that fact or the correctness of any such adjustment, and shall be protected in relying upon, an Officers' Certificate including the Officers' Certificate with respect thereto which the Company is obligated to file with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.9. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon conversion of Securities, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for the Company's failure to comply with any provisions of this Article 4.

        (b)   The Trustee shall not be under any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to Section 4.11, but may accept as conclusive evidence of the correctness thereof, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, the Officers' Certificate with respect thereto which the Company is obligated to file with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.11.

    SECTION 4.13. VOLUNTARY INCREASE.

        The Company from time to time may increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for any period of time if the period is at least 20 days and if the increase is irrevocable during the period if the Board of Directors determines that such increase would be in the best interest of the Company or to avoid or diminish income tax to holders of shares of our Common Stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of stock or similar event, and the Company provides 15 days prior notice of any increase in the Conversion Rate; provided, however, that in no event may the Company increase the Conversion Rate so that the adjusted Conversion Price would be less than the par value of a share of Common Stock. Any such change in the Conversion Rate shall also be made to the Conversion Price.


ARTICLE 5

[Intentionally Omitted]


ARTICLE 6
COVENANTS

    SECTION 6.1. PAYMENT OF SECURITIES.

        (a)   The Company shall promptly make all payments in respect of the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Paying Agent (other

38


than the Company) holds by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that date money, deposited by or on behalf of the Company sufficient to pay the installment. Subject to Section 4.2 hereof, accrued and unpaid interest on any Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, pay interest in immediately available funds on overdue principal (including premium, if any) and overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Securities.

        (b)   Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities shall be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (which shall initially be the Trustee) or at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address appears in the Register; provided further that a Holder with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $2,000,000 will be paid by wire transfer in immediately available funds at the election of such Holder if such Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Company at least 10 Business Days prior to the payment date.

    SECTION 6.2. SEC REPORTS.

        (a)   The Company shall file all reports and other information and documents which it is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and within 15 days after it files them with the SEC, the Company shall file copies of all such reports, information and other documents with the Trustee; provided that any such reports, information and documents filed with the SEC pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system shall be deemed to be filed with the Trustee.

        (b)   Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers' Certificates).

    SECTION 6.3. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES.

        The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning with the fiscal year ending March 31, 2004), an Officers' Certificate as to the signer's knowledge of the Company's compliance with all conditions and covenants on its part contained in this Indenture and stating whether or not the signer knows of any default or Event of Default. If such signer knows of such a default or Event of Default, the Officers' Certificate shall describe the default or Event of Default and the efforts to remedy the same. For the purposes of this Section 6.3, compliance shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

    SECTION 6.4. FURTHER INSTRUMENTS AND ACTS.

        Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture.

39


    SECTION 6.5. MAINTENANCE OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE.

        Subject to Article 7, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence.

    SECTION 6.6. RULE 144A INFORMATION REQUIREMENT.

        Within the period prior to the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), the Company covenants and agrees that it shall, during any period in which it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) under the Exchange Act, upon the request of any Holder or beneficial holder of the Securities make available to such Holder or beneficial holder of Securities or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof which continue to be Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of Securities or such Common Stock designated by such Holder or beneficial holder, the information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act and it will take such further action as any Holder or beneficial holder of such Securities or such Common Stock may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder or beneficial holder to sell its Securities or Common Stock without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemption provided by Rule 144A, as such Rule may be amended from time to time. Upon the request of any Holder or any beneficial holder of the Securities or such Common Stock, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

    SECTION 6.7. STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS.

        The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any), on the Securities as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and the Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

    SECTION 6.8. PAYMENT OF LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.

        If Liquidated Damages are payable by the Company pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate to that effect stating (i) the amount of such Liquidated Damages that are payable, (ii) the reason why such Liquidated Damages are payable and (iii) the date on which such Liquidated Damages are payable. Unless and until a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives such a certificate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no such Liquidated Damages is payable. If the Company has paid Liquidated Damages directly to the Persons entitled to such Liquidated Damages, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate setting forth the particulars of such payment.

40



ARTICLE 7
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

    SECTION 7.1. COMPANY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS.

        The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person (in a transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation) or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:

        (1)   in case the Company shall consolidate with or merge into another Person (in a transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation) or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or which leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust or other entity, is organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest including Liquidated Damages, if any, on all the Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed and the conversion rights shall be provided for in accordance with Article 4, by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee, by the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company shall have been merged or by the Person which shall have acquired the Company's assets; and

        (2)   immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

        (3)   the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

    SECTION 7.2. SUCCESSOR SUBSTITUTED.

        Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, any other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 7.1, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture, the Securities and the Pledge Agreement.

41



ARTICLE 8
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

    SECTION 8.1. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

        (a)   An "Event of Default" shall occur upon:

            (1)   the failure of the Company to pay the principal of, or premium, if any, on any Security at the Final Maturity Date, upon a redemption or purchase pursuant to Article 3, or otherwise, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the provisions in Article 13 herein.

            (2)   the failure of the Company to pay any interest, including Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Security when due that continues for 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the provisions in Article 13 herein, provided that a failure to make any of the first ten scheduled interest payments on the Securities on the applicable Interest Payment Date will constitute an Event of Default with no grace or cure period;

            (3)   the failure of the Company to perform or observe any other covenant required by this Indenture, if such failure continues for 60 days after the Notice of Default specified below is given;

            (4)   the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

              (A)  commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

              (B)  consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding or the commencement of any case against it;

              (C)  consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

              (D)  makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

              (E)  files a petition in bankruptcy or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief; or

              (F)  consents to the filing of such a petition or the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian; or

            (5)   a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

              (A)  is for relief against the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding or adjudicates the Company insolvent or bankrupt;

              (B)  appoints a Custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company; or

              (C)  orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company;

and in each case the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

            (6)   the Pledge Agreement ceases to be in full force and effect, or enforceable, prior to the expiration thereof in accordance with its terms.

The term "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11 of the United States Code (or any successor thereto) or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

        (b)   A default under clause (3) of Subsection 8.1(a) is not an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding notify the Company and the Trustee, in writing of the default, and the Company does

42



not cure the default within the time specified in clause (3) of Subsection 8.1(a) after receipt of such notice. The notice given pursuant to this Section 8.1 must specify the default, demand that it be remedied and state that the notice is a Notice of Default. When any default under this Section 8.1 is cured, it ceases.

        (c)   The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 5 Business Days of becoming aware of the occurrence of an Event of Default, written notice thereof. In addition, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 10 days after it becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which with the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under clause (3) of Subsection 8.1(a).

        The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Event of Default unless written notice thereof shall have been given to a Trust Officer at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee by the Company, a Paying Agent, any Holder or any agent of any Holder or unless it acquires actual knowledge of such Event of Default in the course of performing other duties pursuant to this Indenture.

    SECTION 8.2. ACCELERATION.

        If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (4) or (5) of Subsection 8.1(a)) occurs and is continuing with respect to the Company, the Trustee may, by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may, by notice to the Company and the Trustee, declare the principal amount, and all accrued and unpaid interest, to the date of acceleration on the Securities then outstanding (if not then due and payable) to be due and payable upon any such declaration, and the same shall become and be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in clause (4) or (5) of Subsection 8.1(a) occurs and is continuing with respect to the Company, the principal amount, and all accrued and unpaid interest, of the Securities then outstanding shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if (a) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Securities which has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived; (b) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest (calculated at the rate per annum borne by the Securities) on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; (c) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and (d) all payments due to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 9.7 have been made. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereto.

    SECTION 8.3. OTHER REMEDIES.

        (a)   If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of the principal of or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

        (b)   The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

43



    SECTION 8.4. WAIVER OF DEFAULTS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

        Subject to Sections 8.7 and 11.2, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing default or Event of Default and its consequences, except a default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security, a failure by the Company to convert any Securities into Common Stock or any default or Event of Default in respect of any provision of this Indenture or the Securities which, under Section 11.2, cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Security affected. When a default or Event of Default is waived, it is cured and ceases.

    SECTION 8.5. CONTROL BY MAJORITY.

        The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder or the Trustee, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability unless the Trustee is offered indemnity satisfactory to it; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

    SECTION 8.6. LIMITATIONS ON SUITS.

        (a)   A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities (except actions for payment of overdue principal, premium, if any, or interest for the conversion of the Securities pursuant to Article 4) unless:

            (1)   the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

            (2)   the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Securities make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

            (3)   such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee reasonable indemnity to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

            (4)   the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and

            (5)   no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding.

        (b)   A Securityholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Securityholder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Securityholder.

    SECTION 8.7. RIGHTS OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PAYMENT AND TO CONVERT.

        Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Security to receive payment of the principal of and interest on the Security, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Security and this Indenture, to convert such Security in accordance with Article 4 and to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates or the right to convert, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

44


    SECTION 8.8. COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE.

        If an Event of Default in the payment of principal or interest specified in clause (1) or (2) of Subsection 8.1(a) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or another obligor on the Securities for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful interest on overdue principal and overdue installments of interest in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Securities and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

    SECTION 8.9. TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.

        The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor on the Securities), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 9.7, and to the extent that such payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances in any such proceedings shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other property which the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceedings, whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or, on behalf of any Holder, to authorize, accept or adopt any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

    SECTION 8.10. PRIORITIES.

        (a)   If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 8, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

            (1)   First, to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 9.7;

            (2)   Second, to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal and interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any), ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any), respectively;

            (3)   Third, to such other Person or Persons, if any, to the extent entitled thereto; and

            (4)   Fourth, the balance, if any, to the Company.

        (b)   The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 8.10.

45


    SECTION 8.11. UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.

        In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 8.11 does not apply to a suit made by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 8.7, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding.


ARTICLE 9
TRUSTEE

    SECTION 9.1. DUTIES OF TRUSTEE.

        (a)   If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

        (b)   Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

            (1)   the Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others; and

            (2)   in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. The Trustee, however, shall examine any certificates and opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be delivered to the Trustee to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

        (c)   The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

            (1)   this paragraph does not limit the effect of Subsection (b) of this Section 9.1;

            (2)   the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

            (3)   the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 8.5.

        (d)   No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers unless the Trustee shall have received adequate indemnity in its opinion against potential costs and liabilities incurred by it relating thereto.

Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to Subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 9.1.

        (e)   The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

46



    SECTION 9.2. RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

        (a)   Subject to Section 9.1:

            (1)   The Trustee may rely conclusively on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

            (2)   Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to Section 12.4(b). The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers' Certificate or Opinion.

            (3)   The Trustee may act through its agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

            (4)   The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers.

            (5)   The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any such action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

            (6)   The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

            (7)   The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

            (8)   The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice from the Company or the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Securities of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.

            (9)   The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, including, without limitation as Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

47


    SECTION 9.3. INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

        The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee is subject to Sections 9.10 and 9.11.

    SECTION 9.4. TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER.

        The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Securities, or the Pledged Securities it shall not be accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Securities other than its certificate of authentication.

    SECTION 9.5. NOTICE OF DEFAULT OR EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

        If a default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder notice of all uncured defaults or Events of Default known to it within 90 days after it occurs. However, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of Securityholders, except in the case of a default or an Event of Default in payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Security when due or in the payment of any redemption or purchase obligation.

    SECTION 9.6. REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS.

        (a)   If a report is required by TIA Section 313, within 60 days after each December 31, beginning with the December 31 following the date of this Indenture, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder a brief report dated as of such December 31 that complies with TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b)(2) and (c).

        (b)   A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Securityholders shall be mailed to the Company and, to the extent required by the TIA, filed with the SEC, and each stock exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed. The Company shall notify the Trustee whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange or listed or admitted to trading on any quotation system and any changes in the stock exchanges or quotation systems on which the Securities are listed or admitted to trading and of any delisting thereof.

    SECTION 9.7. COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.

        (a)   The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation (as agreed to from time to time by the Company and the Trustee in writing) for its services (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust). The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by it. Such expenses may include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel.

        (b)   The Company shall indemnify the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee (which for purposes of this Section 9.7 shall include its officers, directors, employees and agents) for, and hold it harmless against, any and all loss, liability or expense including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture or any action or failure to act as authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon the Trustee hereunder including the reasonable costs and expenses of the Trustee and its counsel in

48



defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity. The Company need not pay for any settlement effected without its prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

        (c)   The Company need not reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any loss or liability incurred by it resulting from its gross negligence or bad faith.

        (d)   To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section 9.7, the Trustee shall have a senior claim to which the Securities are hereby made subordinate on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except for the Pledged Securities and such money or property held in trust to pay the principal of and interest on particular Securities. The obligations of the Company under this Section 9.7 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

        (e)   When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Subsection 8.1(a) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture.

    SECTION 9.8. REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.

        (a)   The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may, with the Company's written consent, appoint a successor Trustee. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

            (1)   the Trustee fails to comply with Section 9.10;

            (2)   the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;

            (3)   a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

            (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

        (b)   If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. The resignation or removal of a Trustee shall not be effective until a successor Trustee shall have delivered the written acceptance of its appointment as described below.

        (c)   If a successor Trustee does not take office within 45 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Company.

        (d)   If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 9.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

        (e)   A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee and be released from its obligations (exclusive of any liabilities that the retiring Trustee may have incurred while acting as Trustee) hereunder, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.

49



        (f)    A retiring Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor Trustee after its succession.

        (g)   Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 9.8, the Company's obligations under Section 9.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

    SECTION 9.9. SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC.

        If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets (including the administration of this Indenture) to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation, without any further act, shall be the successor Trustee, provided such transferee corporation shall qualify and be eligible under Section 9.10. Such successor Trustee shall promptly mail notice of its succession to the Company and each Holder.

    SECTION 9.10. ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION.

        The Trustee shall always satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (1), (2) and (5) of TIA Section 310(a). The Trustee (or its parent holding company) shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to satisfy any such requirements, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Article 9. The Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of TIA Section 310(b). Nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee from filing with the SEC the application referred to in the penultimate paragraph of TIA Section 310(b).

    SECTION 9.11. PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY.

        The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.


ARTICLE 10
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

    SECTION 10.1. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE.

        (a)   (1) This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of conversion, registration of transfer or exchange of Securities herein expressly provided for and except as further provided below), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

            (2)   either

              (A)  all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.7 and (ii) Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company as provided in Section 10.3) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

              (B)  all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,

                  (i)  have become due and payable,

                 (ii)  will become due and payable at the Final Maturity Date within one year, or

                (iii)  are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company

50



            (3)   and the Company has deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent (other than the Company or any of its Affiliates) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of and in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Final Maturity Date or Redemption Date, as the case may be. In the event that the Company exercises its right to redeem the Securities as provided in Article 3, the Company shall have the right to withdraw its funds previously deposited with the Trustee or Paying Agent pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence;

            (4)   the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

            (5)   the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

        (b)   Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 9.7, and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (2) of Subsection 10.1(a), the provisions of Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.12 and 12.5, Articles 3 and 4, the last paragraph of Section 6.2 and this Article 10, shall survive until the Securities have been paid in full.

    SECTION 10.2. APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY.

        Subject to the provisions of Section 10.3, the Trustee or a Paying Agent shall hold in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, all money deposited with it pursuant to Section 10.1 and shall apply the deposited money in accordance with this Indenture and the Securities to the payment of the principal of and interest on the Securities.

    SECTION 10.3. REPAYMENT TO COMPANY.

        (a)   The Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company upon request any excess money (1) deposited with them pursuant to Section 10.1 and (2) held by them at any time.

        (b)   The Trustee and each Paying Agent shall, subject to applicable abandonment property laws, pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after a right to such money has matured; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such payment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be mailed to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein, which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such mailing, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person.

    SECTION 10.4. REINSTATEMENT.

        (a)   If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 10.2 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 10.1 until such time as the Trustee or such Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 10.2; provided, however, that if the Company has made any payment of the principal of or interest on any Securities because of the

51


reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive any such payment from the money held by the Trustee or such Paying Agent.

        (b)   If pursuant to the last sentence of Section 10.1(1), the Company withdraws its previously deposited funds as a result of its exercise of its redemption right, the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit has occurred pursuant to Section 10.1.


ARTICLE 11
AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

    SECTION 11.1. WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

        (a)   The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities without notice to or consent of any Securityholder for the purpose of:

            (1)   adding to the Company's covenants for the benefit of the Holders;

            (2)   surrendering any right or power conferred upon the Company;

            (3)   providing for conversion rights of Holders if any reclassification or change of Common Stock or any consolidation, merger or sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets occurs;

            (4)   increasing the Conversion Rate, provided that the increase will not adversely affect the interests of Holders in any material respect;

            (5)   complying with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

            (6)   making any changes or modifications to this Indenture necessary in connection with the registration of the Securities under the Securities Act as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, provided that this action does not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect;

            (7)   curing any ambiguity, omission, inconsistency or correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained in this Indenture; provided that such modification or amendment does not, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors and the Trustee, adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect;

            (8)   adding or modifying any other provisions which the Company and the Trustee may deem necessary or desirable and which will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect;

            (9)   complying with the provisions of this Indenture in the event of a merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (including the provisions of Section 4.11 and Article 7); or

            (10) providing for uncertificated Securities in addition to the Certificated Securities so long as such uncertificated Securities are in registered form for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

    SECTION 11.2. WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

        (a)   The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding or by the adoption of a resolution at a meeting of Holders at which a quorum is present by at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities represented at the meeting. The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then

52


outstanding may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities without notice to any Holder. However, notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to Section 11.4, without the written consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 8.4, may not:

            (1)   change the maturity of the principal of or any installment of interest on, or any Liquidated Damages with respect to any Security;

            (2)   reduce the principal amount of, premium, if any, or interest on, or any Liquidated Damages, or the amount payable upon redemption or purchase pursuant to Article 3, with respect to any Security;

            (3)   reduce the interest rate or interest, including any Liquidated Damages with respect to any Security;

            (4)   change the currency of payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security;

            (5)   impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to, or conversion of, any Security;

            (6)   modify the Company's obligation to purchase Securities at the option of Holders or the Company's right to redeem Securities, in a manner adverse to the Holders;

            (7)   except as otherwise permitted or contemplated by provisions of this Indenture concerning corporate reorganizations, adversely affect the purchase option of Holders upon a Change in Control or the conversion rights of Holders;

            (8)   modify the provisions of this Indenture or the Pledge Agreement relating to the pledge of securities as contemplated under Article 13 in a manner that adversely affects the interests of the Holders in any material respect;

            (9)   modify the subordination provisions of the Securities in a manner adverse to the Holders in any material respect; or

            (10) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of Securities outstanding necessary to modify or amend this Indenture or to waive any past default.

        (b)   After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 11.2 becomes effective, the Company shall promptly mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

    SECTION 11.3. COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

        Every amendment to or supplement of this Indenture or the Securities shall comply with the TIA as in effect at the date of such amendment or supplement.

    SECTION 11.4. REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS.

        (a)   Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Security, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Security or portion of a Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective.

53


        (b)   After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Securityholder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (8) of Subsection 11.2(a). In that case the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind each Holder of a Security who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Security.

    SECTION 11.5. NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES.

        If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms.

    SECTION 11.6. TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC.

        The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 11 if the amendment or supplemental indenture does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion, but need not sign it. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to Section 9.1, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplement indenture until the Board of Directors approves it.

    SECTION 11.7. EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

        Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.


ARTICLE 12
SECURITY

    SECTION 12.1. SECURITY.

        (a)   At the Closing Time, the Company shall purchase and pledge to the Trustee as security for the exclusive benefit of the Holders (and not for the benefit of other creditors of the Company), the Initial Pledged Securities in such amount as will be sufficient, upon receipt of scheduled interest and principal payments of such Initial Pledged Securities, as computed by the Company and verified for mathematical accuracy by a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Company or the Trustee, to provide for payment in full of the first ten scheduled interest payments (up to and including the interest payment due on December 22, 2008), but excluding Liquidated Damages, on the Securities when due.

        (b)   The Initial Pledged Securities shall be pledged by the Company to the Trustee for the exclusive benefit of the Holders and shall be held by the Trustee in the Pledge Account. Immediately prior to each of the first ten scheduled Interest Payment Dates, the Trustee will release from the Pledge Account proceeds sufficient to pay the interest then due on the Securities if the Company has not made other provision for payment of such interest, and shall apply such proceeds to pay such interest on behalf of the Company.

54



        (c)   The Initial Pledged Securities and the Pledge Account shall also secure the repayment of the principal amount and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Securities only to the extent provided in the Pledge Agreement.

        (d)   On each relevant Date of Delivery (if such Date of Delivery is different from the Closing Time), the Company shall (1) enter into a supplement to the Pledge Agreement and comply with the terms and provisions thereof and (2) purchase the Additional Pledged Securities to be pledged to the Trustee for the exclusive benefit of the Holders in such amount as will be sufficient upon receipt of scheduled interest and principal payments of such Additional Pledged Securities, as computed by the Company and verified for mathematical accuracy by a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Company or the Trustee, to provide for payment in full of the first ten scheduled interest payments due on the Securities issued in connection therewith. The Additional Pledged Securities shall be pledged by the Company to the Trustee for exclusive benefit of the Holders and shall be held by the Trustee in the Pledged Account pending disposition pursuant to the Pledge Agreement.

        (e)   Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Security, (i) consents and agrees to the terms of the Pledge Agreement (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of the Pledged Securities) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in writing by the parties thereto; (ii) authorizes and directs the Trustee to enter into the Pledge Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith, and (iii) consents to any amendments to the Pledge Agreement, and authorizes the Trustee to enter into any amendments to the Pledge Agreement, without the consent of Holders, provided that no amendment that would materially adversely affect the rights of the Holders may be effected without the consent of each Holder affected thereby. The Company shall do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be necessary or proper, or as may be required by the provisions of the Pledge Agreement, to assure and confirm to the Trustee the security interest in the Pledged Securities contemplated hereby, by the Pledge Agreement or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Securities secured hereby, according to the intent and purpose herein expressed. The Company shall take, or shall cause to be taken, upon request of the Trustee, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Pledge Agreement to create and maintain, as security for the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Securities as provided in the Pledge Agreement, valid and enforceable first priority perfected liens in and on all the Pledged Securities, in favor of the Trustee for its benefit and the ratable benefit of the Holders, superior to and prior to the rights of third Persons and subject to no other Liens.

        (f)    The release of any Pledged Securities pursuant to the Pledge Agreement will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Pledged Securities are released pursuant to this Indenture and the Pledge Agreement. To the extent applicable, the Company shall cause Section 314(d) of the TIA relating to the release of property or securities from the Lien and security interest of the Pledge Agreement and relating to the substitution therefor of any property or securities to be subjected to the Lien and security interest of the Pledge Agreement to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d) of the TIA may be made by an Officer of the Company, except in cases where Section 314(d) of the TIA requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person shall be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected by the Company.

        (g)   The Company shall cause Section 314(b) of the TIA, relating to Opinions of Counsel regarding the Lien under the Pledge Agreement, to be complied with. The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Section 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance of the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such Opinions of Counsel.

55



        (h)   The Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, on behalf of the Holders, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to (1) enforce any of the terms of the Pledge Agreement and (2) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the obligations of the Company thereunder. The Trustee shall have the authority necessary in order to institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Pledged Securities (including the authority to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of, or compliance with, any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or the Trustee).

        (i)    Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody and preservation thereof, the Trustee shall have no duty as to any Pledged Securities in its possession or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest in the Pledged Securities. The Trustee shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Pledged Securities in its possession if the Pledged Securities are accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property or property held in similar accounts and shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Pledged Securities, by reason of the act or omission of the Trustee, any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Trustee in good faith.

        (j)    The Trustee shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Pledged Securities or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Pledged Securities, whether impaired by operation of law or otherwise, for the validity or sufficiency of the Pledged Securities or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of the Company to the Pledged Securities, for insuring the Pledged Securities or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Pledged Securities or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Pledged Securities. The Trustee shall have no duty to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of this Indenture or the Pledge Agreement by the Company.


ARTICLE 13
SUBORDINATION

    SECTION 13.1. AGREEMENT OF SUBORDINATION.

        The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Securities issued hereunder by its acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all Securities shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article 13; and each Person holding any Security, whether upon original issue or upon transfer, assignment or exchange thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such provisions.

        The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any) on all Securities (including, but not limited to, the Redemption Price with respect to the Securities called for redemption, the Put Right Purchase Price with respect to the Securities purchased at the option of the Holder or the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to the Securities subject to purchase in accordance with Article 3 as provided in this Indenture) issued hereunder, and any other payment with respect to the Securities, shall, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, be subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash or payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of all Senior Indebtedness, whether outstanding at the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred.

        The Securities are hereby expressly designated as "Senior Indebtedness" and "Designated Senior Indebtedness" with respect to the 3% Convertible Subordinated Notes.

56



        No provision of this Article 13 shall prevent the occurrence of any default or Event of Default hereunder.

    SECTION 13.2. PAYMENTS TO HOLDERS.

        No payment shall be made with respect to the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any) on the Securities (including, but not limited to, the Redemption Price with respect to the Securities called for redemption, the Put Right Purchase Price with respect to the Securities purchased at the option of the Holder or the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to the Securities subject to purchase in accordance with Article 3 as provided in this Indenture or any other purchase or acquisition with respect to the Securities), or any other payment with respect to the Securities, whether in cash, property or securities, except (a) payments and distributions made by the Trustee as permitted by the first or second paragraph of Section 13.5 and (b) payments made pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, if:

          (i)  a default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or other obligations due on any Designated Senior Indebtedness occurs and is continuing (or, in the case of Designated Senior Indebtedness for which there is a period of grace, in the event of such a default that continues beyond the period of grace, if any, specified in the instrument or lease evidencing such Designated Senior Indebtedness), unless and until such default shall have been cured or waived in writing or shall have ceased to exist or the Designated Senior Indebtedness giving rise to such Payment Default shall have been discharged or paid in full in cash or cash equivalents (or otherwise to the extent Holders accept satisfaction of amounts due by settlement in other than cash or cash equivalents); or

         (ii)  a default, other than a default referred to in clause (i) of this Section 13.2, on a Designated Senior Indebtedness occurs and is continuing that then permits holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of the default (a "Payment Blockage Notice") from a Representative or holder of Designated Senior Indebtedness.

        Subject to the provisions of Section 13.5, if the Trustee receives any Payment Blockage Notice pursuant to clause (ii) above, no subsequent Payment Blockage Notice shall be effective for purposes of this Section unless and until at least 365 days shall have elapsed since the initial effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice. No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee (unless such default was waived, cured or otherwise ceased to exist and thereafter subsequently reoccurred) shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice, unless such Non-Payment Default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days subsequent to the commencement of such initial Payment Blockage Period.

        The Company may and shall resume payments on and distributions in respect of the Securities:

        (a)   in the case of a default referred to in clause (i) above, the date upon which the default is cured or waived or ceases to exist, or

        (b)   in the case of a default referred to in clause (ii) above, the earlier of the date on which such default is cured or waived or ceases to exist, 179 days pass after receipt of the Payment Blockage Notice (provided that any Designated Senior Indebtedness as to which notice was given shall not theretofore have been accelerated), the date on which such Designated Senior Indebtedness is discharged or paid in full or the date on which such Payment Blockage Period shall have been terminated by written notice to the Trustee or the Company from the Representative initiating such Payment Blockage Period, unless, in each case, this Article 13 otherwise prohibits the payment or distribution at the time of such payment or distribution.

        Upon any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any dissolution or winding-up or

57



liquidation or reorganization of the Company (whether voluntary or involuntary) or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceedings, all amounts due or to become due upon all Senior Indebtedness shall first be paid in full in cash, or other payments satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, before any payment is made on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any) on the Securities (including, but not limited to, the Redemption Price with respect to the Securities called for redemption, the Put Right Purchase Price with respect to the Securities purchased at the option of the Holder or the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to the Securities subject to purchase in accordance with Article 3 as provided in this Indenture, but excluding payments made pursuant to Article 10 from monies deposited with the Trustee pursuant thereto prior to commencement of proceedings for such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization); and upon any such dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company or bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceeding, any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled, except for the provision of this Article 13, shall (except as aforesaid) be paid by the Company or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Holders of the Securities or by the Trustee under this Indenture if received by them or it, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by such holders, or as otherwise required by law or a court order) or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing any Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Indebtedness in full in cash, or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the Holders of the Securities or to the Trustee.

        For purposes of this Article 13, the words, "cash, property or securities" shall not be deemed to include (a) cash paid or other distributions of property or securities made from the Pledge Account pursuant to the Pledge Agreement or (b) shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article 13 with respect to the Securities to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness which may at the time be outstanding; provided that (i) the Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new corporation, if any, resulting from any reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness (other than leases which are not assumed by the Company or the new corporation, as the case may be) are not, without the consent of such Holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance, transfer, sale or lease of its property as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon the terms and conditions provided for in Article 7 shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section 13.2 if such other corporation shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, sale or lease comply with the conditions stated in Article 7.

        In the event of the acceleration of the Securities because of an Event of Default, no payment or distribution shall be made to the Trustee or any Holder of Securities in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any) on the Securities (including, but not limited to, the Redemption Price with respect to the Securities called for redemption, the Put Right Purchase Price with respect to the Securities purchased at the option of the Holder or the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to the Securities subject to purchase in accordance with Article 3 as provided in this Indenture), except (a) payments and distributions made by the Trustee as permitted by the first or second paragraph of Section 13.5 and (b) payments made pursuant to the Pledge

58



Agreement, until all Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or such acceleration is rescinded in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company shall promptly notify holders of Senior Indebtedness of such acceleration.

        In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (including, without limitation, by way of setoff or otherwise), prohibited by the foregoing, shall be received by the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, or provision is made for such payment thereof in accordance with its terms in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over or delivered to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing any Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Indebtedness in full, in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

        Nothing in this Section 13.2 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 9.7. This Section 13.2 shall be subject to the further provisions of Section 13.5.

    SECTION 13.3. SUBROGATION OF SECURITIES.

        Subject to the payment in full, in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, of all Senior Indebtedness, the rights of the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated to the extent of the payments or distributions made to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions of this Article 13 (equally and ratably with the holders of all indebtedness of the Company which by its express terms is subordinated to other indebtedness of the Company to substantially the same extent as the Securities are subordinated and is entitled to like rights of subrogation) to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company applicable to the Senior Indebtedness until the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any) on the Securities, and any other obligation with respect to the Securities, shall be paid in full in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article 13, and no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article 13, to or for the benefit of the holders of Senior Indebtedness by Holders of the Securities or the Trustee, shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Securities, be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account of the Senior Indebtedness; and no payments or distributions of cash, property or securities to or for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the subrogation provisions of this Article 13, which would otherwise have been paid to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or for the account of the Securities. It is understood that the provisions of this Article 13 are and are intended solely for the purposes of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.

        Nothing contained in this Article 13 or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Securities the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the

59



Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company other than the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article 13 of the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

        Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article 13, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 9.1, and the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such bankruptcy, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of the Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 13.

    SECTION 13.4. AUTHORIZATION TO EFFECT SUBORDINATION.

        Each Holder of a Security by the Holder's acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on the Holder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article 13 and appoints the Trustee to act as the Holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in Section 13.3 hereof at least 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim, the holders of any Senior Indebtedness or their representatives are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of the Securities.

    SECTION 13.5. NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.

        The Company shall give prompt written notice in the form of an Officers' Certificate to a Trust Officer of the Trustee and to any Paying Agent of any fact known to the Company which would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee or any Paying Agent in respect of the Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article 13. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 13 or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article 13, unless and until a Trust Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof at the Corporate Trust Office from the Company (in the form of an Officers' Certificate) or a Representative or a Holder or Holders of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee thereof; and before the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 9.1, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided that if on a date not fewer than one Business Day prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such monies may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Security) the Trustee shall not have received, with respect to such monies, the notice provided for in this Section 13.5, then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such monies and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it on or after such prior date. Notwithstanding anything in this Article 13 to the contrary, nothing shall prevent any payment by the Trustee to the Holders of monies deposited with it pursuant to Article 10, and any such payment shall not be subject to the provisions of Article 13.

60


        The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 9.1, shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Representative or a person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness or a trustee on behalf of any such holder or holders. In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 13, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 13, and if such evidence is not furnished the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

    SECTION 13.6. TRUSTEE'S RELATION TO SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.

        The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 13 in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in Section 9.11 or elsewhere in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

        With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article 13, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness and, subject to the provisions of Section 9.1, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of Senior Indebtedness if it shall pay over or deliver to Holders of Securities, the Company or any other person money or assets to which any holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 13 or otherwise.

    SECTION 13.7. NO IMPAIRMENT OF SUBORDINATION.

        No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with.

    SECTION 13.8. CERTAIN CONVERSIONS DEEMED PAYMENT.

        For the purposes of this Article 13 only, (1) the issuance and delivery of junior securities upon conversion of Securities in accordance with Article 4 shall not be deemed to constitute a payment or distribution on account of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on Securities or on account of the purchase or other acquisition of Securities, and (2) the payment, issuance or delivery of cash (except in satisfaction of fractional shares pursuant to Section 4.3), property or securities (other than junior securities) upon conversion of a Security shall be deemed to constitute payment on account of the principal of such Security. For the purposes of this Section 13.8, the term "junior securities" means (a) shares of any stock of any class of the Company, or (b) securities of the Company which are subordinated in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness which may be outstanding at the time of issuance or delivery of such securities to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Securities are so subordinated as provided in this Article. Nothing contained in this Article 13 or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Holders, the right, which is absolute and unconditional, of the Holder of any Security to convert such Security in accordance with Article 4.

61


    SECTION 13.9. ARTICLE APPLICABLE TO PAYING AGENTS.

        If at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term "Trustee" as used in this Article shall (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided, however, that the first paragraph of Section 13.5 shall not apply to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company if it or such Affiliate acts as Paying Agent.

    SECTION 13.10. SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS ENTITLED TO RELY.

        The holders of Senior Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Designated Senior Indebtedness) and their representatives shall have the right to rely upon this Article 13, and no provision contained herein may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of such holders or their representatives in accordance with the documents governing the terms of such Senior Indebtedness.


ARTICLE 14
MISCELLANEOUS

    SECTION 14.1. TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS.

        If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by any of Sections 310 to 317, inclusive, of the TIA through operation of Section 318(c) thereof, such imposed duties shall control.

    SECTION 14.2. NOTICES.

        Any demand, authorization notice, request, consent or communication shall be given in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows or transmitted by facsimile transmission (confirmed by delivery in person or mail by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by guaranteed overnight courier) to the following facsimile numbers:

    If to the Company, to:

    Adaptec, Inc.
    691 South Milpitas Blvd.
    Milpitas, CA 95035
    Attention: Treasurer
    Facsimile No.: (408) 262-2533

    with a copy to:

    Fenwick & West LLP
    Silicon Valley Center
    801 California Street
    Mountain View, CA 94041
    Attention: Dennis DeBroeck
    Facsimile No. (650) 938-5200

    if to the Trustee, to:

    Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
    707 Wilshire Boulevard, 17th Floor
    Los Angeles, CA 90017
    Attn: Corporate Trust Department (Adaptec, Inc.—3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2023)
    Facsimile No.: (213)614-3355

62



        Such notices or communications shall be effective when received.

        The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

        Any notice or communication mailed to a Securityholder shall be mailed by first-class mail or delivered by an overnight delivery service to it at its address shown on the register kept by the Primary Registrar.

        Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Securityholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Securityholders. If a notice or communication to a Securityholder is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

    SECTION 14.3. COMMUNICATIONS BY HOLDERS WITH OTHER HOLDERS.

        Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other person shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

    SECTION 14.4. CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

        (a)   Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

            (1)   an Officers' Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent (including any covenants, compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

            (2)   an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent (including any covenants, compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent) have been complied with.

        (b)   Each Officers' Certificate and Opinion of Counsel with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

            (1)   a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

            (2)   a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

            (3)   a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

            (4)   a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with;

provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers' Certificate or certificates of public officials.

    SECTION 14.5. RECORD DATE FOR VOTE OR CONSENT OF SECURITYHOLDERS.

        The Company (or, in the event deposits have been made pursuant to Section 10.1, the Trustee) may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture, which record date shall not be more than thirty (30) days prior to the date of the commencement of solicitation of such action. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.4, if a record date is fixed, those persons who were

63


Holders of Securities at the close of business on such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those persons, shall be entitled to take such action by vote or consent or to revoke any vote or consent previously given, whether or not such persons continue to be Holders after such record date.

    SECTION 14.6. RULES BY TRUSTEE, PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND CONVERSION AGENT.

        The Trustee may make reasonable rules (not inconsistent with the terms of this Indenture) for action by or at a meeting of Holders. Any Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent may make reasonable rules for its functions.

    SECTION 14.7. LEGAL HOLIDAYS.

        A "Legal Holiday" is a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which state or federally chartered banking institutions in New York, New York and the state in which the Corporate Trust Office is located are not required to be open. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a Regular Record Date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

    SECTION 14.8. GOVERNING LAW.

        This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

    SECTION 14.9. NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS.

        This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

    SECTION 14.10. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.

        All liability described in paragraph 18 of the Securities of any director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company is waived and released.

    SECTION 14.11. SUCCESSORS.

        All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successor. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

    SECTION 14.12. MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS.

        The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

    SECTION 14.13. SEPARABILITY.

        In case any provisions in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

    SECTION 14.14. TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC.

        The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

64


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written.

    Adaptec, Inc.

 

 

By:


    Name:
Title:

 

 

By:


    Name:
Title:

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee

 

 

By:


    Name:
Title:

65



EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

        UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO ADAPTEC, INC. (THE "COMPANY") OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.(1)


(1)
These paragraphs should be included only if the Security is a Global Security.

        THIS SECURITY AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY, THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN OR THEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.(2)


(2)
These paragraphs to be included only if the Security is a Restricted Security.

        THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE "RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE") WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH ADAPTEC, INC. OR ANY AFFILIATE OF ADAPTEC, INC. WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) ONLY (A) TO ADAPTEC, INC. OR ANY PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A

A-1



UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,[TO CONFORM TO TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS IN THE OFFERING MEMORANDUM] OR (D) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO ADAPTEC, INC.'S AND THE TRUSTEE'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.(2)


(2)
These paragraphs to be included only if the Security is a Restricted Security.

        THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY IS ENTITLED TO THE BENEFITS OF A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF) AND, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY AND TO COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT.(2)


(2)
These paragraphs to be included only if the Security is a Restricted Security.

A-2



ADAPTEC, INC.


CUSIP:                              

 

R-          


3/4% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2023

        Adaptec, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company", which term shall include any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), promises to pay to                               , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                              Dollars ($            ) on December 22, 2023 or such greater or lesser amount as is indicated on the Schedule of Exchanges of Securities on the other side of this Security.(3)


(3)
This phrase should be included only if the Security is a Global Security.

Interest Payment Dates: June 22 and December 22.

Regular Record Dates: June 7 and December 7.

        This Security is convertible as specified on the other side of this Security. Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS

A-3


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

    Adaptec, Inc.

 

 

By:
        

    Name:  
    Title:  

 

 

By:
        

    Name:
    Title:

Dated:

 

 

 

Trustee's Certificate of Authentication: This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,
as Trustee

 

 

 

By:
        

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

A-4


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF SECURITY]


ADAPTEC, INC.
3/4% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2023

1.     INTEREST

        Adaptec, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company", which term shall include any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate of  3/4% per annum. The Company shall pay interest semiannually on June 22 and December 22 of each year, commencing June 22, 2004. Interest on the Securities shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from December 22, 2003; provided, however, that if there is not an existing default in the payment of interest and if this Security is authenticated between a Regular Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Any reference herein to interest accrued or payable as of any date shall include any Liquidated Damages accrued or payable on such date as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement.

        No sinking fund is provided for the Securities.

2.     METHOD OF PAYMENT

        The Company shall pay interest on this Security (except defaulted interest) to the person who is the Holder of this Security at the close of business on June 7 or December 7, as the case may be, (each, a Regular Record Date) immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date. The Holder must surrender this Security to a Paying Agent to collect payment of principal. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The Company may, however, pay principal and interest in respect of any Certificated Security by check or wire payable in such money; provided, however, that a Holder with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $2,000,000 will be paid by wire transfer in immediately available funds at the election of such Holder if such Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Company. The Company may mail an interest check to the Holder's registered address. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as this Security is registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee, all payments hereon shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee.

3.     PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND CONVERSION AGENT

        Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the "Trustee", which term shall include any successor trustee under the Indenture hereinafter referred to) will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Conversion Agent without notice to the Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

4.     INDENTURE, LIMITATIONS

        This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of Securities of the Company designated as its 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2023 (the "Securities"), issued under an Indenture dated as of December 22, 2003 (together with any supplemental indentures thereto, the "Indenture"), between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of this Security include those stated in the Indenture and

A-5



those required by or made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect on the date of the Indenture. This Security is subject to all such terms, and the Holder of this Security is referred to the Indenture and said Act for a statement of them.

        The Securities are subordinated unsecured obligations of the Company limited to $225,000,000 aggregate principal amount. The Indenture does not limit other debt of the Company, secured or unsecured.

5.     OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

        Prior to December 22, 2008, this Security shall not be redeemable. The Company may, at its option, redeem this Security (i) on December 22, 2008 at a Redemption Price equal to 100.25% of the principal amount of the Securities being redeemed, and (ii) at any time after December 22, 2008, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities being redeemed, in each case for cash, in whole, or from time to time in part (which must be equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date; provided that if the Redemption Date falls after a Regular Record Date and on or before an Interest Payment Date, then the interest will be payable to the Holders in whose names this Security is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date. Securities or portions of the Securities called for redemption shall be convertible by the Holder until the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Redemption Date.

6.     NOTICE OF REDEMPTION

        Notice of redemption, as set forth in Section 3.3 of the Indenture, will be mailed by first-class mail at least 20 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at its registered address. Securities in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part, but only in whole multiples of $1,000. On and after the Redemption Date, subject to the deposit with the Paying Agent of funds sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus accrued interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Securities or portions of them called for redemption.

7.     PURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT OPTION OF HOLDER UPON A CHANGE IN CONTROL

        At the option of the Holder and subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall become obligated to purchase all or any part specified by the Holder (so long as the principal amount of such part is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the Securities held by such Holder on the date that is 30 days after the date of the Change in Control Purchase Notice, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof together with any accrued interest up to, but excluding, the Change in Control Purchase Date. The Holder shall have the right to withdraw any Change in Control Purchase Notice (in whole or in a portion thereof that is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Change in Control Purchase Date by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

8.     PURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT OPTION OF HOLDER ON SPECIFIED DATES

        At the option of the Holder and subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall become obligated to purchase for cash all or any part specified by the Holder (so long as the principal amount of such part is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the Securities held by such Holder on the applicable Put Right Purchase Date at the applicable Put Right

A-6



Purchase Price. The Holder shall have the right to withdraw any Put Right Purchase Notice (in whole or in a portion thereof that is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) at any time prior to the close of business on the Put Right Purchase Date by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

9.     CONVERSION

        Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of the Indenture, at the option of the Holder thereof, any Security or portion thereof that is an integral multiple of $1,000 may be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares (calculated as to each conversion to the nearest 1/100th of a share) of Common Stock of the Company on or prior to the close of business on the Final Maturity Date, unless previously redeemed to the Company or purchased by the Company at the Holders' option, at the Conversion Rate, determined as provided in the Indenture, in effect at the time of conversion and subject to the adjustments described below, only under the following circumstances:

        (1)   prior to December 22, 2021, on any date during any fiscal quarter (and only during such fiscal quarter) after the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2003, if the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock was more than 120% of the then current Conversion Price for at least 20 Trading Days in the period of the 30 consecutive Trading Days ending on the last Trading Day of the previous fiscal quarter;

        (2)   on or after December 22, 2021, at all times on or after any date on which the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock is more than 120% of the then current Conversion Price of the Securities;

        (3)   until the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Redemption Date if the Company elects to redeem the Securities pursuant to Article 3 of the Indenture;

        (4)   if the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock rights, options or warrants entitling them to purchase Common Stock at less than the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock on the day preceding the declaration for such distribution;

        (5)   if the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock cash, assets, debt securities or capital stock, which distribution has a per share value as determined by the Board of Directors exceeding 10% of the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock on the day preceding the declaration for such distribution; or

        (6)   (A) if the Company becomes a party to a consolidation, merger or binding share exchange pursuant to which all or substantially all of the Company's Common Stock would be converted to cash, securities or other property, (B) if a Change in Control occurs, or (C) if an event occurs that would have been a Change in Control but for the existence of one of the Change in Control exceptions set forth in the proviso to Section 3.8(c) of this Indenture.

        (7)   during the five consecutive Business Day period following any five consecutive Trading Day period at any time in which the average of the Trading Prices for the Securities for such five Trading Day period was less than 98% of the average Conversion Value (as defined below) for the Securities for such five Trading Day period ("trading price condition"); provided that upon any conversion of Securities pursuant to this trading price condition if, on the applicable Conversion Date, the Closing Price per share of Common Stock is greater than or equal to the then current Conversion Price of the Securities and less than or equal to 120% of the then current Conversion Price of the Securities then such Holder shall receive shares of Common Stock, with a value equal to the principal amount of the Securities (a "Principal Value Conversion"); provided, further, that any Common Stock delivered upon a Principal Value Conversion will be valued at the greater of the Conversion Price of the Securities as of the Conversion Date and the applicable share price (as defined below) as of the Conversion Date.

A-7



        The Company will deliver shares of Common Stock, together with any cash payable for fraction shares, to such Holder no later than the third Business Day following the determination of the applicable share price. The "applicable share price" shall mean the average of the Closing Price per share of Common Stock over the five Trading Day period starting the third Trading Day following the Conversion Date. The "Conversion Value" for the Securities is equal to the product of (i) the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock on a given day and (ii) the then current Conversion Rate. The "Trading Price" of the Securities on any date of determination means the average of the secondary market bid quotations per Security obtained by the Conversion Agent for $5,000,000 principal amount of the Securities at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such determination date from two independent nationally recognized securities dealers the Company selects, which may include either or both of the Initial Purchasers, provided that if at least two such bids cannot be reasonably obtained by the Conversion Agent, but one such bid can be reasonably obtained by the Conversion Agent, this one bid will be used. If the Conversion Agent cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5,000,000 principal amount of the Securities from a nationally recognized securities dealer or if in the Company's reasonable judgment, the bid quotations are not indicative of the secondary market value of the Securities, then the Trading Price of the Securities will be deemed to be less than 98% of the then current Conversion Rate multiplied by the Closing Price of Common Stock on such determination date.

10.   DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE

        The Securities are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may register the transfer of or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation thereto by law or permitted by the Indenture.

11.   PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS

        The Holder of a Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

12.   UNCLAIMED MONEY

        If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its written request, subject to applicable unclaimed property law. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person.

13.   AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

        Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Securities may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding, and an existing default or Event of Default and its consequence or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Securities may be waived in a particular instance with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding. Without the consent of or notice to any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

A-8



14.   SUBORDINATION

        The payment of principal, or premium, if any, and interest on the Securities will be subordinated in right of payment, as set forth in the Indenture, to the prior payment in full in cash or cash equivalents (or otherwise to the extent Holders accept satisfaction of amounts due by settlement in other than cash or cash equivalents) of all senior indebtedness whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter incurred.

15.   SUCCESSOR ENTITY

        When a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Securities and the Indenture in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation (except in certain circumstances specified in the Indenture) be released from those obligations.

16.   DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

        This Holder of this Security is entitled to certain remedies upon the occurrence of an Event of Default as set out in Article 8 of the Indenture.

17.   TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY

        Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, as if it were not the Trustee.

18.   NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS

        A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture nor for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. The Holder of this Security by accepting this Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of this Security.

19.   AUTHENTICATION

        This Security shall not be valid until the Trustee or an authenticating agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

20.   ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS

        Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of the Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and UGMA (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

        All terms defined in the Indenture and used in this Security but not specifically defined herein are defined in the Indenture and are used herein as so defined.

A-9



21.   INDENTURE TO CONTROL; GOVERNING LAW

        In the case of any conflict between the provisions of this Security and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control. This Security shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

        The Company will furnish to any Holder, upon written request and without charge, a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: Adaptec, Inc., 691 South Milpitas Blvd., Milpitas, CA 95035, (408) 945-4600, Attention: Terry Roelands.

A-10



ASSIGNMENT FORM

        To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

        I or we assign and transfer this Security to


(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)





(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint


agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:     Your Signature:
 
 
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security)

*Signature guaranteed by:

 

 

By:



 

 
    *
    The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee.

A-11



CONVERSION NOTICE

        To convert this Security into Common Stock of the Company, check the box: o

        To convert only part of this Security, state the principal amount to be converted (must be $1,000 or a integral multiple of $1,000): $                .

        If you want the stock certificate made out in another person's name, fill in the form below:


(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)







(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)
Date:     Your Signature:
 
 
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security)

*Signature guaranteed by:

 

 

By:



 

 
    *
    The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee.

A-12



OPTION TO ELECT PURCHASE
UPON A CHANGE IN CONTROL

To:    Adaptec, Inc.

        The undersigned registered owner of this Security hereby irrevocably acknowledges receipt of a notice from Adaptec, Inc. (the "Company") as to the occurrence of a Change in Control with respect to the Company and requests and instructs the Company to purchase the entire principal amount of this Security, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Security at the Change in Control Purchase Price, together with accrued interest to, but excluding, such date, to the registered Holder hereof.

Dated:
 

 

 

 


Signature(s)

 

 

 

Signature(s) must be guaranteed by a qualified guarantor institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

 


Signature Guaranty
Principal amount to be redeemed
(in an integral multiple of $1,000, if less than all):
   



 

 

NOTICE:    The signature to the foregoing Election must correspond to the Name as written upon the face of this Security in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.

A-13



OPTION TO ELECT PURCHASE
ON SPECIFIED DATES

To: Adaptec, Inc.

        The undersigned hereby requests and instructs Adaptec, Inc. to purchase the entire principal amount of this Security, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, on                            in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Security at the Put Right Purchase Price to the registered Holder hereof.


Dated:

 


Signature(s) must be guaranteed by a qualified guarantor institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 


Signature Guaranty

Principal amount to be redeemed
(in an integral multiple of $1,000, if less than all):


NOTICE: The signature to the foregoing Election must correspond to the Name as written upon the face of this Security in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.

A-14



SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF SECURITIES(3)

        The following exchanges, purchase, redemptions, purchases or conversions of a part of this global Security have been made:

Principal Amount
of this Global Note
Following Such
Decrease Date
of Exchange (or Increase)

  Authorized
Signatory of
Securities
Custodian

  Amount of Decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note

  Amount of
Increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note

             

A-15



CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION
OF TRANSFER OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES(3)

Re: 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2023 (the "Securities") of Adaptec, Inc.

        This certificate relates to $            principal amount of Securities owned in (check applicable box)

    o
    book-entry or    o  definitive form by                        (the "Transferor").

        The Transferor has requested a Registrar or the Trustee to exchange or register the transfer of such Securities.

        In connection with such request and in respect of each such Security, the Transferor does hereby certify that the Transferor is familiar with transfer restrictions relating to the Securities as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture dated as of December 22, 2003 between Adaptec, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association., as trustee (the "Indenture"), and the transfer of such Security is being made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") (check applicable box) or the transfer or exchange, as the case may be, of such Security does not require registration under the Securities Act because (check applicable box):

    o
    Such Security is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

    o
    Such Security is being acquired for the Transferor's own account, without transfer.

    o
    Such Security is being transferred to the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company.

    o
    Such Security is being transferred to a person the Transferor reasonably believes is a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A or any successor provision thereto ("Rule 144A") under the Securities Act) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a "qualified institutional buyer", in each case to whom notice has been given that the transfer is being made in reliance on such Rule 144A, and in each case in reliance on Rule 144A.

    o
    Such Security is being transferred pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor thereto) ("Rule 144") under the Securities Act.

    o
    Such Security is being transferred to a non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act (or any successor thereto).

        Such Security is being transferred pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than an exemption referred to above) and as a result of which such Security will, upon such transfer, cease to be a "restricted security" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

        The Transferor acknowledges and agrees that, if the transferee will hold any such Securities in the form of beneficial interests in a global Note which is a "restricted security" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, then such transfer can only be made pursuant to (i) Rule 144A under the Securities Act and such transferee must be a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A) or (ii) Regulation S under the Securities Act.


Date:

 

 

 
    (Insert Name of Transferor)

A-16




QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
ARTICLE 2 THE SECURITIES
ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE
ARTICLE 4 CONVERSION
ARTICLE 5 [Intentionally Omitted]
ARTICLE 6 COVENANTS
ARTICLE 7 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
ARTICLE 8 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
ARTICLE 9 TRUSTEE
ARTICLE 10 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
ARTICLE 11 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
ARTICLE 12 SECURITY
ARTICLE 13 SUBORDINATION
ARTICLE 14 MISCELLANEOUS
EXHIBIT A [FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]
ADAPTEC, INC.
3/4% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2023
ADAPTEC, INC. 3/4% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2023
ASSIGNMENT FORM
CONVERSION NOTICE
OPTION TO ELECT PURCHASE UPON A CHANGE IN CONTROL
OPTION TO ELECT PURCHASE ON SPECIFIED DATES
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF SECURITIES(3)
CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES(3)
EX-4.02 5 a2128003zex-4_02.htm EXHIBIT 4.02
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.02

        UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO ADAPTEC, INC. (THE "COMPANY") OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

        THIS SECURITY AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY, THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN OR THEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.

        THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE "RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE") WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH ADAPTEC, INC. OR ANY AFFILIATE OF ADAPTEC, INC. WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) ONLY (A) TO ADAPTEC, INC. OR ANY PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (D) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO ADAPTEC, INC.'S AND THE TRUSTEE'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF



THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

        THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY IS ENTITLED TO THE BENEFITS OF A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF) AND, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY AND TO COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT.



ADAPTEC, INC.

CUSIP: 00651FAF5   R-01


3/4% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2023

        Adaptec, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company", which term shall include any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of Two Hundred and Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($225,000,000) on December 22, 2023 or such greater or lesser amount as is indicated on the Schedule of Exchanges of Securities on the other side of this Security.

Interest Payment Dates:   June 22 and December 22.
Regular Record Dates:   June 7 and December 7.

        This Security is convertible as specified on the other side of this Security. Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

        Adaptec, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 
           
        Name:   Robert Stephens
        Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       
Name:   Marshall Mohr        
Title:   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer        

Dated:

 

December    , 2003

 

 

 

 

Trustee's Certificate of Authentication: This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,
as Trustee

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
       
Authorized Signatory        


ADAPTEC, INC.
3/4% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2023

1. INTEREST

        Adaptec, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company", which term shall include any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate of 3/4% per annum. The Company shall pay interest semiannually on June 22 and December 22 of each year, commencing June 22, 2004. Interest on the Securities shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from December 22, 2003; provided, however, that if there is not an existing default in the payment of interest and if this Security is authenticated between a Regular Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Any reference herein to interest accrued or payable as of any date shall include any Liquidated Damages accrued or payable on such date as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement.

        No sinking fund is provided for the Securities.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT

        The Company shall pay interest on this Security (except defaulted interest) to the person who is the Holder of this Security at the close of business on June 7 or December 7, as the case may be, (each, a Regular Record Date) immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date. The Holder must surrender this Security to a Paying Agent to collect payment of principal. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The Company may, however, pay principal and interest in respect of any Certificated Security by check or wire payable in such money; provided, however, that a Holder with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $2,000,000 will be paid by wire transfer in immediately available funds at the election of such Holder if such Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Company. The Company may mail an interest check to the Holder's registered address. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as this Security is registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee, all payments hereon shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee.

3. PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND CONVERSION AGENT

        Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the "Trustee", which term shall include any successor trustee under the Indenture hereinafter referred to) will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Conversion Agent without notice to the Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

4. INDENTURE, LIMITATIONS

        This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of Securities of the Company designated as its 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2023 (the "Securities"), issued under an Indenture dated as of December 22, 2003 (together with any supplemental indentures thereto, the "Indenture"), between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of this Security include those stated in the Indenture and those required by or made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect on the date of the Indenture. This Security is subject to all such terms, and the Holder of this Security is referred to the Indenture and said Act for a statement of them.

        The Securities are subordinated unsecured obligations of the Company limited to $225,000,000 aggregate principal amount. The Indenture does not limit other debt of the Company, secured or unsecured.



5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

        Prior to December 22, 2008, this Security shall not be redeemable. The Company may, at its option, redeem this Security (i) on December 22, 2008 at a Redemption Price equal to 100.25% of the principal amount of the Securities being redeemed, and (ii) at any time after December 22, 2008, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities being redeemed, in each case, for cash in whole, or from time to time in part (which must be equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date; provided that if the Redemption Date falls after a Regular Record Date and on or before an Interest Payment Date, then the interest will be payable to the Holders in whose names this Security is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date. Securities or portions of the Securities called for redemption shall be convertible by the Holder until the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Redemption Date.

6. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION

        Notice of redemption, as set forth in Section 3.3 of the Indenture, will be mailed by first-class mail at least 20 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at its registered address. Securities in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part, but only in whole multiples of $1,000. On and after the Redemption Date, subject to the deposit with the Paying Agent of funds sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus accrued interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Securities or portions of them called for redemption.

7. PURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT OPTION OF HOLDER UPON A CHANGE IN CONTROL

        At the option of the Holder and subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall become obligated to purchase all or any part specified by the Holder (so long as the principal amount of such part is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the Securities held by such Holder on the date that is 30 days after the date of the Change in Control Purchase Notice, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof together with any accrued interest up to, but excluding, the Change in Control Purchase Date. The Holder shall have the right to withdraw any Change in Control Purchase Notice (in whole or in a portion thereof that is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Change in Control Purchase Date by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

8. PURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT OPTION OF HOLDER ON SPECIFIED DATES

        At the option of the Holder and subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall become obligated to purchase for cash all or any part specified by the Holder (so long as the principal amount of such part is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the Securities held by such Holder on the applicable Put Right Purchase Date at the applicable Put Right Purchase Price. The Holder shall have the right to withdraw any Put Right Purchase Notice (in whole or in a portion thereof that is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) at any time prior to the close of business on the Put Right Purchase Date by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

9. CONVERSION

        Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of the Indenture, at the option of the Holder thereof, any Security or portion thereof that is an integral multiple of $1,000 may be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares (calculated as to each conversion to the nearest 1/100th of a share) of Common Stock of the Company on or prior to the close of business on the Final Maturity Date, unless previously redeemed to the Company or purchased by the Company at the Holders' option, at



the Conversion Rate, determined as provided in the Indenture, in effect at the time of conversion and subject to the adjustments described below, only under the following circumstances:

            (1)   prior to December 22, 2021, on any date during any fiscal quarter (and only during such fiscal quarter) after the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2003, if the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock was more than 120% of the then current Conversion Price for at least 20 Trading Days in the period of the 30 consecutive Trading Days ending on the last Trading Day of the previous fiscal quarter;

            (2)   on or after December 22, 2021, at all times on or after any date on which the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock is more than 120% of the then current Conversion Price of the Securities;

            (3)   until the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Redemption Date if the Company elects to redeem the Securities pursuant to Article 3 of the Indenture;

            (4)   if the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock rights, options or warrants entitling them to purchase Common Stock at less than the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock on the day preceding the declaration for such distribution;

            (5)   if the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock cash, assets, debt securities or capital stock, which distribution has a per share value as determined by the Board of Directors exceeding 10% of the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock on the day preceding the declaration for such distribution; or

            (6)   (A) if the Company becomes a party to a consolidation, merger or binding share exchange pursuant to which all or substantially all of the Company's Common Stock would be converted to cash, securities or other property, (B) if a Change in Control occurs, or (C) if an event occurs that would have been a Change in Control but for the existence of one of the Change in Control exceptions set forth in the proviso to Section 3.8(c) of this Indenture.

            (7)   during the five consecutive Business Day period following any five consecutive Trading Day period at any time in which the average of the Trading Prices for the Securities for such five Trading Day period was less than 98% of the average Conversion Value (as defined below) for the Securities for such five Trading Day period ("trading price condition"); provided that upon any conversion of Securities pursuant to this trading price condition if, on the applicable Conversion Date, the Closing Price per share of Common Stock is greater than or equal to the then current Conversion Price of the Securities and less than or equal to 120% of the then current Conversion Price of the Securities then such Holder shall receive shares of Common Stock, with a value equal to the principal amount of the Securities (a "Principal Value Conversion"); provided, further, that any Common Stock delivered upon a Principal Value Conversion will be valued at the greater of the Conversion Price of the Securities as of the Conversion Date and the applicable share price (as defined below) as of the Conversion Date.

        The Company will deliver shares of Common Stock, together with any cash payable for fraction shares, to such Holder no later than the third Business Day following the determination of the applicable share price. The "applicable share price" shall mean the average of the Closing Price per share of Common Stock over the five Trading Day period starting the third Trading Day following the Conversion Date. The "Conversion Value" for the Securities is equal to the product of (i) the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock on a given day and (ii) the then current Conversion Rate. The "Trading Price" of the Securities on any date of determination means the average of the secondary market bid quotations per Security obtained by the Conversion Agent for $5,000,000 principal amount of the Securities at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such determination date from two independent nationally recognized securities dealers the Company selects, which may include either or both of the Initial Purchasers, provided that if at least two such bids cannot be reasonably obtained by the Conversion Agent, but one such bid can be reasonably obtained by the Conversion Agent, this one bid will be used. If the Conversion Agent cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5,000,000 principal amount of the Securities from a nationally recognized securities dealer or if in the Company's


reasonable judgment, the bid quotations are not indicative of the secondary market value of the Securities, then the Trading Price of the Securities will be deemed to be less than 98% of the then current Conversion Rate multiplied by the Closing Price of Common Stock on such determination date.

10. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE

        The Securities are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may register the transfer of or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation thereto by law or permitted by the Indenture.

11. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS

        The Holder of a Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

12. UNCLAIMED MONEY

        If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its written request, subject to applicable unclaimed property law. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person.

13. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

        Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Securities may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding, and an existing default or Event of Default and its consequence or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Securities may be waived in a particular instance with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding. Without the consent of or notice to any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

14. Subordination

        The payment of principal, or premium, if any, and interest on the Securities will be subordinated in right of payment, as set forth in the Indenture, to the prior payment in full in cash or cash equivalents (or otherwise to the extent Holders accept satisfaction of amounts due by settlement in other than cash or cash equivalents) of all senior indebtedness whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter incurred.

15. SUCCESSOR ENTITY

        When a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Securities and the Indenture in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation (except in certain circumstances specified in the Indenture) will be released from those obligations.

16. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

        This Holder of this Security is entitled to certain remedies upon the occurrence of an Event of Default as set out in Article 8 of the Indenture.

17. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY

        Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the Company or an



Affiliate of the Company, and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, as if it were not the Trustee.

18. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS

        A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture nor for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. The Holder of this Security by accepting this Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of this Security.

19. AUTHENTICATION

        This Security shall not be valid until the Trustee or an authenticating agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

20. ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS

        Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of the Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and UGMA (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

        All terms defined in the Indenture and used in this Security but not specifically defined herein are defined in the Indenture and are used herein as so defined.

21. INDENTURE TO CONTROL; GOVERNING LAW

        In the case of any conflict between the provisions of this Security and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control. This Security shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

        The Company will furnish to any Holder, upon written request and without charge, a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: Adaptec, Inc., 691 South Milpitas Boulevard, Milpitas, California 95035, (408) 945-4600, Attention: Terry Roelands.



ASSIGNMENT FORM

        To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

        I or we assign and transfer this Security to


(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)








(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint


agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

Date:

 

 

 
 
 
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security)

*Signature guaranteed by:

 

 

By:



 

 
    *
    The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee.


CONVERSION NOTICE

        To convert this Security into Common Stock of the Company, check the box: o

        To convert only part of this Security, state the principal amount to be converted (must be $1,000 or a integral multiple of $1,000): $                  .

        If you want the stock certificate made out in another person's name, fill in the form below:


(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)








(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

Date:

 

 

 
 
 
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security)

*Signature guaranteed by:

 

 

By:



 

 
    *
    The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee.


OPTION TO ELECT PURCHASE
UPON A CHANGE IN CONTROL

To: Adaptec, Inc.

        The undersigned registered owner of this Security hereby irrevocably acknowledges receipt of a notice from Adaptec, Inc. (the "Company") as to the occurrence of a Change in Control with respect to the Company and requests and instructs the Company to purchase the entire principal amount of this Security, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Security at the Change in Control Purchase Price, together with accrued interest to, but excluding, such date, to the registered Holder hereof.

Dated:      
 
 

 

 

 


Signature(s)

 

 

 

Signature(s) must be guaranteed by a qualified guarantor institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

 


Signature Guaranty
Principal amount to be redeemed
(in an integral multiple of $1,000, if less than all):
   



 

 

NOTICE: The signature to the foregoing Election must correspond to the Name as written upon the face of this Security in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.



OPTION TO ELECT PURCHASE
ON SPECIFIED DATES

To: Adaptec, Inc.

        The undersigned hereby requests and instructs Adaptec, Inc. to purchase the entire principal amount of this Security, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, on                        in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Security at the Put Right Purchase Price to the registered Holder hereof.

Dated:      
 
 
Signature(s) must be guaranteed by a qualified guarantor institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

 


Signature Guaranty
Principal amount to be redeemed
(in an integral multiple of $1,000, if less than all):
   



 

 

NOTICE: The signature to the foregoing Election must correspond to the Name as written upon the face of this Security in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.



SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF SECURITIES

        The following exchanges, purchase, redemptions, purchases or conversions of a part of this global Security have been made:

Principal Amount
of this Global Note
Following Such
Decrease Date
of Exchange (or Increase)

  Authorized
Signatory of
Securities
Custodian

  Amount of Decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note

  Amount of
Increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note

                                    
                                    
                                    


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION
OF TRANSFER OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES

Re:
3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2023 (the "Securities") of Adaptec, Inc.

        This certificate relates to $            principal amount of Securities owned in (check applicable box)

         o book-entry or   o definitive form by                        (the "Transferor").

        The Transferor has requested a Registrar or the Trustee to exchange or register the transfer of such Securities.

        In connection with such request and in respect of each such Security, the Transferor does hereby certify that the Transferor is familiar with transfer restrictions relating to the Securities as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture dated as of December 22, 2003 between Adaptec, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the "Indenture"), and the transfer of such Security is being made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") (check applicable box) or the transfer or exchange, as the case may be, of such Security does not require registration under the Securities Act because (check applicable box):

o
Such Security is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

o
Such Security is being acquired for the Transferor's own account, without transfer.

o
Such Security is being transferred to the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company.

o
Such Security is being transferred to a person the Transferor reasonably believes is a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A or any successor provision thereto ("Rule 144A") under the Securities Act) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a "qualified institutional buyer", in each case to whom notice has been given that the transfer is being made in reliance on such Rule 144A, and in each case in reliance on Rule 144A.

o
Such Security is being transferred pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor thereto) ("Rule 144") under the Securities Act.

o
Such Security is being transferred to a non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act (or any successor thereto).

        Such Security is being transferred pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than an exemption referred to above) and as a result of which such Security will, upon such transfer, cease to be a "restricted security" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

        The Transferor acknowledges and agrees that, if the transferee will hold any such Securities in the form of beneficial interests in a global Note which is a "restricted security" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, then such transfer can only be made pursuant to (i) Rule 144A under the Securities Act and such transferee must be a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A) or (ii) Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Date:      
 
 
(Insert Name of Transferor)



QuickLinks

ADAPTEC, INC.
3/4% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2023
ADAPTEC, INC. 3/4% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2023
ASSIGNMENT FORM
CONVERSION NOTICE
OPTION TO ELECT PURCHASE UPON A CHANGE IN CONTROL
OPTION TO ELECT PURCHASE ON SPECIFIED DATES
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF SECURITIES
CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES
EX-4.03 6 a2128003zex-4_03.htm EXHIBIT 4.03
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 4.03


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

ADAPTEC, INC.

and

THE INITIAL PURCHASERS NAMED HEREIN

Dated December 22, 2003



REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

        This Registration Rights Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and entered into this 22nd day of December, 2003, between Adaptec, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Banc of America Securities LLC (each, an "Initial Purchaser" and collectively, the "Initial Purchasers").

        This Agreement is made pursuant to that certain Purchase Agreement, dated December 16, 2003, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers (the "Purchase Agreement"), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of $225,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2023 (the "Notes"). In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the Initial Purchasers' obligations thereunder, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights provided for in this Agreement, pursuant to Section 5 of the Purchase Agreement. In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

        1.    Definitions.    

        As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

        "1933 Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

        "1934 Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

        "Closing Date" shall mean the Closing Time as defined in the Purchase Agreement.

        "Common Stock" shall mean common stock of the Company and any other shares of common stock as may constitute "Common Stock" for purposes of the Indenture, including the Underlying Common Stock (as defined in the Indenture).

        "Company" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and also includes the Company's successors.

        "Depositary" shall mean The Depository Trust Company, or any other depositary appointed by the Company; provided, however, that any such depositary must have an address in The Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.

        "Effectiveness Period" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

        "Effectiveness Target Date" shall mean the one hundred eightieth (180th) day after the Closing Date.

        "Event Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 hereof.

        "Filing Date" shall mean the ninetieth (90th) day after the Closing Date.

        "Holder" shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become registered owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture.

        "Indenture" shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities, dated as of December 22, 2003, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

        "Initial Purchasers" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

        "Liquidated Damages" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 hereof.

        "Majority Holders" shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities outstanding; provided, that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a



specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Company or any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) shall be disregarded in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

        "NASD" shall mean the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

        "Notes" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

        "Offering Memorandum" means that certain final Offering Memorandum of the Company, dated December 16, 2003, relating to the sale of the Securities.

        "Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

        "Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all other amendments and supplements to any such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and in each case including all material incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein.

        "Purchase Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

        "Questionnaire" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d) hereof.

        "Registrable Securities" shall mean the Notes and the shares of Common Stock into which the Notes are convertible, upon original issuance thereof, and at all times subsequent thereto; provided, however, that any Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and such Securities shall have been disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) such Securities shall have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the 1933 Act, (iii) expiration of the holding period that would be applicable to such Securities under Rule 144(k) under the 1933 Act were they not held by an affiliate of the Company or (iv) such Securities shall have ceased to be outstanding.

        "Registration Default" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 hereof.

        "Registration Expenses" shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or NASD registration and filing fees, including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any "qualified independent underwriters" (and its counsel) that is required to be retained by any holder of Registrable Securities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state or other securities or blue sky laws and compliance with the rules of the NASD (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any underwriters or Holders in connection with qualification of any Registrable Securities under state or other securities or blue sky laws and any filing with and review by the NASD), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements, certificates representing the Securities and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing, if any, of any of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or exchanges or on any quotation system, (v) all rating agency fees, (vi) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the fees and expenses of independent public accountants for the

2



Company or for any other Person, business or assets whose financial statements are included in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, including the expenses of any special audits or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, (viii) the fees and expenses of the Trustee, any registrar, any depositary, any paying agent, any escrow agent, any transfer agent or any custodian, in each case including their respective counsel, (ix) the reasonable fees and expenses of the Initial Purchasers in connection with the Shelf Registration, including the reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel to the Initial Purchasers and to the Holders of Registrable Securities, and (x) any fees and disbursements of the underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities and the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with any Registration Statement, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and any transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

        "Registration Statement" shall mean any registration statement of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement that covers all of the Registrable Securities held by Holders that have provided the information required pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1(d) hereof on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein.

        "SEC" shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency or government body performing the functions currently performed by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

        "Securities" shall mean the Notes and the shares of Common Stock into which the Notes are convertible, upon original issuance thereof, and at all times subsequent thereto.

        "Shelf Registration" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

        "TIA" shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

        "Trustee" shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

        "Underwriters" or "underwriters" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

        For purposes of this Agreement, (i) all references in this Agreement to any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the SEC pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system; (ii) all references in this Agreement to financial statements and schedules and other information which is "contained", "included" or "stated" in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or other references of like import) shall be deemed to mean and include all such financial statements and schedules and other information which is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, as the case may be; and (iii) all references in this Agreement to amendments or supplements to any Registration Statement or Prospectus shall be deemed to mean and include the filing of any document under the 1934 Act which is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, as the case may be.

        2.    Registration Under the 1933 Act.    

            2.1    Shelf Registration.    

            (a)   As promptly as practicable, but no later than the Filing Date, the Company shall file with the SEC, a Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the 1933 Act covering all of the Registrable Securities held by Holders that have provided the information pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1(d) hereof (the "Shelf Registration").

3



    The Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-3 under the 1933 Act or another appropriate form permitting registration of such Registrable Securities for resale by the Holders in the manner or manners reasonably designated by them (including, without limitation, one or more underwritten offerings). The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as promptly as practicable, but no later than the Effectiveness Target Date, and to keep the Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended, as required in order to permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be useable by the Holders until the earliest of (i) two years after the last date of issuance of the Notes, (ii) the date when the Holders are able to sell all of their Securities immediately without restriction pursuant to the volume limitation provisions of Rule 144 under the 1933 Act or otherwise, or (iii) all of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Registration Statement (the "Effectiveness Period").

            (b)   Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that (i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming a part thereof and any supplements thereto complies in all material respects with the 1933 Act, (ii) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any Prospectus forming a part of any Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

            (c)   The Company shall not permit any securities other than Registrable Securities to be included in the Registration Statement. The Company further agrees, if necessary, to supplement or amend the Registration Statement, as required by Section 3(b) below.

            (d)   Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, no Holder of Registrable Securities may include any of its Registrable Securities in the Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless the Holder furnishes to the Company a completed questionnaire in the form attached as Annex A to the Offering Memorandum (the "Questionnaire") and such other information in writing as the Company may reasonably request in writing for use in connection with the Registration Statement or Prospectus included therein and in any application to be filed with or under state securities laws. Before the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and no later than the 20th business day after receipt of the notice by a Holder from the Company of the filing of the Registration Statement (which notice shall include the Questionnaire and any other reasonable information requested by the Company for use in connection with the Registration Statement), each such Holder of Registrable Securities must furnish the completed Questionnaire and such other information, if any, to the Company in writing and the Company will include the information from the completed Questionnaire and such other information, if any, in the Registration Statement in a manner so that upon effectiveness the Holders will be permitted to deliver the Prospectus to purchasers of the Holder's Securities. From and after the date that the Registration Statement is first declared effective, upon receipt of a completed Questionnaire and such other information, if any, the Company will, as promptly as practicable but in any event within 5 business days of receipt, file any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement necessary for the relevant Holders to be named as selling securityholders in the Prospectus contained therein to be permitted to deliver the Prospectus to purchasers of the Holder's Securities (subject to the Company's right to suspend the Registration Statement as described in Sections 3(e)(iii), 3(e)(v) and 3(e)(vi) below). Holders that do not deliver a completed written Questionnaire and such other information, if any, in a timely manner, as provided for in this Section 2.1(d), will not be named as selling securityholders in the Prospectus. Each Holder as

4



    to which the Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make information previously furnished to the Company by the Holder not materially misleading.

            2.2    Expenses.    

            The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the Shelf Registration and any Registration Statement. Each Holder shall pay all fees and disbursements of its counsel (other than as set forth in the preceding sentence or in the definition of Registration Expenses) and all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder's Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement.

            2.3    Effectiveness.    

            The Registration Statement shall not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC; provided, however, that if, after it has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement shall be deemed not to have been effective during the period of such interference, until the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume.

            2.4    Liquidated Damages.    

            The Company and the Initial Purchasers agree that the Holders of Registrable Securities will suffer damages if the Company fails to fulfill its obligations under Section 2.1 hereof and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision. Accordingly, the Company agrees to pay liquidated damages on the Registrable Securities ("Liquidated Damages") under the circumstances and to the extent as set forth below. In the event that (a) the Registration Statement has not been filed with the SEC on or prior to the Filing Date, (b) the Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the Effectiveness Target Date, (c) the Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC and such Registration Statement ceases to be effective or usable at any time during the Effectiveness Period for any reason without being succeeded within five business days by a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement or a report filed with the SEC pursuant to the 1934 Act that cures such failure or (d) the Company suspends the use of any Prospectus related to the Registration Statement for a period exceeding forty-five (45) days in any consecutive three-month period or exceeding an aggregate of ninety (90) days in any consecutive twelve-month period (each such event referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above, a "Registration Default"), then the interest rate borne by the Notes shall be increased as Liquidated Damages (x) by one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum upon the occurrence of such Registration Default up to and including the ninetieth (90th) day following such Registration Default and (y) by one half of one percent (0.50%) from and after the ninety-first (91st) day following the occurrence of such Registration Default, provided that the aggregate increase in such interest rate will in no event exceed one half of one percent (0.50%) per annum. Upon the cure of such Registration Default, the accrual of Liquidated Damages will cease and the interest rate will revert to the original rate so long as no other Registration Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing at such time; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, one or more Registration Defaults shall again occur, the interest rate shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions. A Registration Default under clause (a) above shall be cured on the date that the Shelf Registration is filed with the SEC; a Registration Default under clause (b) above shall be cured on the date that the Shelf Registration is declared effective by the SEC; a Registration Default under clause (c) above shall be cured on the date the Shelf Registration is declared effective or useable; and a Registration Default under clause (d) above shall be cured on the date the Prospectus is

5



    declared useable by the Company. In the event of a Registration Default, the Company shall pay Liquidated Damages to (x) the holders of Notes and (y) the holders of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Notes in proportion to the principal amount of such Notes converted.

            The Company shall notify the Trustee within three business days after each and every date on which a Registration Default occurs (an "Event Date"). Liquidated Damages shall be paid by the Company to the Holders of Notes by depositing with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of Notes, on or before the applicable semiannual interest payment date, immediately available funds in sums sufficient to pay the Liquidated Damages then due. Such Liquidated Damages due shall be payable on each interest payment date to the record Holder of Securities entitled to receive the interest payment to be paid on such date as set forth in the Indenture. Liquidated Damages in respect of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Notes shall be payable by the Company to the holders of Common Stock issued upon conversion of such Notes concurrently with the payment of Liquidated Damages to the holders of Notes. Each obligation to pay Liquidated Damages shall be deemed to accrue from and including the day following the applicable Event Date.

        3.    Registration Procedures.    

        In connection with the obligations of the Company with respect to the Shelf Registration and the Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2 hereof, the Company shall:

            (a)   prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement within the period specified in Section 2, on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act, which form (i) shall be selected by the Company, (ii) shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof, and (iii) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include or incorporate by reference all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

            (b)   prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement as may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period; cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provision then in force) under the 1933 Act; and comply with the provisions of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by a Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the selling Holders thereof;

            (c)   (i) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities, as promptly as practicable, but in any event no less than five business days prior to filing, that a Registration Statement with respect to the Registrable Securities is being filed (which notice shall include the Questionnaire and any other reasonable information requests referenced in Section 2.1(d)) and advising such Holders that the distribution of Registrable Securities will be made in accordance with the method elected by the Majority Holders subject to Section 2.1(a) above; (ii) furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel for the Holders, to counsel for the Initial Purchasers and to each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included therein, including each preliminary Prospectus (in the event of an underwritten offering), and any amendment or supplement thereto in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities; and (iii) subject to any notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3(h) of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Sections 3(e)(iii), 3(e)(v) and 3(e)(vi) hereof, the Company hereby consents to the use of the Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus (in the event of an underwritten offering), that

6



    is contained in a Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC, or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the Holders and underwriters of Registrable Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by any Prospectus that is contained in a Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC or any amendment or supplement thereto;

            (d)   use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify (or establish an exemption from such registration or qualification for) the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or "blue sky" laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement and each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities shall reasonably request, to cooperate with the Holders and the underwriters of any Registrable Securities in connection with any filings required to be made with the NASD, to keep each such registration or qualification effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be effective, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder and underwriter to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d) or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not then so subject;

            (e)   notify each Holder of Registrable Securities as promptly as reasonably practicable and, if requested by such Holder, confirm such advice in writing as promptly as reasonably practicable (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for post-effective amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information after a Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to such offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (v) of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts during the period a Registration Statement is effective which makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which constitutes an omission to state a material fact in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or which requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading, (vi) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and (vii) of any reasonable determination by the Company that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate;

            (f)    make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement as soon as practicable and provide notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order;

            (g)   cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and cause such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) and registered in such names as the selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, may reasonably request in writing at least three business days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

7



            (h)   upon the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any facts, each as contemplated by Sections 3(e)(iii), 3(e)(v) and 3(e)(vi) hereof, as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, use its reasonable best efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company agrees to notify each Holder to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and each Holder hereby agrees to suspend use of the Prospectus until the Company has amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission. At such time as such public disclosure is otherwise made or the Company determines that such disclosure is not necessary, in each case to correct any misstatement of a material fact or to include any omitted material fact, the Company agrees promptly to notify each Holder of such determination and to furnish each Holder such number of copies of the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, as such Holder may reasonably request;

            (i)    a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or a Prospectus after the initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders if requested by the Initial Purchasers; and make representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Registrable Securities, or the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders, available for discussion of such document;

            (j)    obtain CUSIP numbers for all Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement, and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary;

            (k)   cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA in connection with the registration of the Registrable Securities, (ii) cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes, if any, to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and (iii) execute, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, if any, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

            (l)    subject to Section 2.1(a), enter into agreements (including underwriting agreements) and take all other customary and appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities and in such connection, whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an underwritten registration:

              (i)    make such representations and warranties to the Holders of such Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;

              (ii)   in connection with any underwritten offering hereunder, seek to obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters, if any, and the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold) addressed to each selling Holder (where reasonably possible) and the underwriters, if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities or underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;

8


              (iii)  in connection with any underwritten offering hereunder, seek to obtain "comfort letters" and updates thereof with respect to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto and all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein from the Company's independent certified public accountants and (where reasonably practicable) from the independent certified public accountants for any other Person or any business or assets whose financial statements are, or are required to be, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, each addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (where reasonably practicable) to have such letter addressed to the selling Holders of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in "comfort letters" to underwriters in connection with similar underwritten offerings;

              (iv)  if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to set forth indemnification and contribution provisions and procedures substantially equivalent to the indemnification and contribution provisions and procedures set forth in Section 4 hereof with respect to the underwriters and all other parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 4 hereof or, at the request of any underwriters, in the form customarily provided to such underwriters in similar types of transactions; and

               (v)  deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested and as are customarily delivered in similar offerings to the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold and the managing underwriters, if any.

The above shall be done at (i) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement (and, if appropriate, each post-effective amendment thereto) and (ii) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder;

            (m)  if reasonably requested in writing in connection with a disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, make reasonably available for inspection during normal business hours by representatives of the Holders of the Registrable Securities and any underwriters participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement and any counsel or accountant retained by such Holders or underwriters, all relevant financial and other records, documents and properties of the Company reasonably requested by any such Persons, and cause the appropriate officers, directors, employees, and any other agents of the Company to make all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, special counsel or accountant in connection with a Registration Statement reasonably available for inspection during normal business hours, and make such representatives of the Company reasonably available for discussion during normal business hours of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers; provided, however, that such persons shall first agree in writing with the Company that any information that is reasonably designated by the Company in writing as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such persons and shall be used solely for the purposes of exercising rights under this Agreement, unless (i) disclosure of such information is required by court or administrative order or is necessary to respond to inquiries of regulatory authorities; provided, however, that such persons shall as promptly as reasonably practicable, provide written notice to the Company of any request by any such regulatory authority for any such confidential information of the Company in order to allow the Company a reasonable amount of time to seek an appropriate protective order to prevent the disclosure of such information, (ii) disclosure of such information is required by law (including any disclosure requirements pursuant to federal securities laws in connection with the filing of any Registration Statement or the use of any Prospectus referred to in this Agreement), (iii) such information becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure or failure to safeguard by any such person or (iv) such information becomes available to any such

9


    person from a source other than the Company and such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement or otherwise obligated to keep such information confidential.

            (n)   a reasonable time prior to filing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to such Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus (other than supplements that do nothing more than name one or more Holders and provide information with respect thereto), provide copies of such document upon request to the Initial Purchasers, to the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any, and, to counsel for the Initial Purchasers or underwriters, and make such changes in any such document prior to the filing thereof as the Initial Purchasers or the underwriter or underwriters, or any of their respective counsel may reasonably request in writing within five business days after the delivery of such copies by the Company; cause the representatives of the Company to be available for discussion of such documents during normal business hours as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Holders or any underwriter or any of their respective counsel; and shall not at any time make any filing of any such document of which the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Holders, their counsel or any underwriter or their counsel shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Majority Holders, the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Holders, their counsel or any underwriter or their counsel shall reasonably object within a reasonable time period;

            (o)   use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system such as NASDAQ on which similar debt or equity securities issued by the Company are then listed, if any;

            (p)   use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registrable Securities to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if reasonably requested by the Majority Holders or by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any, unless the Registrable Securities are already so rated;

            (q)   otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering at least twelve (12) months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act and Rule 158 thereunder; and

            (r)   cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the NASD and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any "qualified independent underwriter" that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD);

        The Company may (as a condition to such Holder's participation in the Shelf Registration) require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing. Each Holder further agrees promptly to furnish to the Company in writing all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not misleading, any other information regarding such Holder and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as may be required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement under applicable law or pursuant to SEC comments and any information otherwise required by the Company to comply with applicable law or regulations. Each Holder further agrees, following termination of the Effectiveness Period, to notify the Company, within ten business days of a request, of the amount of Registrable Securities sold pursuant to the Registration Statement and, in the absence of a response, the Company may assume that all of the Holder's Registrable Securities were so sold.

10


        Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts, each of the kind described in Sections 3(e)(iii), 3(e)(v) or 3(e)(vi) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement until receipt by such Holder of (i) the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(h) hereof or (ii) written notice from the Company that the Shelf Registration is once again effective or that no supplement or amendment is required. If so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies in such Holder's possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder's possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the accrual of Liquidated Damages on any Securities.

        If any of the Registrable Securities covered by any Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the underwriter or underwriters and manager or managers that will manage such offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of such Registrable Securities included in such offering and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. No Holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder's Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements, (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and (c) provides the Company with the information required in Section 2.1(d) above.

        4.    Indemnification and Contribution.    

            (a)   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Initial Purchasers, each Holder, each Person who participates as an underwriter (each, an "Underwriter" or an "underwriter") and each Person, if any, who controls the Initial Purchasers, Holder or Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

                (i)  against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) pursuant to which Registrable Securities were registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or any omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

               (ii)  against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 4(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and

              (iii)  against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by any indemnified party), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

11



    provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, any Holder or Underwriter (or any person who expressly controls the Initial Purchasers, Holder or Underwriter) expressly for use in a Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) provided further that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense if the Holder fails to deliver at or prior to the written confirmation of sale, the most recent Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, and such Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, would have corrected such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission of a material fact and the delivery thereof was required by law.

            (b)   Each Holder, severally but not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Initial Purchasers, each Underwriter and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective directors and officers, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Initial Purchasers, any Underwriter or any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in Section 4(a) hereof, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus included therein (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Holder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder or any other person who controls such Holder expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); provided, however, that no such Holder shall be liable for any claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.

            (c)   Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying party or parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 4 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

12



            (d)   If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 4(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than forty-five (45) days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least thirty (30) days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

            (e)   If the indemnification provided for in this Section 4 is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

        The relative fault of such indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or parties or such indemnified party or parties, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

            (f)    The Company, the Holders and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (e) above. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 4 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

        Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder or Underwriter shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which Registrable Securities sold by it pursuant to a Registration Statement were offered exceeds the amount of any damages that the Initial Purchasers, Holder or Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

        No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

        For purposes of this Section 4, each Person, if any, who controls the Initial Purchasers, Holder or Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Initial Purchasers or such Holder or Underwriter, as the case may be, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The respective obligations of the Initial Purchasers, Holders, and Underwriters to contribute pursuant to

13



this Section 4 are several in proportion to the principal amount of Securities sold by them pursuant to a Registration Statement and not joint.

        The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 4 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder or Underwriter or any Person controlling the Initial Purchasers, or any Holder or Underwriter, or by or on behalf of the Company, its officers, or directors or any Person controlling the Company and (iii) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement.

        5.    Miscellaneous.    

            5.1    Rule 144 and Rule 144A.    For so long or the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15 of the 1934 Act, the Company covenants that it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the 1933 Act and Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act. If the Company ceases to be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15 of the 1934 Act, it will upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities (a) make publicly available such information (including, without limitation, the information specified in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the 1933 Act) as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, (b) deliver or cause to be delivered, promptly following a request by any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities or any prospective purchaser or transferee designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, such information (including, without limitation, the information specified in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the 1933 Act) as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and it will take such further action as any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, and (c) take such further action that is reasonable in the circumstances, in each case, to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell its Registrable Securities without registration under the 1933 Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, (ii) Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time or (iii) any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

            5.2    No Inconsistent Agreements.    The Company has not entered into nor will the Company on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not for the term of this Agreement and will not in any way conflict with and are not and will not be inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any of the Company's other issued and outstanding securities under any other agreements entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

            5.3    Amendments and Waivers.    The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or departure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders of Registrable Securities whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders of Registrable Securities may be given by Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold by such Holders pursuant to such Registration Statement; provided that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified, or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence. Each Holder of Registrable Securities outstanding at the time of any such amendment,

14



    modification, supplement, waiver or consent or thereafter shall be bound by any such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent effected pursuant to this Section 5.3, whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent appears on the Registrable Securities or is delivered to such Holder.

            5.4    Notices.    All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered first-class mail, telecopier or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (a) if to a Holder (other than the Initial Purchasers), at the most current address set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture, (b) if to the Initial Purchasers, at the most current address given by the Initial Purchasers to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4, which address initially is the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement with respect to the Initial Purchasers with a copy to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304, Attention: Robert Claassen, (c) if to the Company, initially at the Company's address set forth in the Purchase Agreement with a copy to Fenwick & West LLP, 801 California Street, Mountain View, California, 94014, Attention: Dennis DeBroeck, and thereafter at such other address of which notice is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4, and (d) if to any Underwriter, at the most current address given by such Underwriter to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4, which address initially is the address set forth in the applicable underwriting agreement.

        All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; two business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

        Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

            5.5    Successors and Assigns.    This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided, that (a) this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquires Registrable Securities from a Holder and (b) nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms hereof or of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities, such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.

            5.6    Third Party Beneficiaries.    The Initial Purchasers (even if the Initial Purchasers is not a Holder of Registrable Securities) shall be third party beneficiaries of the agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect their rights or the rights of Holders hereunder. Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder.

15



            5.7    Restrictions on Resales    Until the expiration of two years after the original issuance of the Securities, the Company will not, and will cause its "affiliates" (as such terms is defined in Rule 144(a)(1) under the 1933 Act) not to, resell any Securities which are "restricted securities" (or such term is defined under Rule 144(a)(3) under the 1933 Act) that have been reacquired by any of them and shall immediately upon any purchase of any such Securities submit such Securities to the Trustee for cancellation.

            5.8    Headings.    The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

            5.9    Severability.    In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

            5.10    GOVERNING LAW.    THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

            5.11    Counterparts.    This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

16


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

    ADAPTEC, INC.

 

 

By:

 
     

 

 

By:

 
     
Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:        

MERRILL LYNCH & CO.

 

 
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH    
    INCORPORATED        

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

 

 

By: MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

 

 
    INCORPORATED        

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
Authorized Signatory
       

17




QuickLinks

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
EX-4.04 7 a2128003zex-4_04.htm EXHIBIT 4.04
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.04

COLLATERAL PLEDGE
AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Dated as of December 22, 2003

among

ADAPTEC, INC.
as Pledgor,

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
as Trustee,

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
as Collateral Agent


        This Collateral Pledge and Security Agreement (as supplemented from time to time, this "Pledge Agreement") is made and entered into as of December 22, 2003 among ADAPTEC, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Pledgor"), having its principal offices at 691 South Milpitas Blvd., Milpitas, California 95035, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., having its principal corporate trust office in California at 707 Wilshire Blvd., 17th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017, as trustee (in such capacity, the "Trustee") for the holders (the "Holders") of the Notes (as defined herein) issued by the Pledgor under the Indenture referred to below, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., having a corporate trust office at 707 Wilshire Blvd., 17th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017, as collateral agent for the Trustee and the holders from time to time of the Notes referred to below (in such capacity, the "Collateral Agent") and securities intermediary.

W I T N E S S E T H:

        WHEREAS, the Pledgor and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"), are parties to a Purchase Agreement dated December 16, 2003 (the "Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which the Pledgor will issue and sell to Merrill Lynch and Banc of America Securities LLC ("the Initial Purchasers") $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2023, plus an additional $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2023 as to which the Initial Purchasers have exercised their over-allotment option set forth in Section 2(b) of the Purchase Agreement (collectively, the "Notes");

        WHEREAS, the Pledgor and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee, have entered into that certain indenture dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Indenture"), pursuant to which the Pledgor is issuing the Notes on the date hereof;

        WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Pledgor is required to purchase, or cause the purchase of, and pledge to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, as of the Closing Time (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) or the relevant Date of Delivery (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), U.S. Government Obligations (as defined in the Indenture) in an amount that will be sufficient upon receipt of scheduled interest and principal payments of such securities, according to the written report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or another nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Pledgor and delivered to the Trustee, to provide for payment in full of the first ten scheduled interest payments due on the Notes (such obligation, together with the obligation to repay the principal, premium, if any, interest (including Liquidated Damages as defined in the Indenture, if any), fees, expenses or otherwise on the Notes and under the Indenture, this Agreement and any other transaction document related thereto in the event that the Notes become due and payable prior to such time as the first ten scheduled interest payments thereon shall have been paid in full, being collectively referred to herein as the "Obligations");

        WHEREAS, the Pledgor has established an account (the "Collateral Account") with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., at its office at 707 Wilshire Blvd., 17th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017, Account No. 15404001, in the name of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and holders (the "Holders") of the 3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2023 of Adaptec, Inc. and designated as "Wells Fargo Collateral Agent for ADPT"; and

        WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the purchase of the Notes by the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement that the Pledgor purchase the Pledged Securities (as defined below) and deposit such Pledged Securities into the Collateral Account to be held therein subject to the terms of this Pledge Agreement and shall have granted the assignment and security interest and made the pledge and assignment contemplated by this Pledge Agreement.



        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained, and in order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Notes, the Pledgor, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent hereby agree, for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and for the ratable benefit of the Holders, as follows:

        SECTION 1.    Definitions; Appointment; Deposit and Investment.    

        1.1    Definitions.    

        (a)   Unless otherwise defined in this Pledge Agreement, terms defined or referenced in the Indenture are used in this Pledge Agreement as such terms are defined or referenced therein.

        (b)   Unless otherwise defined in the Indenture or in this Pledge Agreement, terms defined in Division 8 or 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of California ("California UCC") from time to time and/or in Section 357.2 of the Treasury Regulations (as defined in Section 1.1(c)) are used in this Pledge Agreement as such terms are defined in such Division 8 or 9 and/or such Section 357.2.

        (c)   In this Pledge Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

            "Additional Pledged Securities" has the meaning specified in Section 1.3 hereof.

            "Book-entry Security" has the meaning specified in 31 C.F.R. Section 357.2.

            "California UCC" has the meaning specified in Section 1.1(b).

            "Cash Equivalents" means, to the extent owned by the Pledgor free and clear of all liens other than liens created hereunder, U.S. Government Obligations.

            "C.F.R." means U.S. Code of Federal Regulations.

            "Collateral" has the meaning specified in Section 1.3 hereof.

            "Collateral Account" has the meaning specified in the recitals of the parties hereof.

            "Collateral Agent" has the meaning specified in the recitals of the parties hereto.

            "Collateral Investments" has the meaning specified in Section 5 hereof.

            "Date of Delivery" has the meaning specified in the Purchase Agreement.

            "Entitlement holder" has the meaning specified in California UCC Section 8102(a)(7) or, in respect of any Book-entry Security, the meaning specified for "Entitlement Holder" in 31 C.F.R. Section 357.2 or as applicable to such Book-entry Security, the corresponding federal book-entry regulations.

            "Closing Time" has the meaning specified in the Purchase Agreement.

            "FRB" means the Federal Reserve Bank or, as applicable, a branch thereof.

            "FRB Account" means the FRB Member Securities Account maintained in the name of the Collateral Agent by the FRB.

            "FRB Member" means any Person that is eligible to maintain (and that maintains) with the FRB one or more FRB Member Securities Accounts in such Person's name.

            "FRB Member Securities Account" means, in respect of any Person, the Participant's Securities Account maintained in the name of such Person at the FRB, to which account U.S. Government Obligations held for such Person are or may be credited.

            "Holders" has the meaning specified in the recitals of the parties hereto.

2



            "Initial Pledged Securities" has the meaning specified in Section 1.3 hereof.

            "Notes" has the meaning specified in the recitals of the parties hereof.

            "Obligations" has the meaning specified in the recitals of the parties hereof.

            "Initial Purchaser" has the meaning specified in the recitals of the parties hereof.

            "Purchase Agreement" has the meaning specified in the recitals of the parties hereof.

            "Pledged Securities" has the meaning specified in Section 1.3 hereof.

            "Pledgor" has the meaning specified in the recitals of the parties hereto.

            "Securities intermediary" means a Person that is a "securities intermediary" (as defined in California UCC Section 8102(a)(14)) and, in respect of any Book-entry Security, a "Securities Intermediary" (as defined in 31 C.F.R. Section 357.2 or, as applicable to such Book-entry Security, as defined in the corresponding federal book-entry regulations).

            "Security" has the meaning specified in Section 8102(a)(15) of the California UCC or, in respect of any Book-entry Security, has the meaning specified for "Security" in 31 C.F.R. Section 357.2 (or as applicable to such Book-entry Security, the corresponding federal book-entry regulations).

            "Security entitlement" has the meaning specified in California UCC Section 8102(a)(17) or, in respect of any Book-entry Security, has the meaning specified for "Security Entitlement" in 31 C.F.R. Section 357.2 (or, as applicable to such Book-entry Security, the corresponding federal book-entry regulations).

            "Settlement Date" means, as to any U.S. Government Obligations, the date on which the purchase of such U.S. Government Obligations shall have been settled.

            "Supplement" has the meaning specified in Section 1.3 hereof, and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

            "Termination Date" means the earlier of (a) the date of the payment in full in cash of each of the first ten scheduled interest payments due on the Notes under the terms of the Indenture, (b) the date of the payment in full in cash of all Obligations due and owing under this Pledge Agreement, the Indenture and the Notes, in the event such Obligations become due and payable prior to the payment of the first ten scheduled interest payments on the Notes and (c) such time as all Notes have been redeemed, purchased or converted pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

            "Treasury Regulations" means (a) the federal regulations contained in 31 C.F.R. Part 357 (including, without limitation, Section 357.2, Section 357.10 through Section 357.14 and Section 357.41 through Section 357.44 of 31 C.F.R.) and (b) to the extent substantially identical to the federal regulations referred to in clause (a) above (as in effect from time to time) the federal regulations governing other U.S. Government Obligations.

            "Trustee" has the meaning specified in the recitals of parties hereto.

            "Uncertificated Security" has the meaning specified in Section 8102(a)(18) of the California UCC.

        1.2    Appointment of the Collateral Agent.    The Trustee hereby appoints the Collateral Agent as Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein and the Collateral Agent hereby accepts such appointment.

        1.3    Pledge and Grant of Security Interest.    As security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the

3



Obligations, the Pledgor hereby assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the ratable benefit of the Holders and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and for the ratable benefit of the Holders, a lien on and first priority perfected security interest in all of the Pledgor's right, title and interest in, to and under the following property: (a) (i) the U.S. Government Obligations identified by CUSIP No. in Part I of Schedule I to this Pledge Agreement (the "Initial Pledged Securities") and (ii) the U.S. Government Obligations, if any, identified by CUSIP No. in a supplement or supplements (each, a "Supplement," the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B) (the "Additional Pledged Securities" and, together with the Initial Pledged Securities, the "Pledged Securities") and the certificates representing the Pledged Securities (if any), the scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon which will be sufficient to provide for payment in full of the first ten scheduled interest payments due on the Notes, (b) the security entitlements described in Part II of said Schedule I and in each Supplement, if any, with respect to the financial assets described, the securities intermediary named, and the securities account referred to therein, (c) the Collateral Account, all security entitlements from time to time carried in the Collateral Account, all funds held therein and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time representing or evidencing the Collateral Account, (d) all Collateral Investments (as hereinafter defined) from time to time and all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing the Collateral Investments, and any and all security entitlements to the Collateral Investments, and any and all related securities accounts in which any security entitlement to the Collateral Investments is carried, (e) all notes, certificates of deposit, deposit accounts, checks and other instruments, if any, from time to time hereafter delivered to or otherwise possessed by the Collateral Agent for or on behalf of the Pledgor and specifically designated by the Pledgor to be in substitution for any or all of the then existing Collateral, (f) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property, if any, from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the then existing Collateral and (g) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing Collateral (including, without limitation, proceeds that constitute property of the types described in clauses (a)-(f) of this Section 1.3) and, to the extent not otherwise included, all (i) payments under insurance (whether or not the Trustee is the loss payee thereof) or any indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing Collateral and (ii) cash proceeds of any and all of the foregoing Collateral (such property described in clauses (a) through (g) of this Section 1.3 being collectively referred to herein as the "Collateral"). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Pledge Agreement secures the payment of all amounts that constitute part of the Obligations and would be owed by the Pledgor to the Trustee under the Notes, the Indenture, this Pledge Agreement and any other transaction documents related thereto but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving the Pledgor.

        SECTION 2.    Establishment and Maintenance of Collateral Account.    

        (a)   Prior to or concurrently with the execution and delivery hereof, the Collateral Agent shall establish the Collateral Account on its books as a separate account segregated from all other custodial or collateral accounts, at its office at 707 Wilshire Blvd., 17th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017. The Pledgor and the Collateral Agent will maintain the Collateral Account as a securities account with the Collateral Agent in the State of California. The following provisions shall apply to the establishment and maintenance of the Collateral Account:

            (i)    The Collateral Agent shall cause the Collateral Account to be, and the Collateral Account shall be, separate from all other accounts maintained by the Collateral Agent.

            (ii)   The Collateral Agent shall, in accordance with all applicable laws, have sole dominion and control over the Collateral Account.

4



            (iii)  It shall be a term and condition of the Collateral Account and the Pledgor irrevocably instructs the Collateral Agent, notwithstanding any other term or condition to the contrary in any other agreement, that no amount (including interest on Collateral Investments) shall be released to or for the account of, or withdrawn by or for the account of, the Pledgor or any other Person except as expressly provided in this Pledge Agreement or as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction.

        (b)   On or prior to (i) the Closing Time and (ii) the relevant Date of Delivery, if any, the Pledgor shall transfer, or cause to be transferred, to the Collateral Agent, in the case of (i), approximately $7,914,567.80 or, in the case of (ii), an additional amount in cash to be set forth in the relevant Supplement, which amount shall be sufficient for the Collateral Agent to purchase the Additional Pledged Securities, in each case by depositing all such funds into the Collateral Account. The Collateral Account shall be subject to such applicable laws, and such applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and of any other appropriate banking or governmental authority, as may now or hereafter be in effect.

        (c)   As soon as practicably possible after receipt of the amount referred to in Section 2(b) (and not later than the Business Day following (A) the Closing Time or (B) the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be), (i) the Collateral Agent shall apply such amount to purchase (1) in the case of (A) above, the U.S. Government Obligations (in the name of the Collateral Agent) listed on Schedule I hereto, or (2) in the case of (B) above, the U.S. Government Obligations (in the name of the Collateral Agent) listed on the relevant Supplement, and, in each case, credit such U.S. Government Obligations to the Collateral Account as Collateral hereunder; and (ii) the Collateral Agent shall ensure that, on the Settlement Date of such U.S. Government Obligations, the FRB indicates by book-entry that those U.S. Government Obligations being settled on such date are credited to the FRB Account.

        (d)   The Collateral Agent will, from time to time, reinvest the proceeds of Collateral that may mature or be sold in such Collateral Investments (in the name of the Collateral Agent) as it will be directed in writing by the Pledgor, and cause such Collateral Investments to be credited to the Collateral Account as Collateral hereunder. Any such proceeds that the Pledgor directs the Collateral Agent in writing not to reinvest in Collateral Investments shall be held in the Collateral Account.

        SECTION 3.    Delivery and Control of Collateral.    

        (a)   All certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Collateral shall be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto and shall be in suitable form for transfer or delivery, or, at the request of the Collateral Agent, shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank. In addition, the Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time to exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations.

        (b)   With respect to any Collateral that constitutes a security and is not represented or evidenced by a certificate or instrument, the Pledgor shall cause the issuer thereof either (i) to register the Collateral Agent as the registered owner of such security or (ii) to agree in writing with the Collateral Agent and the Pledgor that such issuer will comply with instructions with respect to such security originated by the Collateral Agent without further consent of the Pledgor, the terms of such agreement to be consistent with the terms of this Agreement (if applicable).

        (c)   With respect to any Collateral that constitutes a security entitlement, the Pledgor shall cause the securities intermediary (including, as applicable, the Collateral Agent) with respect to such security entitlement either (i) to identify in its records the Collateral Agent as the entitlement holder of such security entitlement against such securities intermediary or (ii) to agree in writing with the Pledgor and the Collateral Agent that such securities intermediary will comply with entitlement orders (that is,

5



notifications communicated to such securities intermediary directing transfer or redemption of the financial asset to which Pledgor has a security entitlement) originated by the Collateral Agent without further consent of the Pledgor, the terms of such agreement to be consistent with the terms of this Agreement (if applicable).

        (d)   With respect to any Collateral that constitutes a securities account, the Pledgor will comply with subsection (c) of this Section 3 with respect to all security entitlements carried in such securities account.

        (e)   Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Pledge Agreement, the Collateral Agent is delivering, and concurrently with the execution and delivery of any Supplement to the Pledge Agreement, the Collateral Agent will deliver, to the Pledgor and the Initial Purchasers a duly executed certificate, in the form of Exhibit A hereto, of an officer of the Collateral Agent.

        (f)    [RESERVED]

        (g)   Pledgor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent at any time and from time to time to file in the Office of the Secretary of State of Delaware and any other filing office in the United States any initial financing statements and amendments thereto that (a) contain a description of collateral of an equal or lesser scope as the Collateral described in this Pledge Agreement or any Supplement, but such description may contain greater detail than is contained in this Pledge Agreement or any such Supplement, and (b) contain any other information required by part 5 of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or amendment therein, including whether the Pledgor is an organization, the type of organization and any organization identification number issued to the Pledgor. The Pledgor agrees to furnish any such information to the Collateral Agent promptly upon request. The Pledgor also ratifies its authorization for the Collateral Agent to have filed in any Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof. A photocopy or other reproduction of this Agreement or any financing statement covering the Collateral or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a financing statement where permitted by law.

        SECTION 4.    Delivery of Collateral Other than U.S. Government Obligations.    

            (a)   Collateral consisting of cash will be deemed to be delivered to the Collateral Agent (such that the Collateral Agent will have an enforceable lien and security interest thereon and therein) when it has been (and for so long as it shall remain) deposited in or credited to the Collateral Account.

            (b)   [RESERVED].

            (c)   Collateral consisting of Uncertificated Securities (other than U.S. Government Obligations) will be deemed delivered to the Collateral Agent when the Collateral Agent (A) shall indicate by book entry that such securities have been credited to the Collateral Account or (B) shall receive such security (or a financial asset based on such security) for the Collateral Account from or at the direction of the Pledgor, and shall accept such security (or such financial asset) for credit to the Collateral Account.

            (d)   Collateral consisting of securities, and represented or evidenced by certificates or instruments (other than U.S. Government Obligations), will be deemed delivered to the Collateral Agent when all such certificates or instruments representing or evidencing the Collateral, including, without limitation, amounts invested as provided in Section 5, shall be delivered to the Collateral Agent and held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto and shall be in registered form and specially indorsed to the Collateral Agent by an effective endorsement, all in form and

6



    substance sufficient to convey a valid security interest in such Collateral to the Collateral Agent or shall be credited to the Collateral Account.

        SECTION 5.    Investing of Amounts in the Collateral Account.    The Collateral Agent shall advise the Pledgor if, at any time, any amounts shall exist in the Collateral Account uninvested, and if directed in writing by the Pledgor, the Collateral Agent will, subject to the provisions of Section 6 and Section 13;

        (a)   invest such amounts on deposit in the Collateral Account in such Cash Equivalents in the name of the Collateral Agent as the Pledgor may select; and

        (b)   invest interest paid on the Cash Equivalents referred to in clause (a) above, and reinvest other proceeds of any such Cash Equivalents that may mature or be sold, in each case in such Cash Equivalents in the name of the Collateral Agent, as the Pledgor may select (the Cash Equivalents referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, together with the Pledged Securities, being collectively referred to herein as "Collateral Investments"); provided, however, that the amount in cash and Pledged Securities on deposit in the Collateral Account, collectively, at any time during the term of this Pledge Agreement, is sufficient to provide for the payment in full of the remaining interest payments at such time on the Notes up to and including the tenth scheduled interest payment. Interest and proceeds that are not invested or reinvested in Collateral Investments as provided above shall be deposited and held in the Collateral Account. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 11 and 12, the Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any loss in the investment or reinvestment of amounts held in the Collateral Account. The Collateral Agent is not at any time under any duty to advise or make any recommendation for the purchase, sale, retention or disposition of the Collateral Investments.

        (c)   If the Pledgor does not select Cash Equivalents when required to do so pursuant the preceding subparagraphs (a) or (b) of this Section 5, then the Collateral Agent shall, without any further direction from the Pledgor, invest any uninvested amounts on deposit in the Collateral Account in money market funds invested in government obligations for which the Collateral Agent or an affiliate acts as an investment provider.

        SECTION 6.    Disbursements.    The Collateral Agent shall hold the Collateral in the Collateral Account and release the same, or a portion thereof, only as follows:

            (a)   Prior to each of the first ten scheduled interest payments on the Notes, the Collateral Agent shall release from the Collateral Account and pay to the Trustee for the benefit of, and payment to, the Holders of the Notes in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture an amount sufficient to pay the interest due on the Notes on such interest payment date and will take any action necessary to provide for the payment of the interest on the Notes to the Holders in accordance with the payment provisions of the Indenture from (and to the extent of) proceeds of the Collateral in the Collateral Account. Nothing in this Section 6 shall affect the Collateral Agent's rights to apply the Collateral to the payments of amounts due on the Notes upon acceleration thereof.

            (b)   If, prior to the date on which the tenth scheduled interest payment on the Notes is due:

              (i)    an Event of Default under the Notes occurs and is continuing and

              (ii)   the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes accelerate the Notes by declaring the principal amount of the Notes to be immediately due and payable in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, except for the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default under Sections 8.1(4) and (5) of the Indenture, upon which the Notes will be accelerated automatically pursuant to the Indenture,

then the Collateral Agent shall promptly, subject to applicable bankruptcy laws, release the proceeds from the Collateral Account and pay to the Trustee for the benefit of, and payment to, the Holders of

7


the Notes in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. Distributions from the Collateral Account shall be applied, for the ratable benefit of the Holders, as follows:

            (x)   first, to any accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes and

            (y)   second, to the extent available, to the repayment of the remaining Obligations, including the principal amount of the Notes.

        Any surplus of such proceeds held by the Collateral Agent and remaining after payment in full of all of the Obligations shall be paid over to the Pledgor.

        (c)   [RESERVED]

        (d)   In the event that the Collateral held in the Collateral Account is less than 100% of the amount sufficient, according to the written report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or another nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Pledgor, to provide for payment in full of the first ten scheduled interest payments due on the Notes (or, in the event an interest payment or payments have been made, an amount sufficient to provide for payment in full of all interest payments remaining, up to and including the tenth scheduled interest payment), the Pledgor shall deposit cash in the Collateral Account in the amount of such deficiency within five (5) days of the occurrence of such deficiency.

        (e)   In the event that the Collateral held in the Collateral Account exceeds 100% of the amount sufficient, according to the written report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or another nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Pledgor, to provide for payment in full of the first ten scheduled interest payments due on the Notes (or, in the event an interest payment or payments have been made, an amount sufficient to provide for payment in full of all interest payments remaining, up to and including the tenth scheduled interest payment), the Collateral Agent shall release to the Pledgor, at the Pledgor's written request, accompanied by the written report prepared by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or such other nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, any such excess Collateral.

        (f)    Upon the release of any Collateral from the Collateral Account, in accordance with the terms of this Pledge Agreement, the security interest and lien evidenced by this Pledge Agreement in such released Collateral will automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect; provided that the foregoing shall not affect the security interest and lien on any Collateral not so released.

        (g)   Except as expressly provided in this Section 6, nothing contained in this Pledge Agreement shall (i) afford the Pledgor any right to issue entitlement orders with respect to any security entitlement to the Pledged Securities or Collateral Investments or any securities account in which any such security entitlement may be carried, or otherwise afford the Pledgor control of any such security entitlement or (ii) otherwise give rise to any rights of the Pledgor with respect to the Collateral Investments, any security entitlement thereto or any securities account in which any such security entitlement may be carried, other than the Pledgor's rights under this Pledge Agreement as the beneficial owner of Collateral pledged to and subject to the exclusive dominion and control (including, without limitation, securities control) of the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such (and not as a securities intermediary). The Pledgor acknowledges, confirms and agrees that the Collateral Agent holds a first priority perfected security interest, lien and security entitlement to the Collateral Investments solely as collateral agent for the Trustee and the Holders and not as a securities intermediary for the Pledgor.

        SECTION 7.    Representations and Warranties.    The Pledgor hereby represents and warrants, as of the date hereof, that:

            (a)   The execution and delivery by the Pledgor of, and the performance by the Pledgor of its obligations under, this Pledge Agreement will not contravene any provision of applicable law or the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or equivalent organizational instruments of the Pledgor or

8


    any material agreement or other material instrument binding upon the Pledgor or any of its subsidiaries or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Pledgor or any of its subsidiaries, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien on any assets of the Pledgor, except for the lien and security interests granted under this Pledge Agreement; no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental body or agency or other third party is required (i) for the performance by the Pledgor of its obligations under this Pledge Agreement, (ii) for the pledge by the Pledgor of the Collateral pursuant to this Pledge Agreement or for the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by the Pledgor or (iii) for the perfection or maintenance of the pledge, assignment and security interest created hereby (including the first priority nature of such pledge, assignment or security interest), except for the filing of financing and continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code of applicable jurisdictions which financing statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 3(g) hereof, or (iv) except for any such consents, approvals, authorizations or orders required to be obtained by the Collateral Agent (or the Holders) for reasons other than the consummation of this transaction, for the exercise by the Collateral Agent of the rights provided for in this Pledge Agreement or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Pledge Agreement.

            (b)   The Pledgor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Collateral, free and clear of any lien or claims of any Person (except for the lien and security interests granted under this Pledge Agreement). No effective financing statement or other instrument similar in effect covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any public office other than the financing statements, if any, to be filed pursuant to this Pledge Agreement.

            (c)   This Pledge Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by the Pledgor and (assuming the due authorization and valid execution and delivery of this Pledge Agreement by each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent and enforceability of the Pledge Agreement against each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in accordance with its terms) constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Pledgor, enforceable against the Pledgor in accordance with its terms, except as (i) the enforceability hereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, preference, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights or remedies of creditors generally, (ii) the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general applicability and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, (iii) the exculpation provisions and rights to indemnification hereunder may be limited by U.S. federal and state securities laws and public policy considerations and (iv) the waiver of rights and defenses contained in Section 13(b), Section 18.11 and Section 18.15 hereof may be limited by applicable law.

            (d)   Upon the crediting of the Pledged Securities to the Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereof and the filing of the financing statements referred to in Section 3(g) hereof, the pledge of and grant of a security interest in the Collateral securing the payment of the Obligations for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders will constitute a valid, first priority, perfected security interest in such Collateral (except, with respect to proceeds, only to the extent permitted by Section 9315 of the California UCC), enforceable as such against all creditors of the Pledgor and any persons purporting to purchase any of the Collateral from the Pledgor other than as permitted by the Indenture. Upon filing of the financing statements described in Section 3(g) hereof, all filings and other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and protect such security interest will have been duly taken.

9


            (e)   There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the best of the Pledgor's knowledge, threatened to which the Pledgor or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Pledgor or any of its subsidiaries is subject that would materially adversely affect the power or ability of the Pledgor to perform its obligations under this Pledge Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

            (f)    The pledge of the Collateral pursuant to this Pledge Agreement is not prohibited by law or governmental regulation (including, without limitation, Regulations T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) applicable to the Pledgor.

            (g)   No Event of Default exists.

            (h)   The Pledgor is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Pledgor's name as it appears in official filings in the State of Delaware is ADAPTEC, INC. The Pledgor's organizational identification number issued by the State of Delaware is 2821928.

        SECTION 8.    Further Assurances.    The Pledgor will, promptly upon the request by the Collateral Agent (which request the Collateral Agent may submit at the direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding), execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, or use its reasonable best efforts to procure, all assignments, instruments and other documents, deliver any instruments to the Collateral Agent and take any other actions that are necessary or desirable to perfect, continue the perfection of, or protect the first priority of the Collateral Agent's security interest in and to the Collateral, to protect the Collateral against the rights, claims or interests of third persons (other than any such rights, claims or interests created by or arising through the Collateral Agent) or to effect the purposes of this Pledge Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Pledgor will, if any Collateral shall be evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument, deliver to the Collateral Agent in pledge hereunder such note or instrument duly indorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment; and execute and file such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary, or as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and preserve the pledge, assignment and first priority perfected security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby. The Pledgor will promptly pay all costs incurred in connection with any of the foregoing within 45 days of receipt of an invoice therefor. The Pledgor also agrees, whether or not requested by the Collateral Agent, to use its reasonable best efforts to perfect or continue the perfection of, or to protect the first priority of, the Collateral Agent's security interest in and to the Collateral, and to protect the Collateral against the rights, claims or interests of third persons (other than any such rights, claims or interests created by or arising through the Collateral Agent).

        SECTION 9.    Covenants.    The Pledgor covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent, Trustee and the Holders that from and after the date of this Pledge Agreement until the Termination Date:

            (a)   it will not (i) (and will not purport to) sell or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option or warrant with respect to, any of the Collateral nor (ii) create or permit to exist any lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral (except for the liens and security interests granted under this Pledge Agreement and any lien created by or arising through the Collateral Agent) and at all times will be the sole beneficial owner of the Collateral;

            (b)   it will not (i) enter into any agreement or understanding that restricts or inhibits or purports to restrict or inhibit the Trustee's or the Collateral Agent's rights or remedies hereunder, including, without limitation, the Collateral Agent's right to sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or (ii) fail to pay or discharge any tax, assessment or levy of any nature with respect to its beneficial interest in the Collateral not later than three Business Days prior to the date of any proposed sale under any judgment, writ or warrant of attachment with respect to the Collateral;

10



            (c)   it will maintain its jurisdiction of organization in the State of Delaware, or upon 30 days' prior written notice to the Collateral Agent, in another jurisdiction where all actions required by Sections 3(g) and 8 have been taken with respect to the Collateral;

            (d)   it will, and will cause the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to, execute and deliver on or prior to any Date of Delivery, a Supplement to this Pledge Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, and take such other actions as shall be necessary to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Trustee and the ratable benefit of the Holders, a valid assignment of and security interest in the Additional Pledged Securities and the related security entitlements; and

            (e)   it will not, and acknowledges that it is not authorized to, file any financing statement or amendment or termination statement with respect to any financing statement in favor of the Collateral Agent without the prior written consent of Collateral Agent and agrees that it will not do so without the prior written consent of Collateral Agent, subject to the Pledgor's rights under Section 9509(d)(2) of the California UCC.

        SECTION 10.0    Power of Attorney; Agent May Perform.    

            (a)   Subject to the terms of this Pledge Agreement, the Pledgor hereby appoints and constitutes the Collateral Agent as the Pledgor's attorney-in-fact (with full power of substitution) to exercise to the fullest extent permitted by law all of the following powers upon and at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default:

              (i)    collection of proceeds of any Collateral;

              (ii)   conveyance of any item of Collateral to any purchaser thereof;

              (iii)  giving of any notices or recording of any liens hereof; and

              (iv)  paying or discharging taxes or liens levied or placed upon the Collateral, the legality or validity thereof and the amounts necessary to discharge the same to be determined by the Collateral Agent in its sole reasonable discretion, and such payments made by the Collateral Agent to become part of the Obligations secured hereby, due and payable immediately upon demand. The Collateral Agent's authority under this Section 10 shall include, without limitation, the authority to endorse and negotiate any checks or instruments representing proceeds of Collateral in the name of the Pledgor, execute and give receipt for any certificate of ownership or any document constituting Collateral, transfer title to any item of Collateral, sign the Pledgor's name on all financing statements (to the extent permitted by applicable law) or any other documents necessary or appropriate to preserve, protect or perfect the security interest in the Collateral and to file the same, prepare, file and sign the Pledgor's name on any notice of lien (to the extent permitted by applicable law), and to take any other actions arising from or necessarily incident to the powers granted to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent in this Pledge Agreement. This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable by the Pledgor.

            (b)   If the Pledgor fails to perform any agreement contained herein, the Collateral Agent may, but is not obligated to, after providing to the Pledgor notice of such failure and five Business Days to effect such performance, itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the expenses of the Collateral Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Pledgor under Section 14.

        SECTION 11.    No Assumption of Duties; Reasonable Care.    The rights and powers granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder are being granted in order to preserve and protect the security interest of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders in and to the Collateral granted hereby and shall not be interpreted to, and shall not impose any duties on, the Collateral Agent in connection therewith other than those expressly provided herein or imposed under applicable law.

11


Except as provided by applicable law or by the Indenture, the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords similar property held by the Collateral Agent for similar accounts, it being understood that the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such

            (a)   may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon; and

            (b)   shall not have any responsibility for

              (i)    ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities or other matters relative to any Collateral, whether or not the Collateral Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters,

              (ii)   taking any necessary steps for the existence, enforceability or perfection of any security interest of the Collateral Agent or to preserve rights against any parties with respect to any Collateral or

              (iii)  except as otherwise set forth in Section 5, investing or reinvesting any of the Collateral, provided, however, that in the case of clause (a) and clause (b) of this sentence, nothing contained in this Pledge Agreement shall relieve the Collateral Agent of any responsibilities as a securities intermediary under applicable law.

        In no event shall the Collateral Agent be liable for the existence, validity, enforceability or perfection of any security interest of the Collateral Agent, or for special indirect or consequential damages or lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement.

        SECTION 12.    Indemnity.    The Pledgor shall fully indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Collateral Agent and its directors and officers from and against any and all claims, losses, actions, obligations, liabilities and expenses, including reasonable defense costs, reasonable investigative fees and costs, and reasonable legal fees, expenses, and damages arising from the Collateral Agent's appointment and performance as Collateral Agent under this Pledge Agreement, except to the extent that such claim, action, obligation, liability or expense is directly caused by the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such indemnified person. The provisions of this Section 12 shall survive termination of this Pledge Agreement and the resignation and removal of the Collateral Agent.

        SECTION 13.    Remedies upon Event of Default.    Subject to Section 6(b), if any Event of Default under the Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing and the Notes shall have been accelerated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture:

            (a)   The Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders shall have, in addition to all other rights given by law or by this Pledge Agreement or the Indenture, all of the rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral of a secured party upon default under the California UCC (whether or not the California UCC applies to the affected Collateral) at that time. In addition, with respect to any Collateral that shall then be in or shall thereafter come into the possession or custody of the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent may and, at the written direction of the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, shall appoint a broker or other expert to sell or cause the same to be sold at any broker's board or at public or private sale, in one or more sales or lots, at such price or prices such broker or other expert may deem commercially reasonable, for cash or on credit or for future delivery, without assumption of any credit risk. The purchaser of any or all Collateral so sold shall thereafter hold the same absolutely, free from any claim, encumbrance or right of any kind whatsoever created by or through the Pledgor. Unless any of the Collateral threatens, in the reasonable judgment of the

12


    Collateral Agent, to decline speedily in value, the Collateral Agent will give the Pledgor reasonable notice of the time and place of any public sale thereof, or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to be made. Any sale of the Collateral conducted in conformity with reasonable commercial practices of banks, insurance companies, commercial finance companies, or other financial institutions disposing of property similar to the Collateral shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable. Any requirements of reasonable notice shall be met if notice of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made is given to the Pledgor as provided in Section 18.1 hereof at least ten (10) days before the time of the sale or disposition. The Collateral Agent or any Holder may, in its own name or in the name of a designee or nominee, buy any of the Collateral at any public sale and, if permitted by applicable law, at any private sale. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. All expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees, expenses and disbursements) of, or incident to, the enforcement of any of the provisions hereof shall be recoverable from the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of the Collateral.

            (b)   The Pledgor further agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be necessary to make such sale or sales of all or any portion of the Collateral pursuant to this Section 13 valid and binding and in compliance with any and all other applicable requirements of law. The Pledgor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 13 will cause irreparable injury to the Trustee and the Holders, that the Trustee and the Holders have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section 13 shall be specifically enforceable against the Pledgor, and the Pledgor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or that the Notes have been accelerated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

            (c)   All cash proceeds received by the Collateral Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral may, in the discretion of the Collateral Agent, be held by the Collateral Agent as collateral for, and/or then or at any time thereafter applied (after payment of any amounts payable to the Collateral Agent or the Trustee pursuant to Section 14) by the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Holders first against any accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes and thereafter against the remaining Obligations. Any surplus of such cash or cash proceeds held by the Collateral Agent and remaining after payment in full of all of the Obligations shall be paid over to the Pledgor.

            (d)   The Collateral Agent may, but is not obligated to, exercise any and all rights and remedies of the Pledgor in respect of the Collateral.

            (e)   Subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Pledge Agreement, all payments received by the Pledgor in respect of the Collateral shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of the Pledgor and shall be forthwith paid over to the Collateral Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

            (f)    The Collateral Agent may, without notice to the Pledgor except as required by law and at any time or from time to time, charge, set-off and otherwise apply all or any part of the Obligations against the Collateral Account or any part thereof.

            (g)   The Pledgor shall cease to be entitled to direct the investment of amounts held in the Collateral Account under Section 5 hereof and the Collateral Agent shall not accept any direction from the Pledgor to invest amounts held in the Collateral Account.

13



        SECTION 14.    Fees and Expenses.    Pledgor agrees to pay to Collateral Agent the fees as may be agreed upon from time to time in writing. The Pledgor will upon demand pay to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent the amount of any and all expenses, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel, experts and agents retained by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, that the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may incur in connection with

            (a)   the review, negotiation and administration of this Pledge Agreement;

            (b)   the custody or preservation of, or the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral;

            (c)   the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Holders hereunder; or

            (d)   the failure by the Pledgor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.

        SECTION 15.    Security Interest Absolute.    All rights of the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Holders and security interests hereunder, and all obligations of the Pledgor hereunder, shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

            (a)   any lack of validity or enforceability of the Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

            (b)   any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Indenture;

            (c)   any exchange, surrender, release or non-perfection of any liens on any other collateral for all or any of the Obligations;

            (d)   any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or the existence of the Pledgor or any of its subsidiaries;

            (e)   to the extent permitted by applicable law, any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Pledgor in respect of the Obligations or of this Pledge Agreement; or

            (f)    any manner of application of other collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any item of the Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any item of Collateral for all or any of the Obligations.

        SECTION 16.    Collateral Agent's Representations, Warranties and Covenants.    The Collateral Agent (in its capacity as securities intermediary) represents and warrants that it is as of the date hereof, and it agrees that for so long as it maintains the Collateral Account and acts as the securities intermediary pursuant to this Pledge Agreement it shall be a securities intermediary and a FRB Member. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent (in its capacity as securities intermediary) hereby:

            (a)   represents and warrants that it is a commercial bank that in the ordinary course of its business maintains securities accounts for others and is acting in that capacity hereunder and with respect to the Collateral Account;

            (b)   represents and warrants that it maintains the FRB Account with the FRB;

            (c)   agrees that the Collateral Account shall be an account to which financial assets may be credited, and undertakes to treat the Collateral Agent (in its capacity as such) as entitled to exercise rights that comprise (and entitled to the benefits of) such financial assets, and entitled to exercise the rights of an entitlement holder in the manner contemplated by the California UCC;

14



            (d)   hereby represents that, subject to applicable law, it has not granted, and covenants that so long as it acts as a securities intermediary hereunder it shall not grant, control (including without limitation, securities control) over or with respect to any Collateral credited to any Collateral Account from time to time to any other Person other than the Collateral Agent (in its capacity as such);

            (e)   covenants that it shall not, subject to applicable law, knowingly take any action inconsistent with, and represents and covenants that it is not and so long as this Pledge Agreement remains in effect will not knowingly become, party to any agreement the terms of which are inconsistent with, the provisions of this Pledge Agreement;

            (f)    agrees that any item of property credited to the Collateral Account shall be treated as a financial asset;

            (g)   agrees that any item of Collateral credited to the Collateral Account shall not be subject to any security interest, lien or right of set-off in favor of it as securities intermediary, except as may be expressly permitted under the Indenture and this Pledge Agreement;

            (h)   agrees to maintain the Collateral Account and maintain appropriate books and records in respect thereof in accordance with its usual procedures and subject to the terms of this Pledge Agreement;

            (i)    agrees that, with respect to any Collateral that constitutes a security entitlement, it shall comply with the provisions of Section 3(c)(i) or (ii) of this Pledge Agreement and, with respect to any Collateral that constitutes a securities account, it shall comply with any entitlement orders given by the Collateral Agent; and

            (j)    agrees that if its jurisdiction as securities intermediary shall change from that jurisdiction specified in Section 17, it will promptly notify the Collateral Agent and the Trustee of such change and of such new jurisdiction.

        SECTION 17.    Collateral Agent's Jurisdiction as Securities Intermediary.    The parties hereby agree that the Collateral Agent's jurisdiction as securities intermediary for purposes of Section 8110(e) of the California UCC and Section 357.11 of the Treasury Regulations or the corresponding U.S. federal regulations as they pertain to this Pledge Agreement, the Collateral Account and the security entitlements relating thereto, shall be the State of California.

        SECTION 18.    Miscellaneous Provisions.    

        18.1    Notices.    Any notice, approval, direction, consent or other communication shall be sufficiently given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail, commercial courier service or telecopier communication, addressed as follows:

    if to the Pledgor:

    Adaptec, Inc.
    691 South Milpitas Blvd.
    Milpitas, CA 95035
    Attention: General Counsel and Assistant Corporate Secretary
    Telecopier No.: (408) 262-2533

    if to the Collateral Agent:

    Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
    707 Wilshire Blvd., 17th Floor
    Los Angeles, CA 90017

15



    Attention: Corporate Trust Department
    Telecopier No.: (213) 614-3355

    if to the Trustee:

    Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
    707 Wilshire Blvd., 17th Floor
    Los Angeles, CA 90017
    Attention: Corporate Trust Department
    Telecopier No.: (213) 614-3355

or, as to any such party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is confirmed, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

        18.2    No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.    This Pledge Agreement may not be used to interpret another pledge, security or debt agreement of the Pledgor or any subsidiary thereof. No such pledge, security or debt agreement (other than the Indenture) may be used to interpret this Pledge Agreement.

        18.3    Severability.    The provisions of this Pledge Agreement are severable, and if any clause or provision shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect in that jurisdiction only such clause or provision, or part thereof, and shall not in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction or any other clause or provision of this Pledge Agreement in any jurisdiction.

        18.4    Headings.    The headings in this Pledge Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

        18.5    Counterpart Originals.    This Pledge Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

        18.6    Benefits of Pledge Agreement.    Nothing in this Pledge Agreement, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Pledge Agreement.

        18.7    Amendments, Waivers and Consents.    Any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Pledge Agreement and any consent to any departure by the Pledgor, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent or from any provision of this Pledge Agreement shall be effective only if made or duly given in compliance with all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, and none of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Pledgor, or any Holder shall be deemed, by any act, delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise, to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof. Failure of the Trustee, the Pledgor, the Collateral Agent or any Holder to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall not preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Trustee, the Pledgor, the Collateral Agent or any Holder of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Trustee, the Pledgor, the Collateral Agent or such Holder would otherwise have on any future occasion. The Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall sign any amendment hereof authorized or permitted pursuant to Section 12.3 of the Indenture if the amendment does not adversely affect the

16



rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee. If it does, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee may, in their sole discretion, but need not, sign it. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to Section 11 and 18.12, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel (as defined in the Indenture) stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by the Indenture. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

        18.8    [RESERVED]    

        18.9    Continuing Security Interest; Termination.    

            (a)   This Pledge Agreement shall create a continuing first priority perfected security interest in and to the Collateral and shall, unless otherwise provided in the Indenture or in this Pledge Agreement, remain in full force and effect until the Termination Date. This Pledge Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective transferees, successors and assigns, and shall inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Pledgor, the Holders and their respective successors, transferees and assigns.

            (b)   Upon the Termination Date, the pledge, assignment and security interest granted hereby shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Pledgor. At such time, the Collateral Agent shall, in accordance with the Pledgor's instructions, promptly reassign and redeliver to the Pledgor all of the Collateral hereunder that has not been sold, disposed of, retained or applied by the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of this Pledge Agreement and the Indenture and execute and deliver to the Pledgor such documents as the Pledgor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination. Such reassignment and redelivery shall be without warranty by or recourse to the Collateral Agent or the Trustee in its capacity as such, except as to the absence of any liens on the Collateral created by or arising through the Collateral Agent or the Trustee, and shall be at the reasonable expense of the Pledgor.

        18.10    Survival Provisions.    All representations, warranties and covenants contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Pledge Agreement, and shall terminate only upon the termination of this Pledge Agreement. The obligations of the Pledgor under Sections 12 and 14 hereof and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under Section 18.9(b) hereof shall survive the termination of this Pledge Agreement.

        18.11    Waivers.    The Pledgor waives presentment and demand for payment of any of the Obligations, protest and notice of dishonor or default with respect to any of the Obligations, and all other notices to which the Pledgor might otherwise be entitled, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the Indenture.

        18.12    Authority of the Collateral Agent.    

            (a)   The Collateral Agent shall have and be entitled to exercise all powers hereunder that are specifically granted to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incident thereto. The Collateral Agent may perform any of its duties hereunder or in connection with the Collateral by or through agents or attorneys, shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder and shall be entitled to retain counsel and to act in reliance upon the advice of counsel concerning all such matters. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Pledge Agreement or the Indenture, neither the Collateral Agent nor any director, officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Collateral Agent shall be liable to the Pledgor for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Collateral Agent, in its capacity as Collateral Agent, hereunder, except for its own bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct, and the Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the

17


    validity, effectiveness or sufficiency hereof or of any document or security furnished pursuant hereto. The Collateral Agent and its directors, officers, employees, attorneys and agents shall be entitled to rely conclusively on any communication, instrument or document believed by it or them to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons. The Collateral Agent shall have no duty to cause any financing statement or continuation statement to be filed in respect of the Collateral.

            (b)   The Pledgor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Collateral Agent under this Pledge Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Collateral Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Collateral Agent of any option, right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Pledge Agreement shall, as between the Collateral Agent and the Holders, be governed by the Indenture and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Collateral Agent and the Pledgor, the Collateral Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Trustee and the Holders with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and the Pledgor shall not be obligated or entitled to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

        18.13    Final Expression.    This Pledge Agreement, together with the Indenture and any other agreement executed among the parties to this Agreement in connection herewith, is intended by the parties as a final expression of this Pledge Agreement and is intended as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms and conditions thereof.

        18.14    Rights of Holders.    No Holder shall have any independent rights hereunder other than those rights granted to individual Holders pursuant to Sections 8.5, 8.6 and 8.7 of the Indenture; provided that nothing in this subsection shall limit any rights granted to the Trustee under the Notes or the Indenture.

        18.15    GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; WAIVER OF DAMAGES.    

            (a)   THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE VALIDITY OR PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST HEREUNDER, OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER, IN RESPECT OF ANY PARTICULAR COLLATERAL ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AND, ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED BETWEEN THE PLEDGOR, THE TRUSTEE, THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE HOLDERS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT, AND WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE RESOLVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE MATTERS IDENTIFIED IN 31 C.F.R. SECTIONS 357.10 AND 357.11 (AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT) SHALL BE GOVERNED SOLELY BY THE LAWS SPECIFIED THEREIN AND THE MATTERS IDENTIFIED IN SECTION 9305(a)(3) OF THE CALIFORNIA UCC WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

            (b)   THE PLEDGOR HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT AND FOR ACTIONS BROUGHT UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS BROUGHT IN ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE CITY OF SAN FRANCISCO (EACH A "CALIFORNIA COURT") AND CONSENTS THAT ALL SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE MADE BY

18



    REGISTERED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, DIRECTED TO THE PLEDGOR AT THE ADDRESS INDICATED IN SECTION 18.1. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY CALIFORNIA COURT AND TO THE COURTS OF ITS CORPORATE DOMICILE WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTIONS BROUGHT AGAINST IT AS DEFENDANT IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THE PLEDGOR, THE TRUSTEE, THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE HOLDERS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE, INCLUDING ANY PLEADING OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTION AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO WHICH IT MAY BE ENTITLED ON ACCOUNT OF PLACE OF RESIDENCE OR DOMICILE.

            (c)   THE PLEDGOR AGREES THAT THE TRUSTEE SHALL, IN ITS CAPACITY AS TRUSTEE OR IN THE NAME AND ON BEHALF OF ANY HOLDER, HAVE THE RIGHT, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TO PROCEED AGAINST THE PLEDGOR OR THE COLLATERAL IN A COURT IN ANY LOCATION REASONABLY SELECTED IN GOOD FAITH (AND HAVING PERSONAL OR IN REM JURISDICTION OVER THE PLEDGOR OR THE COLLATERAL, AS THE CASE MAY BE) TO ENABLE THE TRUSTEE TO REALIZE ON SUCH COLLATERAL, OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER ENTERED IN FAVOR OF THE TRUSTEE. THE PLEDGOR AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT ANY COUNTERCLAIMS, SETOFFS OR CROSSCLAIMS IN ANY PROCEEDING BROUGHT BY THE TRUSTEE TO REALIZE ON SUCH PROPERTY OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF THE TRUSTEE, EXCEPT FOR SUCH COUNTERCLAIMS, SETOFFS OR CROSSCLAIMS WHICH, IF NOT ASSERTED IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING, COULD NOT OTHERWISE BE BROUGHT OR ASSERTED.

            (d)   THE PLEDGOR AGREES THAT NEITHER ANY HOLDER NOR (EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT OR THE INDENTURE) THE COLLATERAL AGENT IN ITS CAPACITY AS COLLATERAL AGENT SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO THE PLEDGOR (WHETHER ARISING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) FOR LOSSES SUFFERED BY THE PLEDGOR IN CONNECTION WITH, ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED AND THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED BY THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT, OR ANY ACT, OMISSION OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, UNLESS IT IS DETERMINED BY A FINAL AND NONAPPEALABLE JUDGMENT OF A COURT THAT IS BINDING ON THE TRUSTEE OR SUCH HOLDER, AS THE CASE MAY BE, THAT SUCH LOSSES WERE THE RESULT OF ACTS OR OMISSIONS ON THE PART OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT OR SUCH HOLDERS, AS THE CASE MAY BE, CONSTITUTING BAD FAITH, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

            (e)   TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE PLEDGOR WAIVES THE POSTING OF ANY BOND OTHERWISE REQUIRED OF THE TRUSTEE, THE COLLATERAL AGENT OR ANY HOLDER IN CONNECTION WITH ANY JUDICIAL PROCESS OR PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE ANY JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER PERTAINING TO THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT ENTERED IN FAVOR OF THE TRUSTEE, THE COLLATERAL AGENT OR ANY HOLDER, OR TO ENFORCE BY SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE, TEMPORARY RESTRAINING ORDER OR PRELIMINARY OR

19



    PERMANENT INJUNCTION, THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT BETWEEN THE PLEDGOR, ON THE ONE HAND, AND THE TRUSTEE, THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND/OR THE HOLDERS, ON THE OTHER HAND.

        18.16    Effectiveness.    This Pledge Agreement shall become effective upon the effectiveness of the Indenture.

20


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Pledgor, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent have each caused this Pledge Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

    Pledgor:

 

 

ADAPTEC, INC.

 

 

By:

 
     
Name:
Title:

 

 

Trustee:

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
  as Trustee

 

 

By:

 
     
Name:
Title:

 

 

Collateral Agent:

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
  as Collateral Agent

 

 

By:

 
     
Name:
Title:

21



SCHEDULE I

PART I
PLEDGED SECURITIES

Description of
Debt

  CUSIP No(s).
  Final Maturity
  Original
Principal
Amount

  Cost at Closing
Time

U.S. Treasury Principal Strip   912820BJ5   5/15/2004   $ 844,000.00   $ 840,784.36

U.S. Treasury Principal Strip

 

912803AB9

 

11/15/2004

 

$

844,000.00

 

$

835,045.16

U.S. Treasury Principal Strip

 

912833FW5

 

5/15/2005

 

$

844,000.00

 

$

828,293.16

U.S. Treasury Principal Strip

 

912820BQ9

 

11/15/2005

 

$

844,000.00

 

$

817,194.56

U.S. Treasury Principal Strip

 

912833FY1

 

5/15/2006

 

$

844,000.00

 

$

804,534.56

U.S. Treasury Principal Strip

 

912833FZ8

 

11/15/2006

 

$

844,000.00

 

$

790,633.88

U.S. Treasury Principal Strip

 

912833GA2

 

5/15/2007

 

$

844,000.00

 

$

774,462.84

U.S. Treasury Principal Strip

 

912833GB0

 

11/15/2007

 

$

844,000.00

 

$

759,751.92

U.S. Treasury Principal Strip

 

912833GC8

 

5/15/2008

 

$

844,000.00

 

$

740,213.32

U.S. Treasury Principal Strip

 

912833GD6

 

11/15/2008

 

$

844,000.00

 

$

723,654.04

PART II
SECURITIES ENTITLEMENTS

Issuer of
Financial Asset

  Description of
Financial Asset

  Securities Intermediary
(Name and Address)

  Securities Account
(Number and Location)

U.S. Government   912820BJ5   Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
707 Wilshire Blvd.
17th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90017
  Account No. 15404001

U.S. Government

 

912803AB9

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
707 Wilshire Blvd.
17th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90017

 

Account No. 15404001

U.S. Government

 

912833FW5

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
707 Wilshire Blvd.
17th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90017

 

Account No. 15404001

U.S. Government

 

912820BQ9

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
707 Wilshire Blvd.
17th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90017

 

Account No. 15404001

U.S. Government

 

912833FY1

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
707 Wilshire Blvd.
17th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90017

 

Account No. 15404001

U.S. Government

 

912833FZ8

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
707 Wilshire Blvd.
17th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90017

 

Account No. 15404001

U.S. Government

 

912833GA2

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
707 Wilshire Blvd.
17th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90017

 

Account No. 15404001

U.S. Government

 

912833GB0

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
707 Wilshire Blvd.
17th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90017

 

Account No. 15404001

U.S. Government

 

912833GC8

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
707 Wilshire Blvd.
17th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90017

 

Account No. 15404001

U.S. Government

 

912833GD6

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
707 Wilshire Blvd.
17th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90017

 

Account No. 15404001

EXHIBIT A


Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Officer's Certificate

        Pursuant to Section 3(e) of the Collateral Pledge and Security Agreement (as supplemented from time to time, the "Pledge Agreement") dated as of December 22, 2003, among Adaptec, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Pledgor"), Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (the "Trustee") for the holders of the $225,000,000 aggregate principal amount 3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2023 of the Pledgor and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as collateral agent and securities intermediary (the "Collateral Agent"), the undersigned officer of the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Collateral Agent, makes the following certifications to the Pledgor and the Initial Purchasers. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Officer's Certificate have the meanings set forth or referred to in the Pledge Agreement.

        1.     Substantially contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Officer's Certificate, the Collateral Agent has acquired its security entitlement to the Initial Pledged Securities or through a "securities account" (as defined in Section 8501(a) of the California UCC) maintained by the Collateral Agent, for value and without notice of any adverse claim thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Account, the Pledged Securities and the other Collateral are not, and the Collateral Agent's security entitlement to the Collateral is not, to the actual knowledge of the corporate trust officer having responsibility for the administration of the Pledge Agreement on behalf of the Collateral Agent, subject to any lien granted by or to or arising through or in favor of any securities intermediary (including, without limitation, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or the Federal Reserve Bank) through which the Collateral Agent derives its security entitlement to the Collateral.

        2.     The Collateral Agent has not knowingly caused or permitted the Collateral Account or its security entitlement thereto to become subject to any lien created by or arising through the Collateral Agent.


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer has executed this Officer's Certificate on behalf of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent this 22nd day of December, 2003.

    WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
    as Collateral Agent
       
       
    By:  
     
Name:
Title:    Authorized Signatory

EXHIBIT B


[Form of Supplement to the Pledge Agreement]

        SUPPLEMENT NO.     dated as of                        , 200[    ], to the COLLATERAL PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of December [    ], 2003 (as supplemented from time to time, the "Pledge Agreement") among Adaptec, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Pledgor"), Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the "Trustee") for the holders (the "Holders") of the Notes issued by the Pledgor under the Indenture referred to below, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a California state chartered banking corporation, as collateral agent and securities intermediary (in such capacity, the "Collateral Agent"). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Pledge Agreement.

        WHEREAS, the Pledgor Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"), are parties to a Purchase Agreement dated December [    ], 2003 (the "Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which the Pledgor granted Merrill Lynch and Banc of America Securities, LLC ("the Initial Purchasers") an overallotment option to purchase up to $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Pledgor's 3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2023 (the "Notes");

        WHEREAS, the Pledgor and the Trustee have entered into that certain indenture dated as of December [    ], 2003 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Indenture"), pursuant to which the Issuers are issuing the Notes on the date hereof;

        WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Pledgor is required to purchase, or cause the purchase of, and pledge to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, on the relevant Date of Delivery (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), Pledged Securities in an amount that will be sufficient upon receipt of scheduled interest and principal payments of such securities, according to the written report PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or another nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Pledgor and delivered to the Trustee, to provide for payment in full of the first ten scheduled interest payments due on the Notes;

        WHEREAS, the Pledgor, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent have entered into the Pledge Agreement, pursuant to which the Pledgor has previously pledged certain Pledged Securities to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders in connection with the purchase by the Initial Purchasers of $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes plus an additional $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes as to which the Initial Purchasers have exercised their over-allotment option set forth in Section 2(b) of the Purchase Agreement;

        WHEREAS, the Initial Purchasers have exercised their overallotment option under the Purchase Agreement to purchase $[            ] aggregate principal amount of Notes;

        WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the purchase of the Notes by the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the overallotment option granted in the Purchase Agreement that the Pledgor purchase Additional Pledged Securities and deposit such Additional Pledged Securities into the Collateral Account to be held therein subject to the terms of the Pledge Agreement and shall have granted the assignment and security interest and made the pledge and assignment contemplated by the Pledge Agreement;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained, and in order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Notes, the Pledgor, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent hereby agree, for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and for the ratable benefit of the Holders, as follows:

        SECTION 1.    Pledge and Grant of Security Interest.    Pursuant to Section 1.3 of the Pledge Agreement, as security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations, the Pledgor hereby assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the ratable benefit of the Holders and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and for the ratable benefit of



the Holders, a lien on and security interest in all of the Pledgor's right, title and interest in, to and under the following property: (a) the U.S. Government Obligations identified by CUSIP No. in Part I of Schedule I hereto (the "Additional Pledged Securities") and the certificates representing the Additional Pledged Securities, the scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon which will be sufficient to provide for payment in full of the first ten scheduled interest payments due on the Notes issued in connection herewith and (b) the security entitlements described in Part II of Schedule I hereto, with respect to the financial assets described, the securities intermediary named, and the securities account referred to therein. The Pledge Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

        SECTION 2.    Supplement to Schedule I.    The parties hereto agree that Schedule I to the Pledge Agreement shall be supplemented by Schedule I hereto.

        SECTION 3.    Purchase of Additional Pledged Securities.    Pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii) of the Pledge Agreement, as of the date hereof, the Pledgor agrees to transfer, or caused to be transferred, an amount equal to $ [                        ], which amount shall be sufficient for the Collateral Agent to purchase the Additional Pledged Securities, by depositing such funds into the Collateral Account. The Collateral Agent agrees to apply such amount to purchase the Additional Pledged Securities as contemplated under Section 2(c) of the Pledge Agreement.

        SECTION 4.    Representations and Warranties of the Pledgor.    The Pledgor hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent that:

    (a)
    Each of this Supplement and the Pledge Agreement as supplemented hereby has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by the Pledgor and (assuming the due authorization and valid execution and delivery of this Supplement by each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent) constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Pledgor, enforceable against the Pledgor in accordance with its terms, except as (i) the enforceability hereof and thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, preference, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights or remedies of creditors generally, (ii) the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general applicability and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, (iii) the exculpation provisions and rights to indemnification under the Pledge Agreement may be limited by U.S. federal and state securities laws and public policy considerations and (iv) the waiver of rights and defenses contained in Section 13(b), Section 18.11 and Section 18.15 of the Pledge Agreement may be limited by applicable law and

    (b)
    the representations and warranties of the Pledgor set forth in Section 7 of the Pledge Agreement are true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as if made on and as of the date hereof.

        SECTION 5.    Execution in Counterparts.    This Supplement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same agreement. This Supplement shall become effective when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the Pledgor, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent.

        SECTION 6.    Effect of Supplement.    Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Pledge Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

        SECTION 7.    Governing Law.    This Supplement shall governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Pledgor, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent have each caused this Supplement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

    Pledgor:
       
    ADAPTEC, INC.
       
       
    By:  
     
Name:
Title:
       
       
    Trustee:
       
    WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
    as Trustee
       
       
    By:  
     
Name:
Title:
       
       
    Collateral Agent:
       
    WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
    as Collateral Agent
       
       
    By:  
     
Name:
Title:


SCHEDULE I TO
SUPPLEMENT NO.    TO
PLEDGE AGREEMENT

PART I
PLEDGED SECURITIES

Description of
Debt

  CUSIP No(s).
  Final Maturity
  Original
Principal
Amount

  Cost at Date of
Delivery

                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 

PART II
SECURITIES ENTITLEMENTS

Issuer of
Financial Asset

  Description of
Financial Asset

  Securities Intermediary
(Name and Address)

  Securities Account
(Number and Location)

             
             
             
             
             
             
             

B-I-1



Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Officer's Certificate

        Pursuant to Section 3(e) of the Collateral Pledge and Security Agreement (as supplemented from time to time, the "Pledge Agreement") dated as of December [    ], 2003, among Adaptec, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Pledgor"), Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (the "Trustee") for the holders of up to $225,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2023 of the Pledgor and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as collateral agent and securities intermediary (the "Collateral Agent"), the undersigned officer of the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Collateral Agent, makes the following certifications to the Pledgor and the Initial Purchasers. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Officer's Certificate have the meanings set forth or referred to in the Pledge Agreement.

        1.     Substantially contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Officer's Certificate, the Collateral Agent has acquired its security entitlement to the Initial Pledged Securities or through a "securities account" (as defined in Section 8501(a) of the California UCC) maintained by the Collateral Agent, for value and without notice of any adverse claim thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Account, the Pledged Securities and the other Collateral are not, and the Collateral Agent's security entitlement to the Collateral is not, to the actual knowledge of the corporate trust officer having responsibility for the administration of the Pledge Agreement on behalf of the Collateral Agent, subject to any lien granted by or to or arising through or in favor of any securities intermediary (including, without limitation, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or the Federal Reserve Bank) through which the Collateral Agent derives its security entitlement to the Collateral.

        2.     The Collateral Agent has not knowingly caused or permitted the Collateral Account or its security entitlement thereto to become subject to any lien created by or arising through the Collateral Agent.

B-I-2


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer has executed this Officer's Certificate on behalf of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent this [            ] day of [            ], 200[            ].

    WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
    as Collateral Agent
       
       
    By:  
     
Name:
Title:  Authorized Signatory

B-I-3




QuickLinks

SCHEDULE I
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Officer's Certificate
[Form of Supplement to the Pledge Agreement]
SCHEDULE I TO SUPPLEMENT NO. TO PLEDGE AGREEMENT
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Officer's Certificate
EX-31.1 8 a2128003zex-31_1.htm EXHIBIT 31.1
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1


CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Robert N. Stephens, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Adaptec, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this quarterly report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this quarterly report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have:

a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;

b)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

    /s/  ROBERT N. STEPHENS      
Robert N. Stephens
Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 5, 2004    



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
EX-31.2 9 a2128003zex-31_2.htm EXHIBIT 31.2
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.2


CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Marshall L. Mohr, certify that:

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Adaptec, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this quarterly report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this quarterly report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have:

a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;

b)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

    /s/  MARSHALL L. MOHR      
Marshall L. Mohr
Chief Financial Officer
Date: February 5, 2004    



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
EX-32.1 10 a2128003zex-32_1.htm EXHIBIT 32.1
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.1


CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        I, Robert N. Stephens, certify to the best of my knowledge based upon a review of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Adaptec, Inc. for the period ended December 31, 2003 that (the "Form 10-Q"), the Form 10-Q fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in the Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Adaptec, Inc. for the quarterly periods covered by the Form 10-Q.

    /s/  ROBERT N. STEPHENS      
Robert N. Stephens
Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 5, 2004    

        I, Marshall L. Mohr, certify to the best of my knowledge based upon a review of the Form 10-Q, that the Form 10-Q fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in the Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Adaptec, Inc. for the periods covered by the Form 10-Q.

    /s/  MARSHALL L. MOHR      
Marshall L. Mohr
Chief Financial Officer
Date: February 5, 2004    



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----